Full text of "[Course catalog]"

See other formats

For Reference

Not to be taken from this room

liilioduciii3
Nonhcaslciii

Unhfenity

freshman PiOQiains
1973-74

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing equal opportunity for
all. In all matters involving admission, registration, and all official relationships with
students, including evaluation of academic performance, the University insists on a
policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern University is also an equal opportunity
employer; it is institutional policy that there shall not be any discrimination against
any employee or applicant for admission because of race, color, religion, sex, age,
or national origin.

^■■^^A

The New England Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools accredits schools and colleges in
the six New England states. Membership in one of the six regional accrediting associations in the
United States indicates that the school or college has been carefully evaluated and found to meet
standards agreed upon by qualified educators. Colleges support the efforts of public school and
community officials to have their secondary schools meet the standards of membership.

Inliodudns
Northeastern

Unhiersily

Enjoy learning on the world-famous Cooperative Plan

Boston-Bouve College

College of Business Administration

College of Criminal Justice

College of Education

CoiJege of Engineering

College of Liberal Arts

Lincoln College

College of Nursing

College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Freshman Programs

A Message from the President

When a college or university is located in an urban setting, its students have num-
erous opportunities to relate what they learn in the classroom to the world outside
the campus, and to share their experiences with fellow students and professors.

When such an urban institution is operated on the Cooperative Plan of Education
— in which students alternate regular periods of classroom study with periods of
paid employment in positions directly related to their academic major — the oppor-
tunities are multiplied even further. This is what Northeastern University has to offer.
Through the unique mix of work and study, Northeastern students are not only
widening their own career horizons, but are also involved in activities of great benefit
to others. You might find a Northeastern student singing in the chorus for a Boston
opera performance, doing research at the Boston Athenaeum or l\/lassachusetts H/'s-
torical Society, tutoring Spanish-speaking residents in English, or teaching physi-
cally handicapped children to swim.

What type of student is this so-called "co-op"? Our experience has shown that the
1 great majority of them are career-oriented, with their goals already clearly defined;
1 if they have not reached that point as yet, they are keen enough to seek an educa-
\ tional experience best suited to help them do so. Co-op students place a high value
on education, and particularly on one which prepares them for vocational or profes-
sional career opportunities. They have a deep appreciation of the value of the off-
campus experience, and regard it as a significant part of their overall educational
processes.
I Among today's college students, the co-op is indeed fortunate. He is able to take
' advantage of an educational system which has a built-in financial aid feature of great

I benefit to him. Without it, he might not ever have gone to college. His academic
curriculum is relevant, innovative, and individualized. His off-campus experience
gives him a career head start on his counterparts at traditional institutions, and he
is generally able to command a higher starting salary in his first job after graduation.
, The co-op student has a coordinator who meets with him frequently to discuss his
educational program, his career objectives, and his personal problems. Through
such personalization of the educational process, the student's motivation is en-
hanced, both in class and on the job, and he develops skills in human relations
i which would otherwise be impossible.

I Today Northeastern University is the world leader in cooperative education, as well
I as its prime consultant for other institutions interested in adopting the system. Many
I of its cooperative employers are located in Boston, although there are numerous
others in urban centers from New York to California. Cooperative positions are found
in virtually every career area — the arts, science, technology, health, education, busi-
ness, industry, research, communications, just to name a few.

As a prospective college student, you are no doubt wondering how to select an
institution. During these times of increased social awareness you will probably wish
to study in a college or university which is truly part of the world around it. To be in
the mainstream of urban life, where the city and the man teach each other, I urge
you to give Northeastern University your serious consideration.

ASA S. KNOWLES

Contents

A Message from the President

Part I About Education

A Message from the Dean of Admissions

Part II The Academic Programs
Boston-Bouve College
College of Business Administration
College of Criminal Justice
College of Education
College of Engineering
College of Liberal Arts

Lincoln College 89

College of Nursing 97

College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions 103

ROTC 117

Part III The Particulars of Education 121

Department of Admissions 122

General Requirements for Entrance 123

Applying for Admission 126

Expenses 129

Financial Aid 132

Scholarship Programs 133

Student Loan Programs 135

Part-Time Work 136

Housing 137

Student Activities 137

Department of Athletics 143

Freshman Orientation Programs 144

Counseling and Testing Center 144

Faculty Advisory System 145

Part IV The Pillars of Education 149

The University Library 151

Learning Resources 152

Research 152

The Computation Center 153

Part V Freshman Course Descriptions 155

Map of the Main Campus 176

Freshman Academic Calendar 1972-73 Inside back cover

Admissions Application Insert at back

Tuition rates, all fees, rules and
regulations, courses and course
contents are subject to revision
by the President and Board of
Trustees at any time.

We hope that you will enjoy reading Introducing Northeastern Univer-
sity. This publication has been designed to help you in your educational
and career planning, and to provide the kind of information you will need
as an applicant for admission.

Quite naturally, we are enthusiastic about what Northeastern can
offer you: an attractive combination of an exciting urban location, fully
accredited programs of study in the Undergraduate Colleges, and unique
learning experiences provided by the Cooperative Plan of Education. North-
eastern University is now recognized as the international center for co-
operative education. Through the Cooperative Plan, now being adopted by
increasing numbers of colleges and universities, you will profit from chal-
lenging employment in a wide variety of fields of work.

We encourage early application for admission, and we hope that we
can be of service to you as you make plans to continue your education.
Your admissions application may be found at the back of this catalog.

The Committee on Admissions
Department of Admissions
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 02115
Tel. (617) 437-2200

parti

About Education

The Philosophy of Education

Northeastern has never forgotten its original purpose: to offer an education
to all qualified students who possess both the desire for additional knowl-
edge and the determination to acquire it in spite of possible hardships.

The University's long experience in offering a realistic type of education
that provides an opportunity for productive work as a part of the total edu-
cational experience is particularly significant today, since Northeastern is
fully aware of the innportance of bringing its full resources to bear in helping
to solve monumental — and universal — social problems. It has also made
it possible for many additional members of minority groups to obtain an
education.

Northeastern's location in Boston and the fact that it is the largest
Cooperative Plan university in the world are significant factors which pro-
vide opportunities for student involvement in areas of national concern.
For example, undergraduates have cooperative work assignments in such
areas as air pollution research, rehabilitation, medical research, social
service, environmental studies, and law enforcement. Student activities,
too, offer a chance to "be where the action is": namely, in a wide variety
of community-action programs, many of which help handicapped people,
ghetto residents, and minority groups.

Today's socially conscious and alert students often wish to continue
their education on the graduate level. In response to this desire, North-
eastern has extended its Cooperative Plan to some areas of graduate
education. One example is the School of Law, which stresses a curriculum
substantially shaped around the significant social issues of contemporary
society.

Many prominent educators, including those who are graduates of tradi-
tional, non-Cooperative Plan schools, are now urging that all college
students have opportunities for on-the-job experience before graduation.
These educators realize that the practical experience thus gained can
complement college curricula.

Thus by alternating between classroom instruction and cooperative
assignments, a Northeastern student is in a much better position to ex-
amine, to doubt, and to explore than his counterpart at other educational
institutions. By constructive criticism he can justify the opinions he has

formed. He sees society not for what it is, but for what it can be, and is
determined to help his country reach its full potential.

This is the challenge of opportunity which Northeastern provides. It is the
challenge of the Age of Social Conscience which is being met effectively
by its students and graduates.

The Problem of Education

"To teach them to think: that is the problem. It is impossible, today, for
any school, undergraduate or professional, to equip its students with all
the knowledge they will need to become competent" in their special fields
of endeavor. "On the other hand, it can provide its students with a chance
to discover something with which, on their own, they can live an extraordi-
nary life: their ability to think."

Since 1898 Northeastern has helped young men and women to think — to
think in the classrooms; to think in the laboratories. But the development of
their ability to think for themselves, to weigh all sides of an issue or prob-
lem, and to analyze, has always been due, in large part, to the Cooperative
Plan of Education.

Under this plan you and your classmates will learn to think — to think on
the job as well as in the classroom.

If your goals are well defined, cooperative education can give you the
opportunity to obtain practical experience in your field. Theories learned
from books and classroom discussions can be put into actual practice.

If you are still considering alternate career paths, cooperative education
can provide the opportunity to test your ideas and help you decide. Obser-
vation of career fields through your experience on co-op adds a new
dimension to helping you choose your career.

Your various cooperative work assignments will speed your progress in
the art of thinking for yourself.

The Plan of Education

The Cooperative Plan is a dynamic system of education which helps to fit
you in your career and personal development. It requires both concentrated
study and hard work, but its rewards for you are many.

Upon graduation you will not only have a degree, but also a substantial
amount of experiences to offer your potential employer. You'll find out just
how important these experiences are when you begin your job interviews
for after-graduation employment.

The "Co-op Plan" demonstrates that practical experience, when com-
bined with excellent classroom instruction, challenges you to your greatest
effort, in many instances, you will earn enough money to defray the cost
of your tuition, books, and incidentals.

The Cooperative Plan

After your freshman year you will alternate periods of classroom at-
tendance at Northeastern with periods on cooperative assignments. With

the exceptions noted below, it will take you five years to complete degree
requirements.

In the College of Liberal Arts each of the majors offers the option of a
four-year plan in which eight quarters of upper-class study are completed
in three upper-class years.

All programs in Boston-Bouve College are on the five-year Cooperative
Plan.

The Associate Degree program in the College of Nursing is completed
in three years, with cooperative experience provided during the second and
third years. Students holding an L.P.N, designation who wish to apply their
credits to the Associate Degree will complete their program in two years.

John Ruskin once wrote: "Education is leading human souls to what
is best and making what is best of them . . . the training which makes
men happiest in themselves also makes them more serviceable to others."

Under the careful personal guidance of your faculty advisers and co-
ordinators at Northeastern and the supervisors of your various cooperative
work assignments where you are employed, you will be assisted in dis-
covering the type of career which will bring you most genuine satisfac-
tion . . . the kind which will make you happiest and most serviceable to
your community and nation.

The Place

From what was once a barren circus ground and baseball field, the North-
eastern University campus of today has emerged on Huntington Avenue
in Boston's Back Bay.

Today the University campus is one of the city's finest and most modern
centers of education. Under the Diamond Anniversary Development Pro-
gram, a master plan was drawn up in 1961 for the expansion of facilities
on this 48-acre site, with completion scheduled for 1973, Northeastern's
75th anniversary.

Many steps have been taken to implement the plan: two women's dormi-
tories, Speare Hall and Stetson Hall, housing 1,200 coeds; the addition to
the Carl Stephens Ell Student Center, giving the students a much-needed
cafeteria and expanded areas for extracurricular activities; Mary Gass Rob-
inson Hall, housing the College of Nursing, the Division of Health Science
of the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions, and the Riesman
Biology Center, as well as physical therapy classrooms, offices, and labora-
tories, and educational television facilities; the Sarkis and Vosgitel Mugar
Life Sciences Building, housing the College of Pharmacy and the Depart-
ments of Biology, Chemical Engineering, and Psychology; and the Charles
A. Dana Research Center, providing facilities for the research programs of
the Departments of Physics and Electrical Engineering. The Edward L.
Hurtig Chemistry Building was opened in 1968 and the Asa S. Knowles
Center for Law and Criminal Justice opened in 1969.

Ethel G. and Reuben B. Gryzmish Hall, the section of the Knowles Center
in which the School of Law is housed, was opened in 1970. Gryzmish Hall
is a building especially designed for the School's distinctive program of

legal education. It contains a law library, student lounge, moot courtroom,
jury room, judge's chambers, classrooms, and offices.

John A. Voipe Hall, the second section of the Knowles Center, is the
headquarters of the College of Criminal Justice. VoIpe Hall was dedicated
in the spring of 1972.

Two facilities for Boston-Bouve College have also been opened: one,
Charles and Estelle Dockser Hall, a five-story structure housing class-
rooms, laboratories, libraries, gymnasium, dance studio, recreation center,
and faculty offices; and the other, the Barletta Natatorium, consisting of a
swimming pool, four handball courts, and a practice tank for the crew.

Another facility for Boston-Bouve College, the Warren Center for Physi-
cal Education and Recreation Education, has been developed in Ashland,
Massachusetts, to serve as an outdoor laboratory for students majoring in
Physical Education, Recreation Education, Physical Therapy, and Health
Education.

Freshmen in the Colleges of Liberal Arts, Criminal Justice, Education,
Business Administration, and Engineering who prefer a suburban atmos-
phere may attend classes on the 165-acre Suburban Campus, located near
Route 128 in Burlington, Massachusetts. After their first year, they will
transfer to the Huntington Avenue Campus in Boston.

Prospective students will find another good reason for attending North-
eastern besides the wide range of programs and facilities which it offers
its students. This is the location of the main campus. In very few instances
are educational institutions situated in such a varied cultural and social
environment as Northeastern.

Within walking distance from the University are the Museum of Fine Arts,
Symphony Hall, the Gardner Museum, the New England Conservatory of
Music and Jordan Hall, and the Boston Public Library. Upon boarding a
bus or the subway, students can easily travel to the theatre district, where
pre-Broadway plays are often "tried out" and smash hits staged. Among
the numerous cultural organizations that call Boston home are the Boston
Symphony Orchestra, the Boston Pops, the Boston Ballet Company, The
Opera Company of Boston, and the Theatre Company of Boston.

Boston offers students every range of shopping facilities, from tiny
boutiques to huge department stores, all within a short distance of the
University. And nearby restaurants serve everything from soul food to
sukiyaki for that special weekend date.

The Faculty

It has been said that "the most essential thing in the work of education
is that sympathetic touch of life on life. It is by that fine process that per-
sonality is developed, matured, and enriched in all the younger candidates
for human existence."

One reason for the success of the Cooperative Plan at Northeastern
University is the "touch of life on life" which is made possible by the close
association between more than 700 scholars on the faculty of the Basic
Colleges and their students. This is made possible by the University's
advisory system. Although these scholars represent the best in American
education and are alumni of distinguished colleges and technical institu-
tions, Northeastern insists that their achievements in every case be supple-
mented by such important factors as enthusiasm for teaching, ability to
stimulate intellectual and scientific curiosity, and genuine understanding
of young people.

As a student at Northeastern you will have the advantage of studying
under a faculty chosen for these qualities, and through the time-tested
advisory system you will be certain always of seasoned and sympathetic
guidance and assistance in developing your particular talents.

A Message from the Dean of Admissions

To put into words the true story of Northeastern University and the challenging
opportunities which it presents to young men and women is a very difficult task. As
one student said: "You almost have to live it in order to appreciate it."

A recent full-page news story carried the headlines: "Northeastern's Co-op Pro-
gram Comes Into Its Own — A f\Aodel For Nation." But even this fails to tell the full
story of the excitement of our educational programs. It can be sensed in the com-
ments of a student as he returns from his cooperative work assignments and shares
his experiences with a close friend. It can be appreciated by observing a student as
she relates to children with special learning disabilities, or by watching one who
works as a team member on a problem in environmental engineering. It can be
understood when one talks with a student about the challenge of his job at the
National Archives in the Nation's Capital or at the famed Oceanographic Institute
at Wood's Hole, Cape Cod.

Northeastern University is cooperative education at its best. Our students seek
relevancy and involvement in their educational experiences, and they find these
qualities as they are able to relate the theory of the classroom to the actual world
of adult employment. In so doing, they gain a good measure of financial indepen-
dence through salaries paid for services rendered. Cooperative education has, in fact,
prospered because of its uniqueness, its relevance, its built-in financial aid feature,
and its direct orientation to the individual student. No other type of higher education
can make these claims.

Each fall about 3,500 freshmen arrive on this campus. Approximately one half are
resident students and one third are girls. They come to us from 30 states and 40 for-
eign countries. They represent a wide range of student aptitudes and career interests.
Together they participate in a student activity program of social, musical, dramatic,
literary, and athletic events which contribute greatly to enjoyable and meaningful
student life.

The University is located in the very heart of what is perhaps the greatest con-
centration of college and university students in the world. They make extensive use
of the cultural and recreational opportunities available in the City of Boston and its
suburbs. It is an exciting place in which to prepare one's self for the challenges of
tomorrow. Yet, in the midst of excitement and change. Northeastern places the
emphasis where it properly belongs — upon the student.

We cordially invite you to visit our campus. Please let us know if we may assist
you in your educational and career planning.

GILBERT C. GARLAND

part 2

The Academic Programs

Catherine L Allen, Dean

Boston-Bouve College

Boston-Bouve College offers degree programs in professional education
for both men and women in:

Health Education

Physical Education

Physical Therapy

Recreation Education

Programs

Each curriculum combines basic liberal education and professional prep-
aration including related supervised field experience. The Cooperative Plan
of Education of Northeastern University affords diversified opportunities for
alternating terms of work and study beginning in the sophomore year in
every department. All programs in the College are five years in length.

Aims

To meet demands for fully qualified personnel in Health Education, Physi-
cal Education, Physical Therapy, and Recreation Education, modern edu-
cation seeks to develop the independent, self-reliant individual, liberally
educated and professionally skilled, who is a socially responsible and
contributing member of society.

Facilities

Dockser Hall houses administrative and faculty offices, libraries, gymna-
sium, dance studio, physiology of exercise laboratory, classrooms, locker
and shower facilities; and the Department of Recreation Education with
the community recreation laboratory, cultural arts area, seminar and
research center. Within the Barletta Natatorium the swimming pool,
weight room, handball courts, offices, and shower and dressing facilities
are located.

The Physical Therapy Department is located in Mary Gass Robinson
Hall. On the third floor are the physical therapy faculty offices, a library,
classrooms, and laboratories. One of the laboratories is specially designed
to simulate a modern physical therapy department and is well equipped
for the practice of clinical procedures. These rooms are wired for closed
circuit television to carry programs pertinent to the profession. This is also
true of Dockser Hall.

Degrees

In Health Education, Physical Education, and Recreation Education, the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Education is awarded; and in Physical
Therapy, the Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy. All programs are
accredited.

Your Freshman Year in Boston-Bouve College

The academic curriculum in your first year of college is planned pri-
marily to provide basic foundation and knowledge in the physical and social
sciences, the humanities and arts, although these courses and those offered
in each of the major fields, Health Education, Physical Education, Physical
Therapy, and Recreation Education, differ because of increasing special-
ization in upper-class years. Later, you have the opportunity to select
electives which enrich your program and help you to recognize and
develop other talents and interests.

Your cooperative work assignments bring insight and responsibility as
you apply your knowledge, skills, and resources acquired in both the
general and professional studies of your college education. The abilities
to work well with others and to appreciate the associations are important
attributes in your profession.

Upper-class students and graduates say that the most exciting chal-
lenge of their college careers is experienced when the field work assign-
ments, whether recreation leadership, student teaching, or clinical practice,
reveal the significance of the role of professional service.

EALTH EDUCATION

Description

Health education is a teaching profession. The primary goal of the pro-
gram in Boston-Bouve is the preparation of professional students for careers
as teachers of health education in elementary and secondary schools,
colleges and universities, and in community centers and agencies.

The way of life that an individual chooses in health matters will affect all
that he does and dreams of being. The health educator teaches people
about health concepts and health maintenance throughout life; the use of
health services; active community involvement in health; the solution of
individual, family, and community health problems; the fulfillment of poten-
tial; and the living of a fuller, better, more useful life.

Your Program of Study

Your program of study includes the liberal arts and sciences concen-
trated in the first two years, with a major concentration in the last three
years on professional courses, student teaching, or field experience. In the
third year a student may select either the School Health or Community
Health track.

Cooperative education, beginning in the sophomore year (in alternate
periods of paid employment and study), has exciting possibilities for place-
ment in health agencies, schools, community and continuing education
j centers, housing complexes, and halfway houses.

Special Requirements

Uniforms. All Health Education majors are required to purchase an
activity uniform for physical education. Information is furnished at the
appropriate time by Boston-Bouve College.

Student Teaching/ Field Experience. The requirement in supervised stu-
dent teaching in the School Health track or supervised field experience
in the Community Health track is completed during one quarter of the
senior year.

Your Future

As a graduate, you will be qualified to teach in schools at all levels
and/or in community centers and agencies.

The need for health educators is increasing with constant requests for
highly qualified personnel. There is growing concern about problems of
society: drugs and alcohol, smoking, family life and sex education, the
environment, nutrition, consumer education, and other aspects related to
the quality of life. Health educators are concerned about such things; in
fact, health and education are inseparable.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Health Education

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

12.101 General Chem. 12.102 General Chem. 10.104 Mathematics*

18.141 Biology 18.142 Biology Gen. Studies Elect.

50.116 Social Science I 50.117 Social Science II Gen. Studies Elect.

65.110 Foun. Health Educ. Gen. Studies 19.102 Bas. Psych.

BBC elective Elect. Phys. Educ.

Physical Educ.

'Students with a mathematics proficiency may elect a general studies course.
In addition to the above courses, a student may elect to fake Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Professional Program

The professional program in Physical Education is designed to prepare
specialists capable of developing the materials and methods appropriate to
teaching physical education In public and private schoolsat all levels: ele-
mentary, secondary, and college. Its graduates are qualified as athletic
coaches, physical education teachers, directors of athletics, supervisors
of physical education, and leaders in YMCAs, YWCAs, and other youth
organizations.

Students majoring in this program receive a strong background in edu-
cation and liberal arts. Elective hours are required in each of the areas of
science, social science, and humanities. Specialization in Physical Educa-
tion Includes such courses as History, Philosophy, Principles, Curriculum
Development, and Class Procedures, Measurement and Evaluation, Kinesi-
ology, Exercise Physiology, and Perceptual-Motor Development. Students
are well grounded in the techniques of coaching the various individual,
dual, and team sports, and in adapting these activities to the needs of the
handicapped. Because of the close and overlapping relationship of physical
education, health, and recreation. Physical Education majors may take
courses in these areas and are also afforded laboratory experiences in
them.

The development and demonstration of personal skill in performance and
teaching are an integral part of the professional program. Each student will
be expected to demonstrate a level of personal proficiency in one activity
from each of these areas: aquatics, dance, gymnastics, racquet sports,
individual activities, and team sports. The degree of skill may be demon-
strated through proficiency testing or by taking appropriate courses from
among electives offered by Boston-Bouve College. Major students are
assigned supervised student teaching responsibilities in elementary and
secondary schools throughout the Greater Boston area. In addition, stu-
dents increase their experience with children through their cooperative
work assignments and as counselors in summer camps.

Special Requirements

Approximately $85 is required for physical education uniforms. Fees
may be assessed in courses requiring highly specialized equipment, sup-
plies, or off-campus facilities. In the spring quarter of the freshman year
there is a required two-week resident program at the Warren Center. An
additional fee is charged for room and board.

Student Teaching — The requirement of student teaching is completed dur-
ing one quarter of the senior year. Students are assigned to public schools
in the Greater Boston area.

Resident Camping — Students are scheduled for their resident camp coun-
seling experience during the third- or fourth-quarter summer quarter. This
program is conducted at the Warren Center in Ashland, approximately
25 miles west of the Huntington Avenue Campus in Boston.

Cooperative Education — Under the Cooperative Plan of Education, majors
receive unique experiences after the freshman year working in Boys' Clubs,
YMCAs, YWCAs, hospitals, and community recreation programs, or under
the direction of master teachers in public schools.

Your Future

As a qualified graduate, you will be certified for positions in physical
education according to your individual career preference: teaching in
elementary and secondary schools, colleges or universities; coaching or
directing sports and athletics; or conducting seasonal camping and year-
round physical activity programs.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Physical Education

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

62.201 Human Movt. 30.114 English 62.249 Phys. Science

30.113 English 18.142 Biology II Found.

18.141 Biology I 50.117 Soc. Sci. II 62.203 Group Dynam.

50.116 Soc. Sci. I Gen. Studies Elect. Practicum

Prof. Skills Elect. Prof. Skills Elect. 62.215 Observ. of Stud.

Behavior
65.130 Health Prob. of
The Coll. Stud.
62.206 First Aid

Prof. Skills Elect(s).

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTO.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

PHYSICAL THERAPY

Description

The qualified physical therapist is a highly skilled member of the health
professions concerned with the total rehabilitation of the patient and con-
tributing to the present-day challenge of comprehensive medical care. He
(or she) carries out evaluation and treatment procedures which are care-
fully planned and directed toward helping the patient regain functional
independence. Treatment procedures include the use of heat, cold, mas-
sage, hydrotherapy, electrotherapy, and therapeutic exercise for the specific
purpose of restoring the disabled individual to the optimum of his capacity.
In addition, the responsibilities of a physical therapist may include health
planning and community service. The qualified physical therapist admin-
isters physical therapy only upon referral by a licensed physician.

Your Program of Study

Your program of study includes the liberal arts and sciences as well as
professional courses. Major emphasis is placed On liberal arts and sci-
ences in the first two years and on professional preparation in the last three
years.

Your professional studies include Anatomy, Kinesiology, Physiology.
Clinical Medicine, Pathology, Physical Therapy Procedures, and supervised
practical experience in various hospitals and clinics.

Lecturers from Tufts University School of Medicine and the New England
Medical Center, as well as from the many medical and social agencies in
the Boston area, augment the professional staff in the approved Physical
Therapy program. Graduates are eligible to take the state examination
for registration.

Special Requirements

Uniform. A basic activity uniform is required for Physical Education and
Physical Therapy laboratory classes beginning in the freshman year. White
uniforms are required at the appropriate time for supervised clinical
practice.

Your Future

The need for registered physical therapists is critical, and the opportuni-
ties for employment are unlimited and challenging. Positions are available
in general hospitals, children's hospitals, university hospitals, rehabilitation
centers, schools or centers for crippled children, and community, state, and
governmental agencies.

In addition, there are increasing opportunities in teaching and research
in physical therapy.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Physical Therapy*

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

10.104 Fund. Math. 10.105 Fund. Math. 12.107 Gen. Chemistry

18.141 Basic An. Biology 12.106 Gen. Chemistry 18.142 Basic An. Biology

30.113 English 30.114 English 64.113 Intro. Ph. Th.

65.129 Health Education 64.111 Intro. Ph. Th. Elective

Physical Educ. Physical Educ.

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

'Prerequisite subjects are concentrated in the first two years

REATION EDUCATION

Description

The recreation educator is a qualified, broadly skilled member of the
community team. He or she serves boys, girls, and adults in a recreation
center or a hospital; teaches crafts in a settlement house; develops year-
round enrichment programs in school systems and agencies for afternoon,
evening, weekend, and summer fun and learning; works in service clubs
on military bases or in the Peace Corps or the Red Cross; organizes em-
ployee and family recreation for industry and business, including vacation
periods; teaches children and youth in recreation for the mentally re-
tarded; supervises the school camping program; or directs a resident or
day camp.

Your Program of Study

The recreation educator builds tastes and talents, interests, skills, appre-
ciation, and knowledge; is sensitive to the needs of people; is a leader
dedicated to service.

Your program of study as a Recreation Education major is based in the
liberal arts and sciences, with professional education beginning in the
freshman year. Academic and professional preparation continue as parallel
programs, with electives in areas of interest, supervised field experiences
in selected settings, and cooperative opportunities.

Special Requirements

Uniforms. All Recreation Education majors are required to purchase pro-
fessional activity uniforms. Information is furnished at the appropriate time
by Boston-Bouve College.

Outdoor Education and Camping are integral parts of the curriculum,
with both resident and year-round opportunities in the out-of-doors.

Your Future

Cooperative Education offers excellent employment opportunities in
schools, hospitals, social agencies, and in community recreation settings.

Field Experiences in the junior year consist of selected placement,
qualified supervision, and graded evaluation in institutions, schools, and
hospitals, in agencies, and in community recreation settings.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in
Recreation Education

First Quarter

18.141 Basic Biology
29.106 Speech

Fundamentals
50.111 Social Science

63.120 Orient. Rec.

63.121 Rec. Skills I

Second Quarter

18.142 Basic Biology
30.113 English
50.112 Social Science
63.122 Rec. Skills II

Quarter 3A

63.125 Outdoor Educ. &
Camp Leadership

Third Quarter

30.114 English
50.113 Social Science
63.123 Rec. Skills III
65.129 Health Education

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

Accounting

Finance and Insurance

Industrial Relations

International Business

Management

Marketing

Small Business
Management

Transportation

■

^^^

sss

w- ^^^^H

jSm

1 '

p^go

^■^

^^■fe

^ -

—

.^^

^^^^^^^1

James S. Hekimian, Dean

The College of Business Administration

The College of Business Administration offers programs of study to pre-
pare men and women for positions of administrative responsibility in busi-
ness, governmental, and other organizations. Preparation for administrative
positions requires a subtlety of mind in the recognition and solution of
problems. In order to accomplish this, the business student is given a
broad understanding of business and organizational problems, as well as
first-hand knowledge of effective methods of solving them. In addition, the
broader scope of the business firm must be understood, especially its role
and responsibility in community, national, and international relations.

Aims

In keeping with the current trends in collegiate education, the educa-
tional policy of the College has the following aims:

1. To develop attitudes and ideals that are ethically sound and
isocially desirable.

2. To cultivate an appreciation of the social, political, and economic
:developments to which the business firm must adjust and adapt.

3. To develop the habits of accurate thinking that are essential
to sound judgment.

4. To provide an opportunity to develop a specialization in business
in accordance with the student's interests and talents.

The Cooperative Plan is particularly helpful to the student in attaining
these goals. To accomplish these objectives, the fundamental skills and tool
subjects are dealt with in their relation to the broader context of the
business firm.

I 27

The upper-class program of study assimilates the practice of modern
business management and administration with elective courses in Liberal
Arts and other non-business areas.

The courses in the curriculum fall into four broad categories: (1) re-
quired liberal arts courses; (2) business administration core courses; (3)
courses in several business administration concentrations; and (4) elec-
tives in business administration, liberal arts, or other nonbusiness areas.

Students may decide to concentrate in Accounting, Finance and Insur-
ance, Industrial Relations, International Business, Marketing, Small Busi-
ness Management, or Transportation; or they may structure their own
concentrations suitable to their specific educational goals.

Method

The College makes use of the problem and the case methods of instruc-
tion in addition to the lecture and recitation system. Students should learn
to analyze every proposition, to challenge unsupported assertions, to think
independently, and to support their thinking with logic and facts. Hence,
concrete problems and cases which executives have faced in accounting,
marketing, organizing, and the like constitute a large proportion of class-
work in the upper-class years.

Degree Granted

The Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree is awarded
to qualified candidates.

Your Freshman Year in the College of Business Administration

You will find that the freshman year is devoted primarily to a survey of
the political and social institutions that significantly influence the conduct
of business and nonbusiness organizations. You will also be introduced to
a basic tool of business — accounting — and have an opportunity to choose
electives from the humanities, behavioral and social sciences, and natural'
sciences, or from history and political science. '

Throughout your upper-class programs of study other courses in the lib-
eral arts, such as philosophy, literature, history, political science, psychol-
ogy, and sociology, will be available as electives. Therefore, in addition to!
the depth of instruction provided in a business concentration, you will also]
be able to take numerous courses in the liberal arts areas. Courses in i
other colleges within Northeastern University will also be available as'
electives.

Through the Cooperative Plan, Business Administration students develop
first-hand knowledge of management practices, together with an under-
standing of the basic principles of business which have been studied In the
classroom.

Your Future

A concentration in Accounting will prepare you for professional public
accounting, as well as for positions in private industry or government service.

28 I

The concentrations in Finance and Insurance, Industrial Relations, Inter-
national Business, Management, Small Business Management, and Trans-
portation, when combined with the experiences gained in both business
and nonbusiness organizations on your cooperative work assignments, will
give you the experience and educational background for almost any type
of administrative position for which your interests and abilities qualify you.

The business training and experiences which you undergo during your
eight cooperative work periods will be most important factors in helping
you to determine the specific type of work and kind of organization with
which you would like to be associated after graduation.

An increasing number of qualified graduates of the College of Business
Administration see fit to continue their formal education in graduate pro-
grams in order to extend their professional and research abilities to better
serve employers in business and industry or to prepare themselves for
careers in college-level teaching.

Students who plan to continue their formal education by enrolling in a
law school after graduation will find that the undergraduate program in the
College of Business Administration provides an excellent foundation. Many
careers in law are directly involved in the business world: in large corpora-
tions or in private practice. The College's curriculum provides a broad
understanding of the business environment, as well as specific skills in the
problems of operating a business in the socio-legal environment.

While the Association of American Law Schools does not recommend
particular courses or curricula for prelegal students, it does advise that
undergraduates build skills in comprehension and oral expression; critical
understanding of the human institutions and values with which the law
deals; and the development of the creative power of thinking. The flexi-
bility and liberal arts content of Northeastern's Business Administration
curriculum allows a student to fulfill these requirements, while at the same
time acquiring a specialized skill in and knowledge of the field of business
management.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the College of Business Administration

First Quarter Secor^d Quarter Third Quarter

19.105 Psychology 19.106 Psychology Liberal Arts

Liberal Arts 10.124 Math. Elective

Elective Liberal Arts 10.125 Math.

30.113 English Elective 30.114 English

49.100 Intro, to Business 41.111 Accounting 41.112 Accounting

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

ACCOUNTING

Description

Accounting encompasses a broad range of activities. These include all
phases of record-keeping, internal reporting, financial planning, cost con-
trol; the design and installation of systems and procedures; and the appli-
cation of electronic and other modern business methods to these activities.

Type of Work

Accounting is the second largest field of professional employment for
men. Of more than 400,000 accountants and auditors engaged in profes-
sional accounting work, over 60,000 are certified public accountants who
have passed rigorous examinations prescribed by law in their states. The
certified public accountant has been called "the guardian of the con-
science of the business community."

Your Program of Study

Accountants in any of the three major fields of employment — public,
private, and government — may specialize in such areas as auditing, tax
work, cost accounting, budgeting and control, or systems and procedures.
The Federal Government employs accountants as Internal Revenue
agents, investigators, and bank examiners, as well as in regular account-
ing positions.

Accounting, the nerve center of business today and one of the fastest-
growing professions in the United States, is an exacting field. It seeks men
and women who like to solve mathematical problems, who enjoy working
with statistics, who are accurate, and who enjoy the process of reasoning
and interpretation which characterizes accounting.

You will spend the first year surveying the political and social institu-
tions that underlie the conduct of business. As you approach your second
year, you will consult with your faculty adviser and your coordinator from
the Department of Cooperative Education about your work assignment.

In the Accounting concentration, your courses may include such techni-
cal subjects as Accounting Theory and Practice, Cost Accounting, Auditing,
and Taxes, along with Economic Problems, Statistical Analysis, Govern-
ment Regulations, and General Studies.

MARKETING

Description

Without successful marketing and advertising, the products of industry
remain unsold. More and more companies are finding that today's tempo
of progress and high levels of production require up-to-date techniques
of marketing to generate an increasing volume of sales.

Your Program of Study

A business organization not only designs and produces products, but
must also market and sell them — to manufacturers, to wholesalers, to re-
tail stores, and to consumers. With a concentration in Marketing, this is
what you will study in class.

Weekly meetings of the Advertising Club and the student chapter of the
American Marketing Association give you an opportunity to further your
interests in these areas and to discuss issues with leaders in these fields.

In a variety of courses, by lectures and class discussion, through analysis
of case material and preparation of written reports, you will learn how goods
and services are marketed.

Your Future

You will find marketing a challenging field . . . one that puts responsi-
bility squarely on the shoulders of the individual ... a field that rewards
maturity of judgment together with effectiveness in getting results ... a
field that increasingly leads to executive and top administrative posts. The
Cooperative Plan is particularly valuable in preparing young men and
women for careers In marketing.

ANCE AND INSURANCE

Aims

The Finance and Insurance concentration of Northeastern's College of
Business Administration has two chief objectives:

1. To provide a series of courses that will acquaint you with the tech-
nical aspects of all fields of finance and the fundamentals of insur-
ance, and

2. To provide a broad, general knowledge of the field of business.

Type of Work

Today there is a real need for young men and women who have been
well trained in investment analysis and investment management. Other
opportunities may be found in banking, with brokerage firms or with in-
vestment trusts, in business forecasting, or with an insurance company.
Business leaders are seeking for administrative positions young men and
women not only competent in the basic skills of communication and in tech-
nical knowledge, but also endowed with the knowledge and skills of finance
and management.

Northeastern University is ideally located to train young men and women
for work in these important fields. The City of Boston, a leading center of
finance and insurance, does a great volume of trust work — the managing
of estates and investment programs for other people.

Your Program of Study

As a sophomore, you will study Introduction to Finance, together with
introductory courses in other business fields. Specialization will occur In
the upper years, as you study advanced courses in insurance, investments,
and security markets. Other courses, particularly in the broad field of eco-
nomics, are available to provide a well-rounded education.

Your Future

Financial institutions perform indispensable services for present-day
business and industry. A list of these institutions must include banks,
insurance companies, investment houses, credit concerns, financial ex-
changes, business forecasting organizations, financial service institutions,
mortgage companies, national and local real estate brokerage firms,
and appraisers.

There are career opportunities in all areas of business, industry and
government, where financial planning and operation are a vital necessity.

INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

Aims

Industrial relations personnel, working closely with engineers and pro-
duction supervisors, are primarily concerned with workers as people. They
must, therefore, become skillful in the art of human relations. The program
in Industrial Relations will lay a sound base for the development of this skill.

Type of Work

Industrial Relations is closely related to Management. If you were to
choose this program of studies, you might be employed as a supervisor in
job analysis or placement, employment interviewing, industrial accident
prevention, public relations, labor-management relations, training or recre-
ational programs for employees, or psychological and aptitude testing.
You might supervise an employee suggestion system, or direct a company
training program. Responsibility for the development of industrial publi-
cations is usually carried by members of the industrial relations staff.

The day is past when "anyone" can direct labor-management relations.
Therefore, a host of opportunities exists in this field, the human side of
conducting a business. Both unions and management offer a wide selec-
tion of positions in personnel, bargaining, wage administration, and public
relations. The government, too, has many openings for men and women
who have taken this program of studies.

Your Program of Study

After the freshman year your program of studies will include such courses
as Labor Economics, Personnel and Industrial Relations, Collective Bar-i
gaining, and Labor Law.

ITERNATIONAL BUSINESS

Aims

Several factors in recent years have contributed to a rapidly increased
need for qualified people in the field of international business. The growth
of multinational firms, expansion of international trade, and the growth
of regional international trading blocs have created a shortage of skilled
managers who are qualified in analyzing the complexities of international
business problems. This concentration aims at developing students to meet
these management needs.

Your Program of Study

Students who choose this concentration will develop an understanding
of the environmental, economic, political, and social constraints impinging
on international business. They will also develop skills in analyzing the
financial, marketing, and operational strategy of the multinational firm.

The curriculum of the College of Business Administration provides an
opportunity for the student concentrating in International Business to com-
plement his business studies with liberal arts electives appropriate to the
understanding of international relations. These can include studies in the
modern languages, political science, international economics, and the
geography and history of the world's nation-states.

Your Future

Careers in international business are available in most companies which
carry on trade or manufacturing operations in foreign countries. An in-
creasing number of multinational firms are requiring that candidates for
their top management positions have gained experience in international
operations. Large banks and insurance companies also need managers
who understand international business.

Students following this concentration may find employment opportunities
both in the United States and in foreign locations. Needless to say, the op-
portunity for foreign travel is frequently available. The government, trade
associations, and large unions also provide employment opportunities for
students who have studied international business.

XNAGEMENT

Aims

The curriculum in Management is designed to appeal to you if your in-
terests lie in the broad areas of business rather than in more spe-
cialized fields.

It seeks to encourage the breadth and depth of vision demanded for
successful business leadership in a highly complex society.

Your Program of Study

As a student who concentrates in Management, you will study accounting
as a tool of management rather than as a means of developing proficiency
as an accountant. You will study several areas of marketing to gain a better
appreciation of its role in business operations. Likewise, the role of a
sound human-relations program in the modern business organization will
be considered. In addition, you will study problems relating to the physical
aspects of management: the plant, its facilities, its internal organization,
and the problems involved in the production of goods and services.

The courses in Management vary a great deal in their content and in the
way they are taught. Several courses of study pertain to theory and are con-
ducted on a straight lecture basis. Other courses, especially in the last
two years of college, afford an opportunity for research, new ideas, and
self-expression. Together, these courses will provide a foundation for a
successful career in management.

SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Aims

The concentration in Small Business Management is offered to provide
students who plan to operate their own businesses with an opportunity to
develop skills necessary for the effective management of small enterprises.

Your Program of Study

Students following the Small Business Management concentration will
take courses which will develop their ability to find and evaluate business
opportunities, to secure adequate sources of funds, and to organize and
manage the various facets of the small business: marketing, manufacturing,
finance and control, and personnel.

Your Future

Small business management presents a student with the opportunity to
prepare for a career in which he can be involved in the management of
business while maintaining a significant degree of autonomy and inde-
pendence. Some students will enter this career at graduation, or sometimes
even before it. However, many find that first they will obtain experience
through their cooperative work and postgraduate employment prior to
establishing their own enterprise.

TRANSPORTATION

Description

The need for qualified people in the field of transportation and business
logistics has increased rapidly in recent years. In the industrial setting, con-

tinued emphasis on cost control and the pressures of widespread distribu-
tion have created a demand for personnel who understand the dynamics of
logistical function, involving inventory control, warehousing, and trans-
portation, and the interaction of these activities with other functional
operations.

Growing concern with the economic and service conditions of the trans-
portation industry has created many governmental positions with Federal,
state, and local agencies which are engaged in policy development and
administration. Similarly, carriers such as airlines, railroads, and trucking
companies are interested in hiring those familiar with the operational and
regulatory-oriented aspects of their business. Employment opportunities
may also be found in consulting and teaching.

Your Program of Study

Course offerings in Transportation and Business Logistics are sequenced
so that students who desire only an introductory exposure to the field
may take one or several courses as part of a broader business background.
However, a sufficient number of courses will be offered to enable students
to choose a concentration in Transportation and Business Logistics in
preparation for a career in this field. By electing a specific combination
of courses, students may tailor their program to meet the requirements of
several of the previously mentioned occupations.

The graduate of the College of
Criminal Justice must be pre-
pared to judge objectively the
many socio-economic problems
inherent in the administration of
justice in contemporary Ameri-
can society. Obsolete and intel-
lectually antiquated methods of
administering justice have no
place in the modern world.

Norman Rosenblatt, Dean

The College of Criminal Justice

The College of Criminal Justice, first of its kind in New England and the
only one In the nation operating on the Cooperative Plan of Education,
opened in the fall of 1967.

Methods of police administration, law enforcement, forensic science,
rehabilitation, and corrections are changing drastically to cope with con-
temporary developments; and those who intend to become professionally
engaged in these important services, as well as in other areas of social
and community service to society, now need much more formal education
than in the past.

Aims

A grant of $90,000 has been made by the Ford Foundation in partial
support of the program. The purpose of the five-year curriculum is to pre-
pare students for careers in law enforcement, corrections, rehabilitation,
and delinquency prevention.

It is Northeastern University's hope and expectation that the College of
Criminal Justice will make a substantial contribution to the education of
professional personnel in these important services in the years ahead and
thus will provide a real service to community, state, and nation.

Co-opportunities

After your freshman year, consisting of 36 weeks of full-time study, you
will alternate periods of study at Northeastern with periods of paid em-
ployment in cooperative work assignments. You will find that a wide range
of assignments will be available to you, including work in ballistics and

chemical laboratories, record and identification bureaus, planning and
community relations groups, and a number of private and public agencies
associated with problems of a criminal justice nature.

Most cooperative work opportunities are In New England, but there are
also many elsewhere in Federal, state, and local agencies, as well as in
private business and industry.

At the successful completion of your program, you will be awarded the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice.

Your Program of Study

As shown below, you will study Political Science, English, Economics,
Psychology, Sociology, and Criminal Justice as a freshman. You may also
elect to take Basic ROTC Training or Physical Education.

In subsequent years you make take such professional courses as Criminal
Investigation, Evidence and Court Procedure, Criminalistics, Corrections,
Police-Community Relations, Criminal Law, Civil Liberties, Law Enforce-
ment Administration, Rehabilitation, and Research Methods.

Your professional study will also include many liberal content courses,
giving you a broad, general background in the liberal arts and behavior-
istic sciences.

Your Future

The College of Criminal Justice prepares young men and women for
professional careers in law enforcement and corrections. The curriculum
has been designed primarily for students interested in municipal and state
police service and correction agencies. However, Federal agencies and
industrial security operations in private industry also offer many challenging
and rewarding opportunities. It is expected that a number of graduates will
choose to pursue advanced study in academic fields such as social work,
criminology, law, and public administration.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the College of Criminal Justice

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

21.100 Principles of Soc. 19.105 Found, of Psych. 19.106 Psychology

30.113 English 22.101 Intro, to Pol. Sci. 22.102 Intro, to Pol. Sci.

39.115 Economics 30.114 English 39.116 Economics

92.201 Hist, of Crim. Just. 92.202 Hist, of Crim. Just. 92.203 Hist, of Crim. Just.

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

Elementary Education

With a concentration in one of the
following:

Humanities
Social Science
Mathematics-Science
Reading-Language
Special Education

Secondary Education

With a major in one of the following:

Earth Sciences

English

Social Studies

Mathematics

General Science

Biology

Chemistry

Physics

Modern Languages

Special Program

Speech and Hearing Therapy.

Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean

The College of Education

Aims and Programs

The general objective of the College of Education is to develop teachers
adequate to do America's most important work — guiding the young to
maturity.

All programs in Teacher Education are built upon a broad liberal arts
base. Professional competence is added to this understanding of our own
and past culture. The College believes that an effective elementary teacher
requires this broad, liberal experience as a base for professional develop-
ment.

Secondary education students should be prepared to continue graduate
work either in education or in the major subject-matter area.

The course of study in Teacher Education has several distinctive fea-
tures. A unified professional sequence starts in the first year with social
science (Anthropology and Sociology) and continues in the second year
with Human Development and Learning. In the third year this program in-
cludes the Analysis of Teaching; in the fourth year, Methods and Materials
(in specific subject fields), and Measurement and Evaluation; and in the
fifth year, Backgrounds of American Education (history and philosophy).

Secondary School Preparation

If you are preparing for secondary school teaching, you must meet the
same requirements in your major field as a student in a liberal arts pro-
gram (30 semester hours above the freshman year). You have a choice of
English, Social Studies, Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, General
Science, Earth Sciences, or Modern Languages. If you wish to major in

Modern Languages, you must continue in college with one language
studied previously and add a second one. (See page 43.)

A special program in Speech and Hearing Therapy also is available.

Elementary School Preparation

If you are enrolled in Elementary Education, you must complete 40
quarter hours in one of the following areas:

A. Science and Mathematics (biology, chemistry, geology, mathematics,
natural science, physics).

B. Humanities (art, drama, literature, languages, excluding freshman
English and elementary modern language, music, philosophy, speech).

C. Social Sciences (economics, history, political science, psychology,
sociology-anthropology).

D. Language-Reading (modern language, linguistics, semantics, speech
and hearing, reading, literature).

E. Special Education (mental retardation, emotional disturbance, psy-
chology of personality, abnormal psychology, sociology, industrial
arts and crafts, rehabilitation).

In addition to the sequence of professional education courses listed
above, preparation Is given in the content and methodology of arithmetic,
reading, language arts, social studies, arts and crafts, music, science, and
physical education.

The Teacher Aide Program

Opportunities are steadily increasing for selected students to participate
as employees of cooperating school departments. If your record justifies
your selection, you will assist in administrative as well as instructional
functions. Thus you will enjoy a unique opportunity to develop broad view-
points and gain rich experience which will greatly enhance your con-
fidence and effectiveness as a teacher.

Degrees

The College of Education will award the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Education to those who successfully complete the program of prepara-
tion for teaching at elementary or secondary school levels.

Your Freshman Year in the College of Education

There are several programs of study in the freshman year, depending
upon your field of interest. Common to all programs are English and social
science. Specific courses for each major are shown on the following pages.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in the
Teaching of Nonscience Fields

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION/SPEECH AND HEARING THERAPY/
ENGLISH/SOCIAL STUDIES/MODERN LANGUAGES

Mathematics or a modern language may be substituted lor Political Science upon approval ol the
dean during orientation week.

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

16.104 Earth Science 16.105 Earth Science 23.102 Western Civ.

22.101 Political Science* 22.102 Political Science* 30.114 English

30.113 English 23.101 Western Civ. 50.113 Social Science

50.111 Social Science 50.112 Social Science Elective

'Students may substitute Basic Mathematics or a modern language for Political
Science.

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

EMENTARY EDUCATION

Your Program of Study

Each student must complete a concentration in one of the following
subject-matter areas: social science, the humanities, science and mathe-
matics, language-reading, or special education. The social science field
includes anthropology-sociology, history, political science, economics. The
humanities include literature, art, music, philosophy, and foreign languages.
Special education includes studies in those areas of psychology and
sociology most concerned with mental retardation, emotional disturbance,
and rehabilitation.

Other courses provide the necessary professional equipment of the
teacher. They include Human Development and Learning, Analysis of Teach-
ing, Methods and Materials in Elementary Science, Arithmetic, Reading,
Language Arts, Arts and Crafts, Music, Social Studies, Physical Education,
Evaluation and Measurement, and Backgrounds of American Education.

The program culminates in a quarter of supervised student teaching in
the senior year. Elementary Education students are assigned to a grade
in a public elementary school and work under the supervision of the regu-
lar classroom teacher and a Northeastern faculty member. They will be
actually teaching a good share of the time and observing and assisting the
I critic teacher the rest of the time.

ji Your Future

1} Many persons are content to make a career of classroom teaching in

1,1 the elementary school and find this a completely rewarding vocation.

others are interested in qualifying eventually for administrative positions,
supervisory positions, or careers in the special education of exceptional
children. Such persons will want to go into graduate work to prepare
themselves for these positions. A very common practice is for in-service
teachers to work part time toward the master's degree while continuing
their regular employment as classroom teachers.

With the added experience gained from Northeastern's unique Teacher
Aide Program and the opportunity to not only learn the mechanics of your
profession but to also make invaluable contacts with various school sys-
tems, you should be in an enviable position to find the type of teaching
opportunity for which you are best qualified and trained.

SECONDARY EDUCATION

Description

As a Secondary Education major (English, Social Studies, Earth
Sciences, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, General Science, f^athematics,
Modern Languages), you will teach several classes daily in your main field
or in one or two related subjects.

Type of Work

In addition to giving 20 or 30 hours of classroom work per week, you
will have many other duties — which always are part of a teacher's job —
from correcting papers and planning programs to interviewing parents or
directing extracurricular activities.

Your Program of Study

The sequence of professional education courses is essentially the same
for both elementary and secondary teachers. Turn to pages 43 and 46 for
your program of study. The program culminates in a quarter of supervised
student teaching in the senior year. Under the supervision of a regular
classroom teacher and a Northeastern faculty member, you will teach
three or more classes a day in a public senior or junior high school.

Your Future

Most persons who have mastered a secondary school subject look for-
ward to teaching in the classroom for many years. Some, however, desire
to move eventually into administrative or supervisory positions, or into
the field of guidance. Such persons will want to go into graduate work to
prepare themselves for these positions. A very common practice is for
in-service teachers to work part time toward the master's degree while
continuing their regular employment as classroom teachers.

•EECH AND HEARING THERAPY

Description

The profession of speech pathology and audiology (speech and hearing
therapy) is concerned with problems and disorders of human communi-
cation as manifested in the processes of speech and hearing. It is devoted
to providing clinical services to children and adults, as well as to related
basic and applied research. Some personnel concern themselves primarily
with speech disorders or with hearing disorders; nevertheless, speech
and hearing are so interrelated that professional competency requires
familiarity with both.

Such terms as speech correctionist and speech and hearing therapist
have been used to identify professional persons; however, the American
Speech and Hearing Association (ASHA), the national scientific and pro-
fessional organization devoted to encouraging basic study of the processes
of speech and hearing, recommends the use of speech pathologist (or
speech clinician) and audiologist.

Type of Work

Duties vary constantly with the individual and the setting. Most individ-
uals will be engaged in two or more of the following types of activity:
Clinical: evaluation of the speech and/or hearing impairment by a wide
variety of diagnostic procedures, followed, when indicated, by a thera-
peutic program. These activities involve cooperative endeavor with many
specialists — physicians, educators, psychologists, social workers, rehabili-
tation workers, etc. Research: those pursuits which seek to increase
basic understanding of the complex processes of speech and hearing.
Teaching: primary concern of members of college and university facul-
ties. Administration: constitutes some responsibility of most individuals in
this profession.

These duties are carried on in clinical service centers, hospitals, public
school systems, health departments, colleges and universities, industry,
research centers, and private practice.

Your Program of Study

In your upper-class years, you will have such subjects as: Science of
Voice and Speech, Introduction to Speech Pathology, Introduction to Audi-
ology, Psychology, Phonetics, Clinical Practice, Dynamics of Language
Development, Psychological Speech Disorders, Speech Reading and Audi-
tory Training, and Organic Voice and Speech Disorders.

Your freshman-year program of studies as a major in Speech and Hear-
ing Therapy will be found on page 43.

Your Future

There is a great demand for speech pathologists and audiologists in the

United States. The employment outlook is especially favorable for speech
clinicians in public schools.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in the
Teaching of General Science, Earth Sciences, or Biology

First Quarter

10.101 Basic Math.

or Calculus
12.106 Gen. Chem.
18.131 Basic Animal

Biology
50.111 Social Science

SECONDARY LEVEL
Second Quarter
10.102 Basic Math.

18.132 Basic Animal

Biology
30.113 English
50.112 Social Science

Third Quarter
10.103 Basic Math.

12.107 General Chem.
30.114 English
50.113 Social Science

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see bacl< of catalog for full course descriptions.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in the
Teaching of Mathematics or Physics

First Quarter

10.181 Calculus
11.117 Physics
30.113 English
50.111 Social Science

SECONDARY LEVEL

Second Quarter

10.182 Calculus
11.118 Physics
23.102 Western Civ.
50.112 Social Science

Third Quarter

10.183 Algebra

11.119 Physics

30.114 English

50.113 Social Science

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Teaching of Chemistry

First Quarter

10.150 Calculus

12.103 General Chem.

18.131 Biology

30.113 English

SECONDARY LEVEL

Second Quarter

10.151 Calculus

12.104 General Chem.

18.132 Biology

50.112 Social Science

Third Quarter

10.152 Linear Algebra

12.105 Analytical Chem.

30.114 English

50.113 Social Science

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Industrial Engineering
Mechanical Engineering

General Engineering

^^-

Melvin Mark, Dean

The College of Engineering

The College of Engineering prepares students to participate constructively
in a technologically changing world, contributing to the accumulation and
application of new knowledge as professional engineers. Fundamentals
are emphasized to provide the future engineer with the basic technical
knowledge that will enable him to practice in a variety of positions. At the
same time study of the social sciences and humanities provides an op-
portunity to develop an awareness of the social, economic, political,
aesthetic, and philosophical influences that are part of the context in
which he will practice his profession.

Aims

The concept of education as a continuing, lifelong process necessary
for effective work in an environment of constantly new facts, ideas, and
scientific principles underlies the complete structure of the engineering
curriculum.

Engineering education is directed toward assisting you to:

1. Understand the scientific principles and knowledge of that particu-
lar branch of engineering you may choose.

2. Comprehend and develop competence in the engineering method
and its application.

> 3. Communicate effectively and succinctly the important results of
any technical study both verbally and graphically.
4. Acquire the motivation for continuing professional growth.

Women in Engineering

More women are entering the field of engineering each year, recog-
nizing the opportunities present. Aware of their qualifications and potential,
industry and government provide positions of responsibility for competent
woman engineers. Any woman with scientific or technical interests should
consider the many possibilities offered in engineering.

Degrees Granted

The College operates on the Cooperative Plan and offers five-year pro-
grams of study leading to Bachelor of Science degrees in Chemical, Civil,
Electrical, Industrial, and Mechanical Engineering.

Your Freshman Year in the College of Engineering

The freshman year in Engineering consists of the prescribed courses shown
in the program below. Study during the first year will build your understand-
ing of mathematics and the physical sciences, and improve your ability to
communicate ideas both by verbal and graphic means. Since the first year
of study is identical for all Engineering students, you may change your
choice of engineering specialization at the end of your freshman year with-
out loss.

Your freshman courses act as a foundation for your upper-class studies ,
which will develop your basic understanding of concepts in the engineer-
ing sciences and introduce you to the engineering method and its ap-
plication. About four fifths of your upper-class program is devoted to
scientific and technological study, and about one fifth to humanistic-social
courses, with the aim of balancing your growing technical proficiency
with a similar development of your appreciation of the nontechnical as-
pects of society and culture.

Cooperative work in the branch of engineering which you choose will
begin upon completion of your freshman year and continue throughout
your remaining upper-class years. Your work assignments during this time
will prove to be most valuable in helping you to integrate the important
elements of both an engineering and a liberal education. They will be in-
strumental in teaching you the value of teamwork while, at the same time,
helping you acquire insight into the problems of actual engineering practice.

Your Freshman-Year Program of Studies in the College of Engineeringt

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

10.150 Calculus 10.151 Calculus 10.152 Calculus

11.203 Physics 11.204 Physics 11.205 Physics

* 9.106 Basic Eng. ** 9.107 Basic Eng. *M2.115 General Cham.

*30.114 Intro, to Lit. M2.114 General Chem. **30.115 Great Themes

In Lit.

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.

fFor information and specimen program in General Engineering, see pages 61 and 62.
'First lialf of a two-quarter sequence. ** Second tialf of a two-quarter sequence.

With respect to the courses in Basic Engineering, Chemistry, and Literature, as
indicated by * and **, only two of these three are tal<en in any given quarter. The
order in which these courses are taken will vary according to the section in which
students are enrolled. At no time are first-year students required to carry more than
four freshman courses.

Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

I1ICAL ENGINEERING

Description

Chemical engineering has grown out of the discoveries in the chemical
laboratories, which have served as a foundation for a great many new
industries whose production processes involve chemical as well as
physical changes.

Petroleum refining, plastics, manufacture of synthetic fibers, and hun-
dreds of other industries require men and women trained in chemistry as
well as in engineering. Moreover, much of the training received by the
chemical engineer is now being applied to the rapidly developing fields of
nuclear engineering, space engineering, and environmental controls. Many
older industries, such as foods, textiles, paints and varnishes, and leather
are also employing chemical engineers.

Type of Work

The chemical engineer has been defined as a "professional man ex-
perienced in the design, construction, and operation of plants in which
materials undergo chemical and physical change." It is the task of the
chemical engineer to reduce the costs, increase production, and improve
the quality of the products in the industry.

Your Program of Study

After you have taken the fundamental courses in chemistry, mathematics,
and physics required of all Engineering students, you will go on to ad-
vanced courses which apply these fundamentals to the solution of engi-
neering problems. These upper-class courses are a skillful blend of the
latest mathematical and theoretical analysis with the practical aspects of
the profession.

I Your instructors in the Department of Chemical Engineering have ob-
itained advanced degrees in this field and are directing research programs
aimed at solving tomorrow's problems in the area of chemical engineering.

Advanced degree programs, M.S., Ph.D., and D.Eng., available in the
IDepartment enhance the undergraduate training.

; Since the field of chemical engineering is so varied, your program of
|Study has been designed to provide you with a broad training in which

' 51

fundamental principles are stressed. This training will enable you to ac-
climate yourself readily to graduate school or to whatever industry you
may choose.

Your Future

Chemical engineering is one of the fastest-growing major fields of
engineering.

The reason is tremendous growth of research and development, espe-
cially in such fields as petroleum and chemicals (about one third of all
chemical engineers are employed in these fields).

Demand for good chemical engineers is expected to continue in the
foreseeable future. Biggest demand is being made by chemical and petro-
leum industries.

Other opportunities exist in government agencies, consulting firms, and
in college teaching.

Chemical Engineering Laboratories

The chemical engineering laboratories are designed to acquaint the
student with the experimental approach to the solution of engineering
problems and to develop research interests.

Experimental Methods Laboratories — The student is first taught the
basic measurements in engineering with emphasis on temperatures, pres-
sure, and flow rate. Following this, he is given problems in such areas as
transport properties, kinetics, thermodynamics, and process dynamics,
which he must solve experimentally. He is required to design the experi-
ment, conduct it, reduce the data using computers, and to write a final
report. In the experiments he uses pilot scale chemical engineering equip-
ment when applicable.

Research Laboratories— Used by advanced undergraduates and gradu-
ate students to carry out research in the various areas of chemical engi-
neering. Analytical laboratories and shop facilities are available to support
these research projects.

The Nuclear Engineeririg Laboratory — This laboratory contains a
subcritical-reactor purchased in part from funds supplied by the U. S.
Atomic Energy Commission. The assembly is fueled with natural uranium
and is water-moderated.

The installation also includes a reactor simulator which has the same
type of instrument panel and gives the same responses and reactions as
any critical reactor in the country.

CIVIL ENGINEERING

Description

"Civil engineers influence the quality of life by shaping the environment
and by effecting the ecology."'

• From Statement of Policy on Environmental Systems by the American Society of Civil Engineers.

Civil engineering deals with the conceiving, planning, designing, con-
structing, and operating of environmental systems in the air, on water, and
on land. Each project or system is unique, designed to fit the particular
requirements of a single location and purpose. These projects or systems
help shape man's environment by making beneficial use of his natural
resources. Competent design solutions represent the most economical solu-
tions, with due regard to a structure's effect on the environment and its
satisfactory performance during its design life.

In general, civil engineering work includes housing, transportation, and
communications; and more specifically, highways, airports, spaceports,
pipelines, rail lines, bridges, dams, irrigation works, water treatment plants
and distribution systems, wastewater treatment and recovery plants, air
pollution treatment, solid waste disposal operations, and the design of
buildings of all sizes for all purposes.

Traditionally, civil engineers have been leaders of an interdisciplinary
approach to the improvement and protection of environmental quality. They
will continue to work toward this betterment as they improve and develop
the science and technology necessary to provide broad and fundamental
benefits for an improving quality of life and a social consciousness to match
their technical know-how.

Type of Work

Civil engineering is as old as civilization itself and, until recent times,
it embraced all phases of engineering except those of a military character.
Today its major branches include topographical, municipal, railroad, high-
way, structural, hydraulic, and environmental engineering.

Civil engineers work with facts rather than fancies, but also work on
problems for which the answers are not known and for which there are
likely to be several possible solutions. They must have imagination and be
Inventive and not be afraid of the unknown or untried.

Civil engineers work to improve man's environment; they help produce
industrial plants, great public works, housing, bases for space exploration
and travel, and transportation networks. The work areas range from the
cities to the wilderness, in developed and developing countries, and from
the equator to the polar regions.

Your Program of Study

Since the first step in every civil engineering project involves accurate
measurement of the surface features of the land, of the nature of the soil,
and of the character of the underlying rock, the study of Surveying and
related subjects, such as Geology and Soil Mechanics, will be included in
your program of study.

You will also study in detail such subjects as the Mechanics of Static
Bodies, Strength of Materials, and Theory of Structures, since the primary
consideration in designing any structure is to make certain that it will
safely withstand any force to which it may be subjected.

I 53

Your program of study is thus intended to prepare you for graduate
school or to take up the work of design and construction of structures,
and to solve the problems of water supply and waste water disposal, along
with other problems of pollution of our environment. You will also learn to
undertake intelligently the supervision of work in allied fields of engineer-
ing and in general contracting.

Your Future

Your work as a civil engineer will be relevant to man's present culture
and future needs.

Largest employment field: Federal, state, and local government agencies.

Second largest group: construction and consulting engineering offices.

Other major employers: public utilities, railroads, banks, finance, insur-
ance and real estate firms, colleges and universities.

Civil Engineering Laboratories

The Cement and Concrete Testing Laboratories, among the finest in the
United States, are equipped to conduct the standard physical tests in
cement and concrete as specified by the American Society for Testing
Materials. Additional equipment is available for research work. The re-
search facilities are used in conjunction with others throughout the United
States and Canada for work of the A.S.T.M. technical committees.

Ttie Hydraulics Laboratory is designed as a teaching aid and is used in
conjunction with hydraulics courses.

The Environmental Engineering Laboratories are used by both under-
graduate and graduate students. The laboratories are fully equipped to
perform any analysis on the examination of water, waste water, and in-
dustrial wastes. Research in many areas is also conducted.

The Air Sampling and Analysis Laboratory contains sophisticated equip-
ment for sampling and conducting physical and chemical analysis of pollu-
tants in the atmosphere.

The Soil Testing Laboratory is equipped to conduct the usual tests re-
quired to evaluate soil as a construction material and is also equipped
and used for research.

Surveying Equipment is complete and is capable of coping with the
most complex surveying projects encountered in engineering, including
the electronic method (geodimeter) of measuring linear distances.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Description

Electrical engineering today embraces a continually widening sphere of
activity. It ranges in scope from laboratory and theoretical studies in ap-
plied physics to the economic design of communications and energy sys-j
tems, serving not only the land-based requirements of entire continents
but also the needs of space exploration.

Because electrical properties, concepts, instrumentation, and control
are basic to much of modern technology, the electrical engineer is often
engaged in interdisciplinary activities. Examples are biomedical elec-
tronics, electro-optics, and machine translation of languages.

Type of Work

Research and development, feasibility studies, design, supervision of
manufacturing or installation, and operation — all involving electrical de-
vices, components, or systems of components — make up the typical work
of the electrical engineer.

Your Program of Study

Since electrical engineering obtains much of its impetus from pioneer-
ing developments in the pure sciences, your program of study will start
with fundamental courses in mathematics, physics, and chemistry. In the
Department of Electrical Engineering, your courses will be divided into
five related sequences: circuits and systems, including feedback control;
electronics and communications, including an introduction to solid-state
physics; electromagnetic field theory and microwave devices; energy con-
version, emphasizing electromagnetic devices; and laboratory work asso-
ciated with all of the foregoing.

In the senior year, engineering electives are offered in order that you
may have the experience of depth and specialization.

Power Systems Engineering

A program in Power Systems Engineering is conducted in cooperation
with electric power companies in New England and other eastern states.
The master's degree can be obtained in six years of cooperative education.
Students should write to Philip R. McCabe, Director of Admissions, for
further information.

Your Future

Employment opportunities are found both in large industrial companies
and small business firms. Satisfying jobs exist in the great university, in-
dustrial, and government laboratories.

Advanced degrees and continuing education courses beyond the bacca-
laureate degree will be of increasing importance to those who wish to prac-
tice electrical engineering as a profession. For others whose inclinations
are directed toward science and technology but who do not intend to prac-
tice electrical engineering professionally, an undergraduate education in
this field is an excellent preparation for a variety of careers. Some electrical
engineering graduates enter graduate programs in the biomedical field,
computer sciences, and other related areas. Still others enter industry and
graduate toward management positions in technically oriented companies.

Electrical Engineering Laboratories

The Northeastern electrical engineering laboratories are patterned
after a composite of typical industrial research and development labora-
tories. Boasting a wide variety of modern testing and measuring equip-
ment, the laboratories are an excellent adjunct to the classroom. Here the
student may simulate or fabricate devices or systems which have been
studied in his lecture courses.

From light machinery and power equipment to microwave precision sys-
terms, students plan and pursue their projects in the laboratory. The recent
acquisition of a digitally programmed analog computer also permits the
study of larger or more complex systems than can be realized in the lab-
oratory itself.

The laboratory programs are organized to provide an atmosphere of
freedom, and students can exert considerable influence on their own
study efforts.

The laboratory program consists of six courses. The first is devoted to
contemporary measurement techniques involving wide-band oscilloscopes,
various test generators, elementary potentiometric systems, and studies
of nonlinear devices. The second course is designed to demonstrate the
significance of device parameters, which must be experimentally deter-
mined to characterize devices completely for incorporation into systems.
The third course shows methods of testing to establish significant com-
parisons of experimental models with analytical models.

The remaining courses depend largely on the individual student. More
than one third of the laboratory program is devoted to laboratory projects
in which students devise and carry out experimental studies under the
guidance of faculty members and laboratory instructors.

Spacious and well-lighted, the laboratories are operated from early
morning to late evening, giving students the utmost freedom in pursuing
their experimental interests in electrical engineering.

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

Description

Industrial engineering, one of the most rapidly expanding fields of engi-
neering, is concerned with the design, control, and operation of productive
systems along with manufacturing and service organizations.

The recognition that many management problems can be formulated and
solved with the aid of mathematical or scientific methods has created a
demand for men and women with training in engineering and science to
assume administrative responsibility in industry. Today industrial engineers
are found not only in manufacturing, but also in government service, hos-
pitals, banks, transportation, law, medicine, research, and many other
areas requiring broad engineering and managerial skills. |

Should I Study Industrial Engineering?

Do you like to work with things: e.g., machines and automobiles? Do you
like to experiment and make changes? Do you like to get results through
working with people? Do you like (can you tolerate) mathematics and sci-
ence? Do you like to plan projects before doing them? Do you like to save
money? If you answer "yes" to many of these questions, you should con-
sider Industrial Engineering as a concentration.

What Is Industrial Engineering?

Everyone knows what a kitchen is and what activities take place there.
Let us draw the following comparisons between what the industrial engineer
does and activities in the kitchen.

Kitchen Activities

1. Timing preparation of a meal so that
all items are cooked and ready at
mealtime

2. Location of stove, sink, refrigerator,
etc. in the kitchen

3. Moving hot and cold foods from
kitchen to dining room and return-
ing dirty dishes

4. Arranging ingredients and cooking
utensils for the preparation of a pie

5. Persuading the children to wash the
dishes

6. Checking the quality of job the chil-
dren do at dish washing

7. Determining the quantity of can
goods to stock in the pantry

Industrial Engineering Activities
1. Production scheduling

2. Facilities planning and plant layout

3. Materials handling of production
items

4. Arranging a work place with proper
tools and materials to perform an
assembly easily — work design

5. Personnel relations

6. Quality control of production items

7. Inventory control of goods

Your Program of Study

The extensive sequence in physics, mathematics, and engineering sci-
ences in your program sharply differentiates your education from that of the
student of business management.

Your first two years will be devoted primarily to building a strong foun-
dation through the study of mathematics, physics, English, chemistry, and
the engineering sciences.

In your junior and senior years more advanced subjects will be In-
cluded. Among these are statistics, probability, operations research, qual-
ity control, computer science, management information systems, and
plant layout.

Your Future

Occupational outlook: excellent

Factors in your favor as an industrial engineer will be:

1. Expansion of automation.

2. Increasing complexity of industrial operations.

3. Vital role of the industrial engineer in reducing costs and increasing
productivity.

4. Increasing acceptability in nonmanufacturing business: e.g., hos-
pitals, newspapers, airlines, and other service industries.

Integrated Industrial Engineering Laboratories

The facility provides resources for students to work on projects in the
area of plant arrangement and tool location, and studies of production
equipment. Students work as individuals or in groups at the projects, de-
pending on the scope and complexity of the problem. Extensive laboratory
project work is also conducted in outside industrial plants and service
organizations on actual problems, combined with occasional plant visits
to view actual operations.

The Computer

Students are required to learn basic computer programming in their
first year. In later years they are asked to solve complex problems by
computer. The University Computation Center provides a service to the
student where he can leave his program at the Computation Center. An
experienced computer expert will then run the program on a high-speed
digital computer and, in a short time, the student can pick up his results.
The computer is of particular interest to the industrial engineer, since
many complex problems such as assembly line balancing, mathematical
modeling, and industrial simulations require a computer solution.

For further information about the Industrial Engineering curriculum, com-
municate with the Chairman, Department of Industrial Engineering, in
590 United Realty Building, or call (617) 437-2740.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Description

Mechanical engineering has been traditionally defined as that branch
of engineering which is concerned with design, development, and manu-
facture of machines which do work or produce power. Included are such
well-known machines as the internal combustion engine, heating and air
conditioning systems, machine tools, printing presses, and rolling mills.
What is not generally appreciated is the role which the mechanical engi-
neer plays in developing new machines which operate in unique ways under
special conditions. For example, the space program requires engines]
which operate in the vacuum of outer space; power supplies for satellites]

58 J

which operate reliably for long periods of time on a single charge of fuel;
and materials to survive the severe conditions of reentry into the atmos-
phere. Deep-sea exploration requires vehicles which can operate under
enormous pressure loads. Production of electrical power requires effi-
cient operation under conditions which maintain a clean environment and
conserve limited fuel resources. The mechanical engineer is participating
actively in all these areas and many others.

Your Program of Study

The curriculum is designed to accommodate the broadening demands on
the mechanical engineer by first establishing a firm foundation in the basic
sciences and then permitting the student the option of directing his studies
toward a chosen area of interest.

In the first three years the student in Mechanical Engineering studies
the basic sciences (mathematics, physics, and chemistry), the engineering
sciences (mechanics, thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, and materials
science), and the humanities. As an upperclassman he can elect to con-
centrate his studies in the areas of thermofluid engineering, mechanics and
design, or materials science and engineering.

Thermofluid engineering is concerned with the properties and character-
istics of the working fluid of machines. For example, the ability of an air-
craft to fly depends upon the manner in which air flows over its lifting sur-
faces. The engineer must understand the characteristics of fluid flow. The
energy to run a turbine is extracted from the steam or combustion gases
which pass through it and the engineer must have a knowledge of the
concepts of thermodynamics; the efficiency of a cooling tower depends
upon the mechanisms by which fluids transfer heat to surfaces and the
engineer must have a firm grasp of the principles of heat transfer.

Mechanics and design are based upon the fundamental scientific and
mathematical tools which are utilized in the analysis of mechanical con-
figurations as they evolve in the design of machines and power-producing
devices. For example, the engineer in the area of mechanics and design
will analyze and design plate and shell components for nuclear power
plants and deep-sea oceanographic vessels; he will develop new methods
for evaluating filamentary composite structures; in the modern machine
tool industry he will be concerned with computer control of machine tools;
in the engine industry he will analyze stresses in such components as tur-
bine blades. To prepare for this the upper-class student will elect such
courses as experimental stress analysis, advanced strength of materials
and deformation of solids, vibrations, numerical and computer methods in
engineering analysis.

Materials science and engineering are concerned with understanding the
relationships between the structure and properties of materials and with
control of the structure to achieve desired properties. Only recently have
engineers come to realize that an understanding of the principles of mater-
ials science enables them to design more creatively and with greater
freedom than the traditional reference to handbooks. Examples of areas

where mechanical engineers find materials properties a part of the basic
design function are: manufacturing techniques, structures (vehicles, build-
ings), energy conversion, electronic devices (including computers), pack-
aging, and prosthetic devices. For those mechanical engineers who desire
further knowledge in the materials field, advanced courses are available.

Your Future

It is to the credit of the mechanical engineer that he has accepted the
challenge of new technologies and has expanded his areas of competence
to meet this challenge. Today he is found contributing in an important way
to many industries which have not been considered the traditional domain
of the mechanical engineer. Because of this, the opportunities for the
mechanical engineering graduate have been considerably broadened.

The mechanical engineer has played a major role in the development of
new technologies such as space, direct energy conversion, nuclear power,
and materials science. He can be expected to make important contributions
to current problems of environment, pollution, transportation, and ecology.

Mechanical Engineering Laboratories

The concept of instruction in the mechanical engineering laboratory has
departed from the traditional program of a series of separate designated
experiments to one in which the laboratory is used primarily as a vehicle
for investigating a problem of interest to the student. This permits the stu-
dent to examine the problem in greater depth and serves as an introduction
to the manner in which an engineer will function in industry.

The student has free access to the facilities of the various mechanical
engineering laboratories, which include:

Materials and Metallurgy Laboratories — These laboratories are well
equipped to treat the physical examination of materials and their struc-
tures. The equipment includes modern apparatus for vacuum melting
technology. X-ray diffraction, and thermal expansion studies, two research
metallographs, an electron microscope, and a fluid-to-fluid extrusion press.

Fluid ar)d Gas Dynamics Laboratory— Designed to study aerodynamic
and hydrodynamic phenomena such as vortices, separation streamlines,
and shock waves. Equipment includes an aerodynalog, an axial flow fan,
shock tube, subsonic wind tunnel, and a supersonic wind tunnel.

Materials Testing and Stress Analysis Laboratories— Equ\pped to handle
both the destructive and nondestructive testing of materials, this labora-
tory has a 300,000-lb. Universal testing machine provided with an auto-
matic electronic stress-strain recorder and a high-temperature tensile
test furnace.

Stresses and strains may be determined experimentally by the use of
strain gage, photoelastic, photostress, and brittle lacquer techniques.

Recent additions include a fatigue testing machine of 2,000-lb. capacity,
and vibration testing units.

Heat Engineering Laboratories— These laboratories include:

1. A refrigeration unit which may also operate as a heat pump.

2. Two solid injection diesel engines provided with a continuous

oxygen analyzer, one equipped with a strain gage torque meter.

3. A CFR fuels research engine equipped with a strain gage pressure

transducer.

4. A 60-h.p. Rover gas turbine with automatic controls and Froude

dynamometer.

5. Apparatus for study of steam-to-water heat transfer, comparison of

film versus dropwise condensation, heat transfer to a boiling
liquid, and thermocouple recovery factor.

6. A thermoelectric generator to study the direct conversion of heat

into electrical energy.

7. A thermoelectric refrigeration test facility for development of single

and multi-stage thermoelectric coolers.

8. A Curtis steam turbine and condenser.
Automatic Control Laboratory — This new area includes:

1. A feedback control system.

2. Analog computers for simulation of engineering problems, fluid

power testing units.

ERAL ENGINEERING

Description

Engineering and technology influence all areas of endeavor and have a
profound effect on the lifestyle and institutions of the society. The impact
is both cultural and scientific and is manifested by the awareness that solu-
tions to society's problems are, in part, technological. The major purpose of
the General Engineering Program is to provide flexible, interdisciplinary
educational opportunities based on fundamental engineering concepts. Its
interdisciplinary nature allows the student to develop other areas of inter-
est in which an engineering background is professionally useful.

Type of Work

The program Is designed for students whose Interests are in engineering-
related professions rather than In the traditional profession of engineering.
It is expected that the work engaged In by graduates of this program will
encompass the entire spectrum of professional activity. Typical areas in-
clude urban planning, technology of health-care and public administration,
and legal aspects of technology. In addition, opportunity exists In the
emerging, highly interdisciplinary fields, such as ocean engineering, bio-
engineering, and systems science.

Your Program of Study

The General Engineering Program is highly elective and gives the student
the opportunity to develop. In conjunction with his adviser, a program de-

signed to meet his own career objectives. To achieve this goal, the student is
exposed to the fundamental engineering areas of electric circuits, systems,
mechanics, thermodynamics, and materials. These courses are based on
basic principles developed in early courses in the mathematics and physics.
Since the computer is a basic tool in any technological environment,
each student is required to learn the elements of computer programming.

Specimen Freshman Year

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3

10.150 Calculus 10.151 Calculus 10.153 Calculus

11.203 Physics 11.204 Physics 11.205 Physics

9.106 Basic Eng. 9.106 Basic Eng. 30.115 Grt. Them, in Lit.

30.114 Intro. Lit. * Liberal Arts Elective * Liberal Arts Elective

'Chemistry or Biology may be substituted for the Liberal Arts Elective provided that the latter is taken
in place of an upper-class elective. In addition to the above courses, the student may elect Basic
ROTC.

Your Future

All of society's forecasting indicators point to a bright future. It is diffi-
cult to imagine how society will grow and solve its problems without relying
on personal knowledge in engineering. A wide variety of employment op-
portunities exists in both the private and public sectors of the economy.

Graduate education and continuing education are becoming increasingly
important in professional life. By appropriately planning his program, the
student will be able to satisfy the prerequisites necessary for admission
into all types of graduate and professional schools.

BIOPHYSICS AND BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

An education, which includes a strong background in physical and
engineering science together with studies in biological sciences and hu-
manities, prepares the undergraduate for several careers. These include
medicine, dentistry, biophysics, and biomedical engineering.

There is no special curriculum in Biomedical Engineering. Several of the
engineering disciplines provide the student with a strong background in
physical science and engineering, together with education in the humanities.
The purpose of the Department of Biophysics and Biomedical Engineering
is to help the student choose courses in the biological sciences and to in-
tegrate his program in order for him to achieve the above career objectives.

Students who are interested in the above careers should take biological
sciences in their freshman year. The freshman program in Engineering per-
mits one to do so, since Biology can be substituted for a portion of Basic
Engineering in the freshman year. Students who wish to take an integrated
program directed toward one of the above areas must contact the Depart-

ment on their arrival as freshmen. This will permit arranging for the above
substitution and for further planning of the student's career.

The Department also provides guidance for students, other than fresh-
men, who are interested in the above careers.

Bachelor of Arts

or Bachelor of Science

Art History

Biology

Ciiemistry

Drama

Economics

Englisti

Geology

History

Independent Major*

Journalism

Mathematics

Modern Languages

Philosophy

Physics

Political Science

Psychology

Sociology and Anthropology

'Bachelor of Arts only.

Robert A. Shepard, Dean

The College of Liberal Arts

Today it is widely accepted that a liberal education, which guides young
men and women toward intellectual maturity, must prepare them for both
the art of living and for the earning of a living. The College of Liberal Arts
holds that a truly liberal education and preparation for a career go hand
in hand.

As a liberal arts student at Northeastern, your academic study may be
complemented by experiences on the Cooperative Plan, which will enable
you to develop such desirable traits as self-reliance, initiative, and the
ability to work harmoniously with others.

You may also choose to attend Northeastern on a four-year non-
Cooperative Plan instead of on the Cooperative Plan.

Aims

As a student in the College of Liberal Arts you will learn to appreciate
the basic values upon which civilization and culture rest, and perceive and
accept your responsibilities as an active participant in social groups — the
family, the community, the nation, and the world. At the same time you
will be aided in the development of a resourceful and independent mind;
the ability to use, as well as to accumulate, knowledge; and the awareness
of your mental strengths and weaknesses.

Degrees Granted

Students in the College of Liberal Arts may earn either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Science degree. The Bachelor of Arts degree
requires proficiency in a foreign language and supplementation of study
in your major area with a range of courses in the humanities, social sci-
ences, and sciences. The Bachelor of Science degree provides an oppor-
tunity for greater concentration in courses in the major. This concentration
is possible because there is no language requirement (except in the Biology
and Chemistry programs) and because there are comparatively few require-
ments in fields outside the major.

Preprofessional Preparation

In the College of Liberal Arts you will be able to get the necessary
preparation for professional education in dentistry, law, library science,
medicine, social work, and theology.

Since admission requirements of these programs vary, upper-class ad-
visers counsel students on their choice of courses.

Combined Degree Programs

Under Northeastern's combined program with professional schools, stu-
dents may reduce by one year the time ordinarily required to obtain the
Bachelor of Arts and the professional degree. After completing three
fourths of the requirement for the Bachelor of Arts degree and being
admitted to a professional school of dentistry or medicine, students
may qualify for that degree at the end of their second year in profes-
sional school.

Students preparing for dentistry or medicine normally enroll in the Bio-
logical Sciences program. Those preparing for law normally enroll in the
Political Science or History curriculum. However, it is possible to prepare
for ttiese careers with other majors. Professional advising is available and
should be sought before selecting a major.

Your Freshman Year in the College of Liberal Arts

As a student in the College of Liberal Arts, your freshman-year program
will be determined partly by your probable major, and partly by your choice
of courses. It is important that you discuss your particular area of interest
with an admissions or guidance counselor. Entrance requirements will vary
according to the general area for which you have applied, and the extent of
your verbal and mathematical aptitudes will have a direct bearing upon
your success as a student.

During much of your first two years you will study a series of basic
subjects which are determined by your choice of a program. If you are to
obtain a liberal education, you must have preparation in several basic
fields.

Thereafter, in your upper-class years, you will have the choice of a wide
range of Liberal Arts electives which will enable you to plan a program in

keeping with your particular interests and aptitudes. Certain courses offered
in the other Basic Colleges will be open to you.

Through a comprehensive guidance program you will be advised in
your selection of courses so that you may attain reasonable academic
objectives.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies for Liberal Arts Students

All students in the College of Liberal Arts have the opportunity to choose
courses from the following list of subjects:

American History Geology Psychology

Art German Russian

Biology Italian Spanish

Economics Music Sociology

English Philosophy Theatre

French Political Science Western Civilization

Geography

In addition, separate courses, differing in approach, are available in each
of the following subjects; one approach is appropriate for science-oriented
students, one for social science- and humanities-oriented students.

Chemistry

Mathematics

Physics

Your freshman program will consist of either five or six subjects, de-
pending on your intended major. You will take four subjects each quarter.
An example of a six-subject program is shown below.*

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

Political Science Art English

Spanish Spanish Geology

Art English Sociology

Geology Sociology Political Science

The above is only one of many possible combinations of courses in the
freshman year. You will be asked to select the combination which best
matches your interests and your intended major. This selection will be
made using forms sent to you in the late spring of the year in which you
enter Northeastern.

Honors Program

For qualified students, the College of Liberal Arts offers a more chal-
lenging course of study in certain courses in the social sciences and hu-
manities. The program offers the student smaller classes, more individual

*ROTC possible.

Please see back of catalog lor full course descriptions.

attention by teachers, and greater opportunities for independent study. The
participating student receives special recognition for his honors work
and the chance to take part in the more specialized honors work of sub-
sequent years. The University will send invitations to eligible students after
their applications have been processed.

\RT HISTORY

Description

The Art Department offers courses covering the history of art to the
present, with the objective of developing a knowledge of the various forms
and styles of expression in the visual arts.

Your Program of Study

If you major in Art History, you will study the evolution of architecture,
sculpture, painting, graphic arts, photography and film art, and the most
modern trends in European and American art. All courses are presented by
illustrated lectures using slide projection or films, and students study origi-
nal works of art in various museum collections. You will start by being
introduced to all the art forms in a course titled History of Art I and II; and
then choosing from a variety of courses in the Art Department curriculum,
you will continue through the college years to explore in greater depth all
western and oriental arts.

Your Future

Many Art History majors eventually teach in secondary schools or junior
colleges where there is a considerable demand for people trained in the
arts. Some people work in museums or go on to graduate school involving
art research, writing, and teaching in universities.

The Full-Time and Cooperative Plan Programs

Art History majors may follow a full-time or cooperative program in the
Art Department. Full-time students graduate in four years rather than in the
five-year cooperative program. For students on the Cooperative Plan, jobs
are available in museums, government, and related artistic positions.

BIOLOGY

Description

The world of living things — from microbes to men — is the concern of the
biologist. Biological scientists can be grouped into three broad and gen-
eral subdivisions on the basis of the variety of organism with which they
work: botanists (plants), microbiologists (microorganisms), and zoolo-

gists (animals). There are many subspecialties in each of these three
main subdivisions.

Type of Work

By majoring in Biology at Northeastern you may prepare for many dif-
ferent occupations in the biological sciences, and for dentistry, medicine,
or teaching.

If you have a degree In biology, you may study to become a bacteriolo-
gist or a pathologist, or engage in sanitation work, biological surveying, or
biological engineering. It is also the background for nutritionists, who
study the processes through which human beings and animals utilize food.

Many graduates with degrees in biology are employed in the fisheries
or forestry services, public health, or county agency work. Some under-
take specialized study to prepare for work in museums as botanists or
zoologists; others became interested in various types of experimental
research work. Many Northeastern students have also undertaken gradu-
ate work in these areas, often on fellowships or as teaching assistants.

Premedical

Predental and premedical students major in Biology to obtain the neces-
sary courses for admission to dental or medical school. A predental and
premedical adviser counsels students in their upper-class years to make
certain that the proper courses are elected, since the admission require-
ments of professional schools vary. Premedical students are cautioned
that the successful completion of the required premedical program by no
means ensures admission to a medical school. Since most medical schools
have far more applicants than they can admit, standards of selection are
most rigorous. Premedical students who elect to be excused from the Co-
operative Plan are able to complete the five-year program in four years.

Predental

Predental students at Northeastern ordinarily need three years to meet
dental school admission requirements. Under Northeastern's combined
program with professional schools, predental students may reduce by one
year the time ordinarily required for obtaining the Bachelor of Arts and
the professional degree. After completing three-fourths of the requirement
for the Bachelor of Arts degree, they may qualify for that degree at the
end of the second year in dental school.

Your Program of Study

In your initial classwork you will be introduced to several branches of
the biological sciences. This is to enable you to understand and appreciate
how each related field contributes to the overall view.

Your basic course work will include such subjects as Organic Chemistry,
Physics, and Mathematics, and many hours of laboratory instruction. Stu-
dents interested in experimental biological research should seek additional
training in chemistry, mathematics, statistics, and physics.

Your Future

The demand for biologists fluctuates with general economic conditions,
the supply of graduates, and other factors. Most biologists are employed
by local, state, or Federal government agencies or in private and public
educational institutions, mainly in teaching and research, which are largely
financed, either directly or indirectly, by the public. In the 1970s the
amount of money allotted for conservation, environment protection, and
public health will influence the demand, inasmuch as biologists are in-
volved in these areas at all levels of training.

Because the supply of graduates of dental and medical schools is con-
trolled by the number of spaces available in these professional schools,
and the number of graduates lags behind the demand, the outlook in these
fields is excellent. The nation's expanding population and a rising concern
for medical and dental care ensure an increased demand for trained per-
sonnel which can be expected to continue even if the capacity of profes-
sional schools should be significantly increased.

As a result of the increased needs for medical care, there has been a
trend toward increasing the number of persons in paramedical professions,
most of which require some training in various areas of biology.

Biology Laboratories

The Department of Biology includes major laboratories, aquarium rooms,
stockrooms, preparation rooms, research areas, and a large suburban
greenhouse.

The laboratories are self-contained units fully equipped for the work to
be undertaken in them. Appropriate museum preparations, models, charts,
specimens and slides are present in the laboratories, which include gen-
eral biology, anatomy, bacteriology, microscopic anatomy, and physiology.

Special equipment for field studies on mammals, histochemical investi-
gations, and hematological studies is also available. The Department has a
close association with the University's Marine Science Institute at Nahant.

CHEMISTRY

Description

Many of the startling discoveries affecting man's way of life, and a myriad
of others which add to his comfort and welfare, are the result of chemi-
cal research. Detergents, antibiotics and other wonder drugs, new fabrics
made from synthetic fiber, and rocket fuels — these are just a few examples
of the wide range of products which research chemists have helped to
make possible. To make these discoveries, chemists — through either basic
or applied research — have had to understand the composition of sub-
stances and the transformation which they undergo.

Type of Work

Graduates of the Chemistry program at Northeastern are employed in a
wide variety of technical functions, such as research and development,
production, sales, market analysis, purchasing, and teaching. They are able
to offer prospective employers the benefits of practical experience in some
of these fields as a result of the cooperative work program at Northeastern.
Many graduates decide to continue in graduate studies, for which the
Chemistry program at Northeastern provides an excellent foundation.

Your Program of Study

The Chemistry program at Northeastern is approved by the American
Chemical Society.

In the freshman year the courses taken will generally be Chemistry,
English, Calculus, Physics, a foreign language, and an elective. Upper-level
courses include Organic, Inorganic, Physical, and Analytical Chemistry,
and Advanced Chemical Topics. Qualified students are encouraged to
undertake a research project under the supervision of a faculty member.
For the especially able student, an honors program is available.

Your Future

Chemists find employment in many industries. Good opportunities exist
in the plastics manufacturing industry, the iron and steel industry, rubber
and allied products industries, petroleum production and refining opera-
tions, and in the pharmaceutical industry.

Best bets are research in industrial, foundation, and government labora-
tories. Teaching and research assistantships are generally available while
students are working toward advanced degrees, so that graduate study is
not a financial burden. Research and development is the likeliest spot for
those with Ph.D. degrees.

Chemistry Laboratories

Hurtig Hall, the chemistry building, provides modern, air-conditioned
laboratories for gaining experience in experimental chemistry. The basic
courses include experiments that use up-to-date techniques: i.e., potenti-
ometric and colorimetric analysis, spectroscopy, gas chromatography,
calorimetry, and mass spectrometry. In addition, the excellent research
equipment of the Department of Chemistry is available to upper-class
students who participate in original research conducted by the faculty.

Description

As a student of drama and theater arts, you can cultivate an understand-
ing and appreciation of one of society's main civilizing forces; develop
your creative, emotional, and intellectual powers, and your standard of

taste and craftsmanship; master the tools of your future life — professional,
educational, or avocational; and gain an insight into human behavior
and emotion.

Your Program of Study

If you have chosen to major in Drama, you have probably already been
exposed to theater as an art form or as an extracurricular activity. You
have no doubt already discovered the excitement of either acting a role
or helping in the mounting of a play. As an undergraduate Drama major,
you will be required to follow a program of studies which will introduce
you to the total theater experience, as well as to each of the individual
theater arts and crafts.

You will study theater history and drama criticism, dramatic literature
and play-writing, acting, directing, and technical production. You will learn
in the classroom and perform in the laboratory — the theater and its shops.
You will learn the many interpretative and creative arts and crafts which
compositely and collectively make for the art of the theater. You will be
able to express your creative and interpretative gifts in your courses, in
your laboratory classes, in your working in the casts and on the crews of
productions, and in your seeing and testing of the productions of profes-
sionals and of students in sister institutions. As a senior, you will be able
to demonstrate your artistic abilities in independently organized but
faculty-directed projects in play-writing, acting, directing, or design.

Your Future

Theater is not just acting. The activities which make up the theater
involve writing, designing, publicizing, criticizing, organizing the business
forces, preparing budgets, estimating costs, and creating and executing
costumes. Studying in the theater can prepare a student for many jobs
exclusive of those waiting for the gifted in professional theater. You can
prepare yourself for journalistic play reviewing, public relations and
advertising, television and radio production and writing, or interior decora-
tion. Of course, you may go on to graduate work in the theater to gain
professional proficiency in one specific area; or you may teach in high
schools and colleges, two of the most active theater-producing agencies
in the country. Also, you may major in the theater in the liberal arts tradi-
tion, to use theater avocationally.

ECONOMICS

Description

Economists study the ways in which men make their living and the
factors which determine their success or failure in satisfying their material
needs.

Some economists are concerned with such problems as the control of

inflation, the prevention of depression, the elimination of poverty, the regu-
lation of pollution, and the development of farm, wage, tax, and tariff
policies. Others develop comprehensive theories to explain the causes of
unemployment and employment or the ways in which international trade
influences world economic conditions. Still others are concerned with
the collection and interpretation of data on a wide variety of economic
problems.

Type of Work

A graduate of the program of study in Economics may be employed in a
community action program, or in the business world as an industrial econ-
omist, in general management, in banking, in industrial relations, or with a
labor union; he may be in foreign trade, advertising, in economic research
on a subject such as plant location; or he may qualify for entrance into the
Civil Service.

A person trained in economics may become expert in analyzing con-
sumer demands, the marketing and developing of new products, or the
making of financial studies. He may conduct research, provide specialized
services on a consulting basis, or go into teaching. Economists are found
in almost every area of human endeavor.

Your Program of Study

You may have several reasons for your interest in majoring in Eco-
nomics. Perhaps you are planning a specific career or wish to study
economics in conjunction with other areas of knowledge in order to obtain
a liberal education.

The core courses will provide training in economic theory, money and
banking, public finance, labor, international trade, growth and development,
and urban problems. In addition, courses are available in the use of such
tools as statistics and the computer. A large number of electives are pro-
vided which permit you to study more deeply in areas of your own interest.

Your Future

Employment outlook: Demand for well-trained economists will increase
throughout the 1970s; those with a bachelor's degree will continue to
be in demand as market research assistants and as administrative and
management trainees.

About one half of the professional economists are employed by colleges
and universities, and a master's degree is usually the minimum require-
ment. Another third of the economists are employed by government
agencies, mostly Federal.

For those starting with research jobs compiling data, a thorough knowl-
edge of statistical procedures will be very helpful.

ENGLISH

Today, perhaps more than ever before in the history of the United States,
a high value is placed on the individual who can express himself well in
both the written and the spoken word. Clarity, a precise choice of words,
accurate description, and brevity in communication are vital to most
phases of business and industry.

Type of Work

After graduation English majors secure permanent employment in pub-
lic relations, advertising, journalism, radio and television, or related fields.
Many go on to graduate study in order to qualify for careers in education,
library service, religion, or other professions.

Your Program of Study

If you are thinking of becoming an English major in Northeastern's
College of Liberal Arts, you have very likely already formed the habit of
reading for pleasure and of jotting down, at least occasionally, some ideas
that you think worth expressing.

Your goal as an undergraduate will be to become acquainted with the
best examples of literature and to develop skill in communication with
others. In addition to the freshman course in English composition, you will
have a chance to take two courses in creative writing and will decide
whether to compose short stories, poems, short plays, magazine articles,
or some of each.

In literature you will survey the outstanding English and American works
from the earliest days to the present. You may also wish to learn some-
thing about the nature and structures of language itself — how words are
formed and why we spell them as we do; how words are borrowed from
other languages and remodeled to suit our English vocabulary; and how
word meanings change.

While much of your study will be concerned with language and litera-
ture, you will also study other subjects as a foundation for well-rounded
thinking: history, economics, government, science, and, perhaps, sociology.

GEOLOGY

Description

Mountain peaks and ocean deeps, volcanoes and earthquakes, trilobites)
and dinosaurs, gemstones and precious metals: all materials and features]
of the earth are investigated by geologists. Many unexplored frontiers
await each new geologist, as only small portions of the earth have yet been
studied in detail.

Type of Work

Most geologists are people who enjoy the out-of-doors. While laboratory
analysis, microscopy, x-ray crystallography, and computer programs may
all be used in various aspects of the geologist's work, he first collects his
data in the field. The various geological specialties include mineralogy,
economic geology, glacial geology, geophysics, geochemistry, paleontol-
ogy, geological oceanography, and the very new specialty of astrogeology
associated with the space program.

Geologists find employment opportunities in the Federal and state agen-
cies, many segments of private industry (but particularly the petroleum
and mining industries), and in universities where they engage in both
teaching and research.

Your Program of Study

The undergraduate Geology program introduces students to several
areas of geological study. An understanding of minerals and rocks is
fundamental for every geologist, however. Courses in Mineralogy and
Petrology are required of each student following introductory courses in
Geology, Mathematics, Chemistry, and Physics. Students will elect at
least six additional geology courses during their last three years. While not
required, students are strongly urged to include Paleontology, Structural
Geology, and Sedimentation-Stratigraphy among their elective courses.

Field work will be a significant portion of each course wherever appro-
priate. Students will be assigned local areas which they will investigate
under the direction of a faculty member. A presentation (both oral and
written) of the investigation will be made. Cooperative work assignments
will complement the classroom work whenever feasible. The opportunity
to work directly with a practicing geologist is a distinct advantage of the
Cooperative Plan. A full-time option is also available.

Your Future

Most professional geologists hold advanced degrees, so students in
geology should plan now to continue with graduate study. An increasing
number of opportunities for geologists is anticipated during the next 10
years as more emphasis is placed on the environment and natural re-
sources. Problems of land use and water resources are only two of the
many areas where geological knowledge will be needed in the near future.

The rapid increase in earth science courses in the secondary schools
will also provide employment opportunities for many geologists.

ORY

Description

History courses at Northeastern seek to describe and explain the varied
activities and problems of human beings from ancient times to the present.

Your Program of Study

If you major in History, you will study the development of western civili-
zation and American history during the first two college years. A course,
The Historian's Craft, focuses on problems, methods, and philosophies of
historians. The History curriculum permits considerable opportunity for
electives both in the major and in the other liberal arts.

Honors in History

Qualified juniors and seniors are urged to follow a program of inde-
pendent study guided by professors in the Department of History.

Your Future

While many majors hope to spend their professional lives as historians,
a considerable number study history to broaden horizons and develop
understanding of themselves and of past and present society. Upon gradu-
ation they may become businessmen or lawyers.

Historians Who Teach

Most majors intend to teach. Students in the College of Liberal Arts may
take a sequence of courses offered in the College of Education which will
prepare them to teach in the public schools; those not taking the educa-
tion courses may teach in private secondary schools, or, after obtaining
master's or doctor's degrees, in junior colleges and universities.

Historians Who Do Not Teach

Not all history jobs involve teaching. Some men and women work for
museums, restoration projects, or archives. Others spend their lives in
research and writing.

The Full-Time and Cooperative Plan Programs

History majors may pursue either a full-time or cooperative program of
study, thereby qualifying for graduation in either four or five years. Co-
operative jobs might be in locations such as Minute Man National Histori-
cal Park, Massachusetts Historical Society, and Statue of Liberty National
Monument.

NDEPENDENT MAJOR

A student in the College of Liberal Arts has the opportunity to design
his own program if he is able to demonstrate that none of the established
programs provide preparation for the professional goal which he has seti
for himself. The Independent Major leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree
only and must center on a discipline or combination of disciplines in the
liberal arts.

A student interested in designing his own program should discuss his
aims and ideas for an Independent Major with a counselor in the Liberal
Arts office who will help assign him to one or more faculty advisers.

The following are among the criteria which an Independent Major
must meet:

1. The proposal should be based on educational, professional, or voca-
tional goals.

2. The proposed major should be comparable in depth and scope to a
departmental major.

3. The proposed major should help meet the student's objectives.

hNALISM

Description

In this modern world it is evident that society relies increasingly on the
mass media so that its members may keep abreast of rapidly changing
conditions all around them. It is the role of the journalist to observe, under-
stand, analyze, explain, report, and interpret, as well as to provide leader-
ship in ideas and information through the many outlets of the mass media.

Type of Work

Graduates of a journalism program secure positions with newspapers,
television, radio stations, general and specialized magazines, and other
publications. In recent years allied fields have developed alongside the
traditional media, providing rewarding careers for those with a journalism
background. Such fields include public relations, publicity, industrial jour-
nalism, technical writing, and, of course, advertising and teaching.

Your Program of Study

A journalist should have a broad background of liberal arts courses on
the undergraduate level, and most university-level journalism programs
have long recognized this need. Along with this, he should have some
undergraduate background and professional courses, but not to the point
of overspecialization.

The generally accepted formula in journalism for the bachelor's degree
is a combination of approximately 80 percent liberal courses and 20 percent
professional courses. This combination is preferred by most graduate
schools of journalism, as well as by professional journalistic leaders.

In the freshman year at Northeastern all courses are in the liberal arts,
primarily the humanities. In each of the upper-class years the ideal arrange-
ment is to take one journalism course each term with three liberal courses
in the humanities, social sciences, and languages, or in a so-called dis-
ciplined area.

Because journalism thinking and skills can be better expanded and
understood with the aid of a laboratory, upper-class Journalism majors are

encouraged to participate in the Cooperative Plan of Education. Co-op
jobs with newspapers, radio and TV stations, news bureaus, and public
relations offices provide a laboratory experience. This is quite important to
one who wishes to be part of the world of communications. In addition,
such experience gives a student a major advantage if he or she decides to
seek admission to a graduate program in journalism following graduation
from Northeastern.

Your Future

Many opportunities exist in the growing field of journalism. A Journalism
major would be qualified for openings with daily and weekly newspapers,
news departments of radio and TV stations, news bureaus, wire services,
general and specialized magazines, industrial journalism, public relations,
publicity, and many other fields not directly related to mass media. A jour-
nalism education actually provides an excellent background for many non-
media fields where the communications process is important.

MATHEMATICS

Description

From programming and coding for digital computers to solving problems
in engineering; from research on the behavior of the atom to calculating
orbits of earth satellites — these are a few examples of the varied accom-
plishments and activities of those engaged in mathematics — one of the
oldest and most basic fields of science, as well as one of the most dynamic
and most rapidly growing.

Type of Work

Mathematics majors are employed in industry, educational institutions,
insurance companies, mathematical laboratories, engineering research
organizations, and government agencies. They do statistical, computa-
tional, and analytical work.

Your Program of Study

Your interest in studying an exact science such as mathematics must
be supported by a school record which indicates that you have laid a
strong foundation in this field.

During your freshman year the mathematics courses deal mainly with
differential and integral calculus, supplemented by plane analytic geom-
etry, and linear algebra. These provide the groundwork for a variety of
courses in the upper-class years.

Since there are many fields in which mathematical work plays an im-
portant part, you should acquaint yourself with some of these areas. This!
may be done through the Cooperative Education Program and through
introductory courses in such subjects as Physics, Chemistry, Mechanics,
Electricity, and Economics.

Your Future

Outlook: continued rapid growth of employment in mathematics, espe-
cially for those with advanced degrees, which are required for many
positions, particularly those in research and teaching. There are many
opportunities in the electronics manufacturing field where mathematicians
work with scientists and engineers on complex mathematical problems.

ERN LANGUAGES

Description

Some students choose an academic program in Modern Languages be-
cause they are interested in elementary, secondary school, or college
teaching, international business relations, government service, journalism,
or library science. Others major in this field because of their interest in
world affairs or travel, or because they are looking forward to creating the
proper home atmosphere in which to bring up world citizens.

A major in Modern Languages requiring advanced courses in two lan-
guages is available to students who have acquired in high school a strong
foundation in French, German, Italian, Russian, or Spanish. Those who
mean to continue into graduate study will do well to have also two or
three years of high school Latin.

Your Program of Study

The Department of Modern Languages offers in each of the five lan-
guages at least three full literature courses during the regular college
year, and a conversational course.

The study of modern languages has a particular appeal for the person
whose interests are not limited to his immediate neighbors and contem-
poraries. If you desire to become familiar with world affairs, to travel
abroad, and to understand the customs and traditions of peoples in other
countries, you will find great satisfaction in study and research in for-
eign languages.

Your Future

Many professional careers in addition to elementary and secondary
school teaching, are open to the graduate who has majored in Modern Lan-
guages. Those who wish to teach in college must plan on graduate study.
There are challenging opportunities in government service, international
business relations, journalism, and library science. In each of these fields
a knowledge of modern languages is either required or highly desirable.

PHILOSOPHY

Description

Philosophers from Socrates to the present time have studied the ques-
tions and the wider issues which arise out of human experiences and beliefs
in all their rich variety — man's art, his religion, his moral values, his pur-
poses, his science, and his social order. The philosopher's approach be-
gins in his profound wonder about the meaning and importance of these
experiences for human existence as a whole. Philosophy helps man to
create, refashion, and justify the divergent beliefs about the nature of
things. It makes him more aware that the kinds of beliefs he holds or re-
jects govern lives, careers, hopes, and fears.

In this age men have been philosophically reawakened by new and ex-
citing developments in philosophy and in the physical and social sciences.
Philosophers, through discussion and writing, reexamine and reinterpret
such issues as the justification for belief in God, the nature of moral judg-
ments of right and wrong, the questions surrounding the quest for knowl-
edge and value, and the nature of the logic and methods of the sciences.
Through his vigorous analyses, the philosopher questions, increases, and
deepens human understanding and insight. One of his functions is to add
meaning to the fragmentary details resulting from specialization.

Your Program of Study

Northeastern's program for a Philosophy major is designed to provide
you with a balanced understanding of the nature of philosophy and partic-
ular philosophical problems which arise in the various arts and sciences.
A maximum number of electives has been provided so that you may choose
in accordance with your own background and interests.

in your sophomore year, you will begin your study of philosophy with a
two-term History of Philosophy course designed as an introduction and as
a preparation for more specialized study later. By the third or fourth year,
you will find particular areas and seminars within philosophy which have \
special appeal for you.

Philosophy majors may pursue either a five-year co-op or a four-year
full-time course of study. '

Your Future

Upon graduation, some Philosophy majors go on to graduate school to
prepare to teach not only philosophy but also subjects in many other fields.
This major gives the student the opportunity to discover and communicate
ideas through research, writing, and personal encounter.

Many select philosophy in order to develop a broad background in the
humanities and to sharpen their critical abilities for later specialization in
law, history, political science, education, and literature in graduate school.
Other students find their background in philosophy an excellent prepara-

tion for the ministry, priesthood or rabbinate. Indeed, former Philosophy
majors can be found in most of the major types of professional careers,
including those in school, college, and university administration.

;ics

Description

In physics one studies nature experimentally in order to develop a gen-
eral theory of the universe. The physicist's laboratory extends from a bench
microscope to the body of an exploding superstar, and the theories which
he uses attempt to explain the forces that shape all of nature. For example,
the theory of the chemical bond, and chemical and biological processes, as
well as the formulas of engineering, are all derived from physics.

Physics should be of interest to every educated man because of its gen-
eral nature. It is important to the philosopher interested in epistemology
(the theory of knowledge), as well as to the man with natural curiosity
about his world.

Type of Work

Professional physicists work in industry and in government laboratories
on research, and in colleges and universities as teachers and researchers.
At Northeastern the Department of Physics is especially strong in both
theoretical and experimental high-energy (nuclear-particle) and solid-state
physics. There is also a strong program in statistical mechanics, field
theory (including general relativity), and nuclear theory.

Co-op students and graduates find jobs in the above field, many of them
in the Department itself, as well as in other areas of physics: i.e., under-
water sound, space physics, and plasma physics. Some graduates continue
in the Northeastern Physics program and obtain the Ph.D. degree here.
Others go to different graduate schools, such as Cornell, M.I.T., and Chi-
cago, depending on their interests and abilities.

Program of Study

The program of study is quite flexible, reflecting the various interests of
students majoring in Physics. The first course in Physics is common to all
science and mathematics majors. It is a three-quarter course covering
three areas: mechanics; fluid mechanics, heat, wave motion, and optics;
and electricity and magnetism. It should be taken either with or after the
three-quarter freshman Calculus course. Freshman Physics and Mathe-
matics majors usually start it in the fall, but it can be begun in any quarter.
Furthermore, only the first quarter is a prerequisite to the other two; the
second and third quarters can be taken in reverse order.

The three-quarter introductory course is followed by two-quarter courses
in physics and mathematics, and a two-quarter laboratory in General
Physics. Beyond that, three courses in physics, three laboratories in phys-
ics and one course in mathematics are the only Departmental requirements

for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Most Physics majors will want to take more
physics courses, and many more are offered, including Mechanics, Wave
Motion and Optics, Thermodynamics, Modern Physics, Electricity & Mag-
netism, Quantum Theory, Mathematical Physics, and an additional labora-
tory course.
The Physics major can be taken as a four- or five-year program.

Your Future

Currently there is a falling-off in demand for all scientists and pro-
fessionals, including physicists. Although it is difficult to predict job
opportunities five and 10 years from now, the following facts should be
considered.

1. Physicists are just beginning to understand the nature and dynamics
of the physical universe. The aspiring researcher will find plenty to
do in physics, assuming society will find the search for truth suffi-
ciently important for it to support this search adequately.

2. Physicists should be able to make a contribution to the development
of the new technology needed to solve problems resulting from the
old technology if society decides to solve these problems.

There is also much overlapping between applied physics and engineer-
ing. Physicists, chemists, biologists, and engineers will frequently work on
the same problems. However, when a new field must be developed, such
as nuclear energy or the taming of the fusion ("H-Bomb") reaction, physi-
cists are at an advantage because of the flexibility and fundamental
character of their education. Majoring in physics does not necessarily
imply making physics a career: one may end up in allied fields such as
biophysics, chemical physics, medical physics, astrophysics, geophysics,
oceanography, meteorology, or a completely new field of the future.

Physics Laboratories

The Northeastern University Physics laboratories are under the super-
vision of individual professors who are outstanding researchers in various
fields of physics. Techniques, equipment, and ideas are all stimulating and
up-to-date, from the general physics laboratory (sophomore year) to the
advanced laboratory (senior year).

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Description

Political science is concerned with the study of political institutions, the
social and economic forces which shape them, and the cultural context
within which they operate.

The Department of Political Science at Northeastern University has three
objectives: (1) to educate within the framework of the best liberal arts
tradition; (2) to heighten a student's awareness of political forces in the
environment and to sharpen his or her perception of a student's role as a
citizen in a democratic society; and (3) to provide a solid academic founda-
tion for those who elect political science or the law as a professional
career.

Your Program of Study

Undergraduate work in the Department is designed to give students a
broad and comprehensive exposure to the data of politics, while encourag-
ing them to pursue extensive work in related social sciences. In addition
to elective courses, they will pursue studies in comparative government,
American government, international relations, public administration, and
political theory. If they elect the Bachelor of Science program, they are
required to take courses in quantitative analytical methods.

Your Future

For all students, the study of political science can be the gateway to a
liberal education with its benefits of broadened interests, sharpened sensi-
bilities, and a quickened sense of civic responsibility. If you have a special
interest in politics, studies in this field provide excellent preparation for
governmental services, the study of law, the teaching of government and
related subjects, or for a political career.

For the student who wishes to pursue his professional studies at the
graduate level, concentration in political science opens up many attractive
opportunities. Opportunities for research are available in governmental re-
search bureaus in the universities, in government agencies — state, local,
and federal — and in private institutions teaching careers are opened. The
growth of specialized agencies in international bodies like the United Na-
tions calls for the skills of the political scientist. Individuals with specialized
training in political science are in demand also in some less obvious areas:
in the public service programming of educational and commercial television,
in journalism, and in legislative study and public relations activities with
private associations.

The Department will give assistance as professional objectives are
planned and will help to alert the student to professional opportunities
and the means for taking the greatest advantage of them.

rCHOLOGY

Type of Work

Psychologists study the way organisms behave and the reasons for their
behavior. The profession of psychology includes a number of different

areas of specialization. Some psychologists direct their efforts toward
the application of psychological knowledge and techniques to the solution
of human problems, while the main concern of others is basic scientific
research.

The majority of psychologists are engaged in providing services in clini-
cal, counseling, industrial, educational, and engineering psychology. These
applied areas are oriented toward helping not only individuals with severe
emo+ional disorders, but also those with normal, everyday problems such
as social, educational, and vocational adjustment. Employers for these psy-
chologists include business and industry; clinics and hospitals; and local,
state and federal governmental agencies. Some psychologists are self-
employed.

Research-oriented psychologists concentrate their study and work
toward understanding the behavior of man and lower animals through
scientific experimentation. Their research activities are diverse and numer-
ous. They are primarily employed by colleges and universities in a teaching
as well as a research capacity. Opportunities for employment are also
available in a variety of other public and private institutions.

Your Program of Study

The undergraduate program for Psychology majors at Northeastern is
designed to meet a number of educational objectives. First, it provides
preparation for graduate study leading to a variety of professional careers
in psychology. Second, recognizing that not all undergraduate students
majoring in Psychology can or want to become professional psychologists,
the program provides training for individuals who want careers where a
background in psychology is relevant and beneficial: i.e., in personnel
work, advertising, social work, and teaching. Finally, the course of study
provides a liberal arts major that should enable the student to understand
himself and his world of experience more perceptively and sensitively.

In the freshman and sophomore years you will begin the study of your
major with courses designed to acquaint you with the scope of modern
psychology and give you the fundamental background for your later, more
specialized, upper-class program. As an advanced student you will take
courses which treat specific aspects of behavior in considerable detail.
Among the advanced courses are Abnormal Psychology, Experimental Psy-
chology, and seminars dealing with the development of psychology as a
behavioral science and contemporary psychological issues. You will have
a choice of upper-class electives in such fields as personality development,
social influences on behavior, principles of growth and adjustment, physio-
logical determinants of behavior, and principles of psychological testing.

In the experimental courses you will study scientific techniques for in-
vestigating human and animal behavior. You may also have the opportunity
to conduct your own research under the guidance of one of the faculty
members.

In the cooperative work phase of your studies, all efforts will be made to
provide you with valuable and relevant work experiences in research labo-
ratories, clinics, mental hospitals, or social service agencies.

Your Future

The field of psychology offers a wide variety of opportunities for both
men and women. Many factors point to the continued expansion of the
profession, which tripled in size between 1945 and 1955 and has since
grown by almost 1,500 annually. However, an advanced degree has be-
come a necessity for professional employment. Approximately 70 percent
of the 25,000 members of the American Psychological Association, the
national society of professional psychologists, hold the doctorate degree.
While there will continue to be employment possibilities for psychologists
with master's degrees, all indications point to an increasing demand for the
doctorate degree as the standard educational requirement.

The employment outlook for the 1970s will depend upon such trends
as the following.

1. Continued utilization by schools, government agencies, and private
industry of contributions that can be made by psychologists.

2. Funding to meet the growing concern about mental health needs.

3. The availability of government or foundation grants to sponsor psy-
chological research in universities and private industry.

4. Continued expansion of high school, junior college, college, and
university facilities employing psychologists as teaching and coun-
seling personnel.

Psychology Laboratories

The experimental facilities are well equipped for psychological demon-
strations, training, and research with human and animal subjects. Instruc-
tion is provided in human and animal learning, physiological psychology,
sensation, and perception, with emphasis on the visual and auditory
processes and personality and development.

OLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

Description

Sociologists and anthropologists study the various forms of group ar-
rangement found in the world of man — families, communities, tribes, and
nations; and the wide variety of organization types — religious, business,
professional, and others. The origin and growth of these groups are traced
and analyzed, and their activities are considered as they relate to the in-
fluence they have on their members.

Type of Work

Within the Department of Sociology and Anthropology, you can enroll in
a wide range of courses which provides background for courses in such

M 85

professional fields as medicine, college and secondary school teaching,
race relations, social research, law, international relations, history, human
relations, social work, and field research in other cultures. Groundwork in
sociology and anthropology can be also increasingly valuable for the
ministry, priesthood, and rabbinate, and will be directly relevant to almost
any career in Federal or state government, from poverty programs to the
foreign service.

Your Program of Study

Two "concentrations" are possible within this Department, although there
is much overlapping in course requirements which will allow flexibility in
planning your courses.

As a Sociology concentrator, you will have a full complement of theory
and research courses in this field and will deal primarily with theoretical
and applied aspects of contemporary urban and industrial societies. If you
are an Anthropology concentrator, you will pursue your studies more in
the direction of tribal and peasant societies, as well as with economic and
technological change in developing societies of the world.

Your Future

A majority of sociologists and anthropologists are employed by colleges
and universities in teaching and research; many others work for Federal,
state, local, or international government agencies; some are employed in
private industry.

Employment opportunities are in college teaching or in social action pro-
grams. Other employment opportunities may exist for research workers
specializing in such areas as social psychology, urban sociology, com-
munity development, and educational and industrial sociology, as well as
in the field of criminology.

Bachelor of Engineering Technology

Electrical Engineering Technology
Mechanical Engineering Technology

Associate Degree

Aviation Technology

William F. King, Director

Lincoln College

Lincoln College prepares students to enter the technological world as
active participants whose mission is, simply stated, to get things done.
The engineering technologist works with the professional engineer, scien-
tist, medical doctor, supervisor, and craftsman in converting scientific
knowledge and craftsmanship into products and techniques. Fundamentals
are related to current practice, providing a supportive "why" for the prac-
tical "how". At the same time, study of the social sciences and humanities
gives an opportunity for students to develop an awareness of the social,
economic, and political influences that are part of the real world.

Aims

The structure of the Engineering Technology curriculum is based upon
the dual need for relevant technical skills and the foundation for future
growth. Engineering technology education will assist students to:

1. Understand the scientific principles that govern the current techno-
logy of that particular branch of engineering which they select.

2. Develop competence in the application of technology to problem-
solving.

3. Communicate effectively the important implications of technological
advancements.

4. Acquire the motivation for continued relevance in technical skills.

Women in Engineering Technology

Many women enter the technology field each year. Both government and
industry provide positions of responsibility for women technologists. Any
young woman with technical or scientific interests should consider en-
gineering technology as a career.

Degree Granted

Lincoln College operates on the Cooperative Plan and offers five-year
programs of study leading to Bachelor of Engineering Technology degrees
in Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Technology.

Your Freshman Year in Lincoln College

The freshman year in Engineering Technology consists of the pre-
scribed courses shown below. Study during the first year will build your
understanding of mathematics and the physical sciences, and improve your
ability to communicate ideas both by verbal and graphic means.

Since the first year of study is identical for all technology students, you
may change your choice of specialization at the end of the freshman year
without loss.

Your freshman courses act as a foundation for your upper-class studies
which will develop your basic understanding of concepts in the technical
application of the sciences. They will also introduce you to current tech-
nical hardware and its applications. About four fifths of your upper-class
program is devoted to scientific and technological study, and about one
fifth to humanistic-social courses, with the aim of balancing your growing
technical proficiency with an appreciation for the nontechnical aspects of
society and culture.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Lincoln College

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

10.307 Algebra & Trig. I 10.308 Algebra & Trig. II 10.320 Calculus I

11.317 Physics I 11.318 Physics II 11.319 Physics III

30.113 Freshman Writing 30.114 Intro, to Lit. 30.115 Great Themes in Lit

9.451 Graphics I 9.452 Graphics II 9.453 Comput. Prog. ;|

11.173 Physics Lab. I 11.174 Physics Lab. 11

In addition to the above courses, a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.

Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

LCTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

Description

Electrical engineering technology deals with the design and operation of
equipment and systems related to power, communications, data process-
ing, and electrical control. Its major functions are:

1. The generation, transmission, and distribution of electrical energy for
light and power purposes.

2. The development and production of equipment for telephone, radio,
television, radar, and communication.

3. The design and construction of data-processing systems and analog
or digital computers.

4. The application of electrical and electronic devices in the control of
processes and manufacture.

Type of Work

Employment opportunities for the electrical engineering technology grad-
uate are in public and private laboratories; engineering consulting groups
dealing with industrial and plant applications; design organizations dealing
with operation and manufacture; sales engineering; and the electric utility
industry.

Your Program of Study

Since electrical engineering technology derives many of its fundamentals
from developments in the pure sciences, your program of study will begin
with basic courses in mathematics and physics. In addition the freshman
year will include literature and engineering graphics, to aid in developing
your self-expression.

In the upper-class years your courses will be divided into five related
sequences: circuits and systems, including feedback control; electronics
and communications, including an introduction to solid-state physics; elec-
tromagnetic field theory and microwave devices; energy conversion, em-
phasizing electromagnetic devices; and laboratory work associated with
all of the foregoing. Current practice is stressed.

In the senior year electives are offered in order that you may have the
experience of depth and specialization.

Your Future

Opportunities for technologists are increasing at a faster rate than for
any other occupational group: a 50 percent increase is expected in the
next five years. More than 100,000 technologists will be needed each year,
whereas schools now graduate only 25,000 per year.

Since this program has been designed to prove an educational exper-
ience different from that of the College of Engineering, it does not prepare

the student for direct admission into graduate schools of engineering. In
most cases, however, graduates will be eligible for programs such as busi-
ness, law, and education. In exceptional cases students may gain admission
to engineering graduate programs by taking additional undergraduate
course work in engineering.

Electrical Engineering Laboratories

The Northeastern electrical engineering laboratories are patterned after
a composite of typical industrial research and development laboratories.
Boasting a wide variety of modern testing and measuring equipment, the
laboratories are an excellent adjunct to the classroom. Here the student
may simulate or fabricate devices or systems which have been studied in
his lecture courses.

From light machinery and power equipment to microwave precision sys-
tems, students plan and pursue their projects in the laboratory. The recent
acquisition of the digitally programmed analog computer also permits the
study of larger or more complex systems than can be realized in the
laboratory itself.

The laboratory programs are organized to provide an atmosphere of
freedom, and students can exert considerable influence on their own study
efforts.

VIECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

Description

Mechanical engineering technology deals with the harnessing of power
resources by means of machinery to perform useful work. In contrast to
civil engineering, which deals primarily with static forces and structures,
mechanical engineering is more concerned with the motion and kinetics
of devices which are activated by hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, or
thermodynamic forces. Major functions of the mechanical engineering
technologist are:

1. Design and installation of all kinds of machinery, from pocket watches
to the largest of steel boring mills.

2. Development and production of engines and transport equipment
(automobile, aircraft, ship, railway, etc.).

3. Construction and operation of furnaces and boilers, as well as heat-
ing and air-conditioning equipment, for the control of atmospheric
and environmental conditions.

Type of Work

Employment opportunities for Mechanical Engineering Technology
graduates are in the following areas: 1. Research and design development;
2. Production, operation, testing, or control; and 3. Installation, mainten-

ance, and sales. In performing these functions, graduates of the Mechanical
Engineering Technology program work in close association with profes-
sionals in the field. They may develop technologically to function inde-
pendently and hold positions of managerial responsibility.

Mechanical Engineering Laboratories

The Mechanical Engineering Department includes the following labora-
tories:

Materials and Metallurgy Laboratories — These laboratories are well
equipped to treat the physical examination of materials and their struc-
tures. The equipment includes modern apparatus for vacuum melting tech-
nology, X-ray diffraction, and thermal expansion studies, two research
metallographs, an electron microscope, and a fluid-to-fluid extrusion press.

Fluid and Gas Dynamics Laboratory — Designed to study aerodynamic
and hydrodynamic phenomena such as vortices, separation streamlines,
and shock waves. Equipment includes an aerodynalog, an axial flow fan,
shock tube, subsonic wind tunnel, and a supersonic wind tunnel.

Materials Testing and Stress Analysis Laboratories — Equipped to handle
both the destructive and nondestructive testing of materials, this labora-
tory has a 300,000-lb. Universal testing machine provided with an automatic
electronic stress-strain recorder and a high-temperature tensile test furnace.

Stresses and strains may be determined experimentally by the use of
strain gage, photoelastic, photostress, and brittle lacquer techniques.

Recent additions include a fatigue testing machine of 2,000-lb. capacity,
and vibration testing units.

Heat Engineering Laboratories — These laboratories include:

1. A refrigeration unit which may also operate as a heat pump.

2. Two solid injection diesel engines provided with a continuous
oxyen analyzer, one equipped with a strain gage torque meter.

3. A CFR fuels research engine equipped with a strain gage pressure
transducer.

4. A 60-h.p. Rover gas turbine with automatic controls and Froude
dynamometer.

5. Apparatus for study of steam-to-water heat transfer, comparison of
film versus dropwise condensation, heat transfer to a boiling liquid,
and thermocouple recovery factor.

6. A thermoelectric generator to study the direct conversion of heat
into electrical energy.

7. A thermoelectric refrigeration test facility for development of single
and multistage thermoelectric coolers.

8. Curtis steam turbine and condenser.

Automatic Control Laboratory — This new area includes:

1. A feedback control system.

2. Analog computers for simulation of engineering problems, fluid
power testing units.

Your Program of Study

Since machinery is predominantly the concern of the mechanical engi-
neer, your program of study is designed to give you considerable training
in the principles underlying the design and operation of engines, power
transmission devices, machine tools, and other machinery. This, of course,
implies a thorough study of the physical laws concerning motion and trans-
fer of energy. Applied mechanics, thermodynamics, and study of materials
will occupy prominent places in your program.

Your studies will thus provide you with a broad foundation in those
fundamental subjects essential to the understanding of current practice.
In your junior and senior years you will have considerable elective choice
and opportunity for specialization.

Your Future

Since this program has been designed to provide an educational ex-
perience different from that of the College of Engineering, it does not pre-
pare the student for direct admission to graduate schools of engineering.
However, in most cases graduates of this program will be eligible for pro-
grams such as business, law, and education. In exceptional cases students
may gain admission to engineering graduate programs by taking additional
undergraduate course work in engineering.

AVIATION TECHNOLOGY

Lincoln College also offers on a full-time basis a program in Aviation
Technology leading to the Associate Degree. This program operates out of
the Norwood Municipal Airport in cooperation with Wiggins Airways, Inc.
Students having a strong interest in flying as an integral part of their ca-
reers should investigate this unique opportunity by communicating with
the Director, Lincoln College Aviation Program, at (617) 762-5690.

"The essence of nursing is caring for humanity. Excel-
lence in nursing can be achieved only through the
preparation of men and women who are knowledgeable
in liberal arts as well as the science upon which the
practice of nursing is founded."

Juanita O. Long, Dean, College of Nursing

-nQ

I f

,,;

«l

Juanita O. Long, Dean

The College of Hursing

The College of Nursing, first in the nation to operate on the Cooperative
Plan, was established by Northeastern University in the fall of 1964. The
College offers two distinct educational programs which prepare individuals
to practice nursing, an Associate Degree Program and a Baccalaureate
Degree Program.

The Associate Degree Program, established in 1964, which is three years
in length and leads to the degree of Associate in Science, has as its pur-
pose the preparation of a beginning practitioner whose goal is to give di-
rect patient care at the technical level.

The Baccalaureate Degree Program, initiated in 1966, leading to the de-
gree of Bachelor of Science, is designed to prepare students for profes-
sional nursing practice. The curriculum is five years in length and serves
as a foundation for further professional development and graduate study.

Selection of Your Program

You are encouraged to acquaint yourself with the two programs offered
by the College of Nursing. An understanding of both programs will assist
you in selecting the one which will best contribute to your personal satis-
faction and success as you continue your education beyond high school.
Counselors in the Department of Admissions will be glad to discuss the
programs with you and to help you in making your decision.

Method

Freshmen in the College of Nursing remain on campus for three con-
secutive quarters of academic study, and students in succeeding years

alternate periods of study at Northeastern with periods of work in partici-
pating health agencies. The quarters of cooperative employment afford a
valuable work experience, as well as a source of income. Academic studies
in both the Associate Degree and the Baccalaureate Degree Programs in-
clude courses in nursing and general education. Under the guidance of the
College of Nursing faculty, clinical experiences in the care of patients are
introduced in the first year of the Associate Degree Program and in the
second year of the Baccalaureate Degree Program.

Type of Work

It is expected that the majority of new graduates of either program will
be employed as staff nurses in a variety of health agencies. The graduate
of the Baccalaureate Degree Program has the academic prerequisites for
graduate study in nursing.

Your Future

The demand for nurses is increasing steadily. You can be confident that
you will be able to secure a position in the field of your competency, a
choice that will be both satisfying and challenging.

Degrees Granted

At the successful completion of your selected program of study you will
be awarded the degree of Associate in Science or Bachelor of Science.
Graduates of both programs are eligible to take the State Board Examina-
tion required to become a Registered Nurse.

The Associate Degree Program

Your freshman year will be one of full-time study and will include
courses in nursing, liberal arts, and the biological and social sciences. Se-
lected clinical experiences in the nursing care of patients are an integral
part of the first year. Special emphasis is placed upon the responsibility!
of the nurse in the promotion of health and the development of basic
nursing skills.

Students interested in the Licensed Practical Nursing Transfer Program
toward the Associate Degree should write to the Admissions Department
for further information.

Upper-Class Years

During your second and third years in the College, you will progress}
through alternate quarters of classes at the University and cooperative
work assignments in specific hospitals. Care of patients in the hospital j
setting is the principal focus of the laboratory period. Cooperative work
assignments are entirely supplemental to these experiences, and will en-
hance your ability to function as a member of the health team.

Throughout your three years in the University, liberal arts, sciences and
nursing are interwoven into a meaningful whole. This balance of liberal
and technical education provides a firm foundation upon which you will

practice nursing in these changing times. The content of the Associate
Degree Program is not identical to the first three years of the Baccalau-
reate Program; therefore, direct transfer from the Associate to the Bacca-
laureate Program or the Baccalaureate to the Associate Program is not
feasible.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Associate Degree Program

Firsi Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

80.101 Fund. Nursing 80.102 Fund. Nursing 80.103 Fund. Nursing
18.107 Integ. Science 30.113 English 30.114 English

19.102 Basic Psychology 18.108 Integ. Science 18.109 Integ. Science

19.141 Growth and Devel. 19.142 Growth and Devel.

Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

The Baccalaureate Degree Program

This five-year curriculum on the Cooperative Plan provides a broad gen-
eral education which includes a foundation in the sciences and humanities
underlying the practice of nursing. It is designed to prepare students to
provide professional nursing care in a variety of settings. In addition, the
program serves as a basis for further professional development and grad-
uate study essential to leadership positions in nursing.

Your Freshman Year

In the first year, learning experiences are planned that encourage per-
sonal involvement of each student in looking at his or her own growth,
progression, and development. Community, national, and world health prob-
lems, as well as social trends and their implications for nursing, provide
the students with a foundation for successive nursing courses.

Upper-Class Years

You will participate in the cooperative feature of the program through-
out your four upper-class years. During the periods of academic study,
liberal arts courses are concurrent with those in the Nursing major. The
nursing courses include clinical laboratory experiences which are planned
to implement principles presented in classroom and discussion sessions.
During the periods of cooperative employment, you will work in selected
health agencies.

To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Science, you must complete 11
quarters of academic study and seven quarters of cooperative employment.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Baccalaureate Degree Program

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

18.141 Biology 12.106 General Chem. 12.107 General Chem.

23.101 Western Civ. 18.142 Biology 18.148 Anatomy

30.113 English 30.114 English 23.102 Western Civ.

80.201 Nursing 80.202 Nursing 80.203 Nursing

Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

100

li^r^

€

_j2^/f,r ^•

wwm^

^"SD

<^^--

.1- "^

L^^i^.

.^HiWl^^M^B 1;^^ ^ ' r* r

:fjBH^'^^

5i^!^„

Bachelor of Science

Management in Health

Agencies and

Institutions
Medical Record

Administration
Medical Technology
Pharmacy

Associate in Science

Cytotechnology
Dental Hygiene
Medical Laboratory

Technology

A.D. (M.L.T.)
Radiologic Technology
Respiratory Therapy

LeRoy C. Keagle, Dean

The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Accreditation

Each of the programs offered by the College is accredited by the appro-
priate professional group. The College holds membership in both the Ameri-
can Association of Colleges of Pharmacy and the Association of Schools of
Allied Health Professions.

Alms

Northeastern University recognizes the great need for well-educated
allied health professionals. The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions is pledged to meet this need through its program of academic
and cooperative work and extracurricular activities, all of which are de-
signed to prepare students effectively to become professional practitioners,
to enter graduate schools, and to accept employment in the many areas
responsible for the delivery of health care.

Method

The five-year curriculum for the bachelor's degree and three-year re-
quirement for the associate degree provide the full amount of academic
learning time required to equip the student with the scientific and technical
knowledge necessary to practice his chosen profession effectively and to
meet licensure or registration requirements. The "side-by-side" study for
the various health professions gives students a clearer understanding of
how their work fits into the broad category of health care.

103

The Cooperative Plan

The Cooperative Plan will enable you to associate with professional prac-
titioners under actual working conditions. Such practical experience will
give greater meaning to your academic program of study.

Many allied health practitioners, like physicians, must meet certain re-
quirements to obtain licensure from the state in which they desire to prac-
tice. Others must meet professional registration requirements. Such
requirements may include graduation from an accredited program, passing
of a licensure or professional registration examination, and completion of
certain internship obligations.

The internship requirements of programs such as Pharmacy can be
partially or completely satisfied during cooperative work periods.

Degrees Granted

The degrees of Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy,
and Associate in Science are awarded to qualified candidates.

Your Freshman Year in the College of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions

Your freshman year for baccalaureate programs will include a core cur-
riculum generally including English, General Biology, Basic Mathematics,
a liberal arts elective, and General Chemistry. Associate degree programs
will vary depending on their specific nature, but will generally include
some core courses. Like other freshmen, you may also elect Basic ROTC
Training or Physical Education if you desire.

Your choice of major will have some bearing on your final program. It is
important that you discuss your area of interest with an admissions coun-
selor or the director of the selected program.

PHARMACY

Ninety percent of the drugs on the market today were unknown ten years
ago. This is an indication of the vast scope of knowledge which today's
pharmacists must have at their command, whether they are at work in the
familiar corner drugstore or in one of the other fast-developing fields open
to members of this profession. As part of their responsibilities, they are
expected to be expert advisers to other health professionals concerning the
use of these new drugs. Because of the rapid expansion in medical knowl-
edge in the past few years, colleges of pharmacy have assumed an even
greater role in educating patient-oriented pharmaceutical personnel.

Type of Work

A majority of the pharmacists in America today work in retail phar-
macies. A large number are also employed in such rapidly growing
branches of the profession as hospital and industrial pharmacy. There are

104

many careers open to pharmacists in the Armed Forces, government
agencies, professional associations, and colleges.

Pharmacy is not restricted to men. Women now make up 24 percent of
the enrollment in pharmacy colleges, with the number increasing yearly.
They comprise nearly eight percent of all practicing pharmacists and 33
percent of hospital pharmacists.

Your Program of Study

Your program of study in Pharmacy will not only prepare you to operate
a retail pharmacy, but will also equip you for the other occupations men-
tioned above. It will also provide an adequate foundation for graduate work.

The required curriculum includes instruction in each of three natural
divisions: (1) nonscientific courses in general education (the humanities
and social studies); (2) mathematics and the basic physical and biological
sciences; and (3) courses in the areas of professional instruction: phar-
maceutical chemistry, pharmacognosy, pharmacology, pharmacy, and
pharmacy administration.

Your Future

Most pharmacy graduates can expect to find employment readily. There
are increased demands for pharmacists in community practice, hospital
pharmacy, and other health care agencies.

Most significant rise — employment in hospitals.

In both industrial and hospital pharmacy, the demand will be greatest
for pharmacists with graduate education.

The long look ahead — continuous growth in the profession.

Pharmaceutical Sciences Laboratories

The College is housed in the Mugar Life Sciences Building on the Main
Campus of the University, where the services of all other divisions of the
University are available to the students. This wing was built and equipped
at a cost of $2,250,000 and is considered one of the finest physical facilities
devoted to pharmaceutical education.

Four floors of the five-story wing contain staff offices, classrooms,
animal quarters, storerooms, and fully equipped laboratories for under-
graduate instruction in General and Physical Pharmacy, Manufacturing
Pharmacy, Prescription Pharmacy, Pharmacy Administration, Medicinal
Chemistry, Pharmacognosy, and Pharmacology.

in addition, specially designed research laboratories are available to
graduate students and faculty in the aforementioned areas of instruction.
Also, a modern and well-equipped radio-isotope laboratory is available for
instruction and research in radiological health.

105

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Pharmacy

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

10.101 Basic Math. 10.102 Basic Math. 10.103 Basic Math.

12.106 Gen. Chem. or or

30.113 English 10.106 Calculus 10.107 Calculus

71.201 Pharm. Orient. 12.107 Gen. Chem. 18.132 Biology

L.A. Elective 18.131 Biology 30.114 English

71.202 Pharm. Orient. L.A. Elective

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

MEDICAL RECORD ADMINISTRATION

Description

The medical record administrator is a vital member of the hospital team.
He or she Is responsible for organizing and managing medical record de-
partments; providing statistics and adequate, complete medical records;
cataloging diseases and operations for research; designing recovery sys-
tems; and providing instruction for medical research and clinical evaluation.

The medical record administrator's responsibility Is as follows:

1. To design health Information systems.

2. To plan, organize, and direct medical record sciences.

3. To develop, analyze, and evaluate medical records and Indexes.

4. To cooperate with the medical staff In developing methods for evalu-
ation of patient care.

5. To cooperate with the medical and administrative staff In research
projects utilizing health care information.

Type of Work

The medical record administrator Is found in many types of health facili-
ties: heading medical record departments in hospitals, nursing homes,
health centers, and satellite clinics; performing staff functions for regional
planning councils or health insurance organizations; serving on faculties
of colleges or schools; and acting as consultant to business In developing
systems and equipment for use In hospitals.

Your Program of Study

The Medical Record Administration Program leads to a Bachelor of
Science degree In five years on the Cooperative Plan. This course of study
prepares students to take the registration examination given by the Ameri-

106

:an Medical Record Association to become a registered record administra-
:or and use tlie initials R.R.A. after their name.

Courses at the University will consist of liberal arts subjects, plus a
combination of science and business courses, including Anatomy and
Physiology, Management and Organization, and Electronic Data Process-
ng. The professional work includes such courses as Hospital Law, Medical
Terminology, Foundations of Medical Science, Medical Record Science,
and Organization and Management of the Medical Record Department.

In addition to academic courses, the student spends 300 hours in applied
medical record science at an affiliated hospital. The Medical Record Ad-
ministration Program is approved by both the American Medical Associ-
ation and the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical
Association.

four Future

Job opportunities for medical record administrators are unlimited. There
are employment opportunities in hospitals, universities, businesses, and
neighborhood health centers, and consulting positions connected with
3Xtended care facilities and nursing homes.

Those who wish to travel may find positions in other countries with the
^eace Corps, Project Hope, and American companies abroad. They may
also work in developing schools for medical record administrators over-
seas. The introduction of computers in hospitals has made the job of
he medical record administrator challenging, exciting, creative, and con-
stantly changing.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in
Medical Record Administration

Quarter 1

8.131 Basic Animal

Biology
10.113 Freshman Writing
'3.101 Western

Civilization
or

Modern Language
0.101 Basic Math.
17.131 Dynamics of

Health Care

Quarter 2

18.132 Basic Animal
Biology

22.101 Political Science

10.102 Math.
21.100 Principles of

Sociology
87.132 Dynamics of
Health Care

Quarter 3

30.114 Intro, to Literature

23.102 Western Civilization

or
Modern Language

10.103 Math.

22.102 Political Science
87.133 Dynamics of
Health

n addition to above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
^lease see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

107

\/ledical Laboratory Science

/lEDICAL TECHNOLOGY

Description

In every area of medicine, the medical technologist is a vital member of.
the medical team. Working with the physician, the medical technologist
performs laboratory analyses which aid in the detection, diagnosis, and
treatment of disease. Utilizing a strong foundation in the biological and
chemical sciences, the technologist performs complex clinical labora-
tory investigations.

Type of Work

The duties of the medical technologist may include testing of blood for |
transfusions, preparing vaccines, identifying bacteria and parasites, ex-
amining blood for malignant cells, and analyzing tissues and body fluids
for inorganic and complex organic chemical substances. The individual
who holds a baccalaureate degree will also be employed in medical lab-j
oratory educational and supervisory positions.

Your Program of Study

Students will enter the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Profes-
sions. Medical Laboratory Science students, while working toward the
Bachelor of Science degree, will register for classes during 12 quarters.
The additional quarter and two interim weeks are necessary for students to
complete the required academic courses, for eligibility to write the certi-
fication examination in medical technology, M.T.(A.S.C.P.). It is suggested
that Medical Laboratory Science students take this additional quarter during
the summer following the freshman year. However, students may arrange
courses so that this additional quarter is taken during the co-op period of
their senior year or during any summer co-op period.

By the end of the summer quarter preceding the senior year, students
must have completed all the necessary nonscience and basic professional
course requirements. Junior-year students may elect advanced medical
laboratory science courses and applied hospital study completion of the
appropriate prerequisites. Applied study in hematology, microbiology, and
clinical chemistry will be available in the New England Deaconess Hospital
and New England Baptist Hospital Medical Technology Programs in Boston.

The Medical Technology program is approved by the Board of Schools
and the Council of Medical Education of the American Society of Clinical
Pathologists and the Council of Medical Education of the American Medical
Association. After satisfactory completion of the five-year program, stu-
dents will be eligible to write the Medical Technology Examination given
by the Registry of Medical Technologists.

108

Your Future

Medical technologists find employment opportunities in clinical labora-
tories and research laboratories in universities, medical schools, and
pharmaceutical firms. Those who wish to travel may work with the Peace
Corps, Project Hope, foreign missions, and private companies having hos-
pital facilities abroad. There is an ever-increasing demand for qualified
persons to teach in hospital schools of medical technology and colleges
and universities. Graduates from this broad and intensive program quickly
rise to supervisory positions.

ICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY, A.D.(M.L.T.)

Description

The newest professional category in the clinical laboratory is that of the
medical laboratory technician. He or she has had at least two years of
college and holds an associate degree. The medical laboratory techni-
cian will perform more complicated laboratory procedures than a laboratory
assistant, but will not undertake the supervisory and educational responsi-
bilities of a medical technologist.

Type of Work

A medical laboratory technician, A.D.(M.L.T.), will perform routine chemi-
i leal, microbiological, and hematological procedures in hospital laboratories.

■ Your Program of Study

This program is available on a three-year cooperative plan, and includes
Biology, Human Physiology, Chemistry, and the Basic Medical Laboratory
Science courses. Supervised clinical experience is an integral part of
the program.

Successful completion of the didactic and clinical portions entitles the
graduate to write the appropriate examination of the Board of Registry of
the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Upon successful completion
of college courses, the designation A.D.{M.L.T.) is given.

I Your Future

Employment opportunities can be expected to be widespread because of
the general demands for laboratory personnel. Areas of employment include
large private and hospital clinical laboratories, and physician in-office
laboratories. The Associate Degree in Medical Laboratory Technology pro-
vides a stepping-stone by which one may continue his education to become
a medical technologist.

109

CYTOTECHNOLOGY

Description

Cancer, a disease of disordered cell growth, is apparent with microscopic
examination in its earliest stages. Cytology Is the study of cells, and the
cytotechnologist concentrates upon the microscopic examination of cell
samplings for determinations of cancerous and benign tumor cells. North-
eastern's three-year program leads to an associate degree.

Type of Work

A majority of cytotechnologists work in hospital clinical laboratories.
Employment is also available in physicians' private offices, private labora-
tories, and research facilities. The work requires patience, precision, and
ability to work alone with minimal supervision.

Your Program of Study

During the two-year Cytotechnology Associate Degree program, the cur-
riculum will be concentrated in the biological sciences. An additional
12-month professional segment will include advanced studies in the his-
torical background of cytology, cytology as applied in clinical medicine,
and in areas of anatomy, histology, embryology, and cytophysiology. This
program is offered at the Boston School of Cytotechnology. This school was
established in a combined effort by seven of the teaching hospitals in the
Greater Boston area.

Upon successful completion of the 12-month professional curriculum,
the student is eligible to take the certifying examination given by the Board
of Registry, American Society of Clinical Pathologists.

Your Future

Thousands of skilled scientific assistants are needed in pathology lab-
oratories to work as cytotechnologists, screening slides for the cellular
abnormalities that are the warning signs of cancer. Opportunities exist In
private and public laboratories and industries. The cytotechnology graduate
may continue his education toward a baccalaureate degree.

110

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in
Medical Laboratory Science

Medical Technology, Medical Laboratory Technology, and Cytotechnology

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

18.131 General Biology

18.132 Animal Biology

10.183 Calculus

10.104 Fund, of Math.

10.105 Fund, of Math.

•12.105 Anal. Chem.

10.105 Calculus

10.182 Calculus

12.103 General Chemistry

12.104 Gen. Chemistry

*12.171 Anal. Chem.

87.101 Basic Med. Lab

12.106 General Chemistry

12.107 Gen. Chemistry

Science

30.113 English

87.100 Lab. Med. Orient

Modern Language

Elective

•Optional for Cytotechnology students.

TAL HYGIENE

Description and Opportunities

The dental hygienist is an important member of the dental health team.
At the direction of the dentist, she is licensed to render direct preventive
; services to the patient. Her services include administering dental prophy-
lactic treatment, preparing dental radiographs, and teaching prescribed
methods of maintaining dental health.

Endowed with a sincere interest in people and a manner that reflects
understanding and friendliness, a young woman who is qualified to render
these services can look forward to a professional career that offers the
special satisfaction that comes from being a respected member of a health
team.

For the dental hygienist who is interested in teaching dental health In
schools and other public institutions, the baccalaureate degree program
is important. Not only does she have the personal satisfaction of working
with teachers and health workers in promoting better health for the com-
munity, but she is frequently given special status with the same rights and
privileges as teachers and other health educators.

New schools of dental hygiene are rapidly developing throughout the
United States, and dental hygienists with degrees in education are in in-
creasing demand as clinical instructors and administrators of their
programs.

Program

The Forsyth School for Dental Hygienists conducts a program of dental-
hygiene education and general education in cooperation with Northeastern

111

University. Students in tliis two-year program attend classes both at the
Forsyth Dental Center and at Northeastern's immediately adjacent campus
on Huntington Avenue. Graduates of the program will receive the Certifi-
cate in Dental Hygiene from Forsyth and the degree of Associate in
Science from Northeastern University. Students who are interested in this
program should make direct contact with the Forsyth School of Dental
Hygiene.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Dental Hygiene

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

12.101 General Chemistry

12.102

General Chemistry

18.120 Microbiology

18.114 Functional Human

18.115

Functional Human

19.102 Psychology

Anatomy

DH-09 Head & Neck

DH-01 Dental Anatomy

DH-02

Dental Anatomy

Anatomy

DH-20 Radiology

DH-40

Nutrition

DH-28 Dental Materials

DH-11 Dental Hygiene

DH-05

Histology

DH-13 Dental Hygiene

DH-11C Clinical Dental

DH-12

Dental Hygiene

DH-13C Clinical Dental

Hygiene

DH-12C

; Clinical Dental
Hygiene

Hygiene

Please see bacl< of catalog for full course descriptioris.

Bachelor of Science Degree

Students who complete the two-year associate degree program may
apply their credits toward the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education
with a major in Health Education. This three-year curriculum on the Co-
operative Plan is taken at Boston-Bouve College. In addition, students who
complete the two-year program may apply their credits toward a Bachelor
of Science degree in Northeastern's University College.

RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY

The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions may announce
a full-time degree program for radiologic technologists in the near future.
Prospective students interested in this area of study should make inquiry
at the Office of the Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions.

MANAGEMENT IN HEALTH AGENCIES AND INSTITUTIONS

For information about this program, communicate with the Office of the
Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions or with Northeastern's Uni-
versity College.

112

»IRATORY THERAPY

Respiratory therapy, formerly known as inhalation therapy, is the most
rapidly growing of the health professions. It is concerned with the diag-
nosis and treatment of acute and chronic lung disease occurring in pa-
tients of all ages, from newborn babies to senior citizens. Practitioners
must be able to apply knowledge of basic sciences in order to use respi-
rators, oxygen equipment, humidifying devices, and diagnostic tools with
I patients in various health care settings.

Type of Work

Most respiratory therapists work in hospitals. Their responsibilities in-
clude providing direct minute-to-minute care to patients in continuous
respirators, treating some respiratory problems with intermittent therapy,
teaching the patient with chronic disease to maintain his own care at home,
working with outpatients, using special respiratory function equipment to
aid in diagnosis, and maintaining sophisticated electronic and mechanical
devices.

Therapists concern themselves with all aspects of respiratory care. They
may spend part or all of any one day in the emergency room, newborn nurs-
ery, children's wing, outpatient department, intensive care unit, or pulmonary
laboratory. As the field expands, therapists are in increasing demand in ex-
tended care facilities, community health agencies, and research laboratories.

Your Program of Study

The Respiratory Therapy Program leads to the Associate in Science
degree in three years on the Cooperative Plan. It prepares you to take the
examination of the American Registry of Inhalation Therapists and forms
a basis for continuation of study on the baccalaureate degree level. Math-
ematics and the physical, biological, medical, and health sciences provide
the basis for the professional instruction in Respiratory Therapy. In addition
you will study English, speech, psychology, and history to provide you with
the necessary general educational background. You may round out your
program with elective courses.

Your Future

Graduates of associate degree programs find themselves in demand for
hospitals all over the country. Those who pass the examination of the
American Registry of Inhalation Therapists are sought for leadership posi-
tions in hospitals, educational programs, and research facilities. As the
incidence of respiratory disease continues to rise in this country and the
world, the demand for qualified therapists will continue to rise.

113

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Respiratory Therapy

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

18.114 Functional Human 18.115 Functional Human 18.120 Basic Microbiology

Anatomy I Anatomy II 86.102 Hospital Law &

30.113 Freshman Writing 30.114 Intro, to Literature Ethics

10.104 Fundamentals of 10.105 Fundamentals of 86.193 Mechanical Basis

Math. Math. of Respiratory

86.191 Physical Basis 86.192 Phy. Basis of Res. Therapeutics

of Respiratory Dynamics II Soc. Sci. Elective

Dynamics I

114

The Reserve Officers' Trainini Corps

The Reserve Officers' Training Corps (ROTC) of the United States Army
exists for the purpose of developing officers— leaders of men. As a part of
the University curriculum, it offers courses of instruction leading to a
commission as a Second Lieutenant in the United States Army Reserve
or the Regular Army and permits fulfillment of one's military obligation as
an officer. The leadership and management benefits which accrue are as
important to the individual who intends to make his place in industry as to
the man who desires a military career.

Aims

Northeastern's ROTC is an Army, Senior Division, Class CC (Civilian
College) unit offering instruction in military fundamentals common to all
branches of the United States Army.

Record of Accomplishment

Northeastern has every right to be proud of its ROTC. With an enroll-
ment of approximately 400, the Northeastern Cadet Corps is one of the
largest single-campus voluntary units in the United States.

Who is Eligible?

Enrollment in ROTC is entirely voluntary and is open to all male under-
graduate students of the Colleges who are physically qualified and can
qualify for appointment as Second Lieutenants prior to reaching 28 years

117

of age. Students may withdraw from ROTC at any time during the freshman
or sophomore years.

Instruction

The Department of IVlilitary Science is the department of the University
which administers the ROTC Program and conducts all military instruc-
tion. It is made up of a group of U.S. Army officers and noncommissioned
officers especially selected for experience and ability and assigned to
Northeastern University by the Department of the Army after acceptance
by the University.

Basic and Advanced Courses

ROTC is divided into a Basic Course, during which you may be ap-
pointed a cadet noncommissioned officer, and an Advanced Course, in
which you may be appointed a cadet officer. The University physical edu-
cation requirement is satisfied by completion of the Basic Course, which
extends over the freshman and sophomore years. The freshman portion
of the course is offered at the Burlington Campus, as well as at the Main
Campus.

The Advanced Course starts with the middler (third) year and con-
tinues through the junior and senior years. Advanced Course students
attend a six-week summer camp after the senior year and receive retainer
pay while enrolled in the program. The Basic Course or its equivalent is a
prerequisite to enrollment in the Advanced Course. Some of the Basic
Colleges permit work in the Advanced Course to be substituted for cer-
tain electives in earning credit for graduation.

Your Program of Study

Some people think of the ROTC as mostly drill, but you will find that
this is not true. About 75 percent of your study will be classroom instruc-
tion. The first and second years include Map Reading, Small Unit Tactics,
Individual Weapons and Marksmanship, and Leadership Laboratory. The
Advanced Course includes such subjects as Tactics and Operations, Mili-
tary Leadership, Military Teaching Methods, Military Management, Logistics,
Military Law, and Counterinsurgency Operations.

Deferment from Selective Service

If you are enrolled in ROTC, and remain in good standing, you will be
granted deferment from Selective Service until your undergraduate educa-
tion is completed.

Uniforms and Equipment

The government will provide you with all required textbooks and uni-
forms without cost. A $10 deposit is required at the time of enrollment
This will be refunded when you return your uniform and other property^
to the University in good condition.

118

ROTC Pay

Advanced Course cadets receive a retainer of $100.00 per month during
actual Advanced Course instruction. The total amount of retainer during
the three years is $2,000.00.

In addition, Advanced Summer Camp pay is approximately $400.00 over
and above food, quarters, and medical care, which are free. Transportation
to and from camp is paid at the rate of six cents per mile.

ROTC Scholarship Programs

The Army ROTC Scholarship Program is designed to offer financial assist-
ance to outstanding young men who are interested in the Army as a career.
Each scholarship provides for free tuition, textbooks, and laboratory fees
in addition to paying a retainer of $100.00 per month for the period that the
scholarship is in effect. The scholarships are provided under the provisions
of Public Law 88-647, The ROTC Vitalization Act of 1964.

Scholarships may be awarded for either one, three, four, or five years.
Five-year scholarships are open to all students entering Army ROTC as
freshmen, while the other scholarships are restricted to those students who
have completed the varying degrees of ROTC and are selected for con-
tinued enrollment. Applications for five-year scholarships must be sub-
mitted early in January of the student's senior year of high school.

Distinguished IVIilitary Students

If you demonstrate outstanding qualities of leadership, high moral
character and a definite aptitude for military service, and have attained an
academic standing in the upper half of your class, you may be designated
a Distinguished Military Student. This honor, conferred during the junior
year, is the highest to be given to any ROTC cadet.

If you maintain creditable standing up to graduation, you will be desig-
nated as a Distinguished Military Graduate. This designation will appear in
the commencement program as a military honor similar to the regular
academic honors. Distinguished Military Graduates are normally offered
a commission in the Regular Army, which they may accept instead of a
Reserve commission.

Flight Training

Northeastern was one of the original group of universities and colleges
in the United States at which the Army ROTC Flight Training Program
was introduced in 1956.

Under this Program, the Army will pay for flight training for selected
qualified ROTC cadets. This program is offered during the senior year.
To participate, the student must have an aptitude for flying and meet re-
quired physical standards. He must also agree to participate in the Army
Aviation Program, if selected, after entering active service.

Flight training under the ROTC Program is given at an airfield near the
University by a civilian flying school which has been approved by the

119

Federal Aviation Agency, Department of the Army, and the University.
The instruction includes 35 hours of ground training and more than 36
hours of flight training. It is taken on an extracurricular basis. All text-
books, flight clothing, and equipment required are furnished with no cost
to the student.

Students who successfully complete the instruction may qualify to take
the FAA examination for a private pilot's license.

ROTC Activities

Cadets are eligible for selection to membership in the honorary military
societies: the Pershing Rifles, Scabbard and Blade, and the National
ROTC Band Association.

In addition, they may participate in the University ROTC Band, the Uni-
versity Rifle Club (Varsity, Freshman, and ROTC Rifle Teams), the
Counter-Guerrilla Group, and student chapters of professional societies
such as the Armed Forces Communications and Electronics Association,
and the Society of American Military Engineers.

The Annual Military Ball, sponsored by the Scabbard and Blade, is one
of the most outstanding and colorful events of the year, with the queen
and her court ruling over the festivities.

120

part 3

The Particulars of Education

THE DEPARTMENT OF ADMISSIONS

To find a college or university where both success and happiness can be
achieved is a goal of every young adult who plans to continue his edu-
cation beyond secondary school. This can be realized in a number of
ways — by talking with enrolled students and alumni, and by reading cata-
logs. High on the list of priorities should be a visit to the college campus.
The Committee on Admissions at Northeastern University extends a cordial
welcome to all students and has planned a series of experiences to make
their visit as worthwhile as possible.

The Admissions Conference

It is only natural that students should have many questions about North-
eastern— its programs of study, its services to students, and the Coopera-
tive Plan of Education in which so many of its upperclassmen are involved.
For this reason, the Committee on Admissions sponsors a series of Orien-
tation Conferences for the benefit of students. Offered at 10:00 a.m. and
2:00 p.m. on Mondays and Fridays during the period September 1 through!
April 30 (except for legal holidays), these conferences have been most
successful in helping students to understand the University better. They in-
clude a sound filmstrip in color and appropriate comments by an admissionsi
counselor. This is followed by an informal question and answer period.

122

Special group sessions are also held in the summer between July 1 and
September 1. Further information about these summer conferences may be
obtained from the Admissions Department.

Guided Tours

Guided tours of the campus are held daily, Monday through Friday, at
11:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Both the admissions conference and the tour
should be scheduled in advance. The opportunity to visit the University's
facilities and to observe student life on campus is one important way to
learn about Northeastern. Commuting students who wish to visit the Univer-
sity's Suburban Campus in Burlington are encouraged to do so. This will
appeal especially to those whose home communities are on the North
Shore of Boston.

The Interview

The interview is generally regarded as an appropriate time for stu-
dents with special problems to meet personally with an admissions
counselor. In studying the secondary school record, the counselor may
discover some factor which merits further explanation. In this event, the
applicant may be asked to arrange a visit to the Admissions Office. The in-
terview, therefore, may be held at the request of the student or the
counselor. Ordinarily, contacts with Admissions personnel will be more
beneficial if the two publications Introducing Northeastern University and
Co-opportunities have been carefully studied before the visit to campus.

Special Note

Northeastern does not hold classes for students in the Basic Colleges
on Saturdays; hence, guided tours cannot be provided at that time. A
weekday visit to the University is strongly recommended. Special Saturday
appointments are arranged on a limited basis, however.

lERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ENTRANCE

The Northeastern University Committee on Admissions believes that candi-
dates should complete a secondary school program which is as challenging
as the student's ability enables him to complete successfully. A rec-
ommended program should include courses in English, foreign language,
mathematics, laboratory science, and history. Of particular importance are
the total quality of the school record, continuity and proficiency in sub-
jects which are critical to one's area of study at the University, and a wise
choice of elective courses. The high school transcript should provide clear

j evidence of sound study habits so necessary to success in college study.

I All candidates are encouraged to broaden their reading outside of class.

I It has been said that books stretch the mind. The student who can com-

: municate ideas, understand word meanings, and write effectively is at a
distinct advantage in the competition for admission.
Someday the period of the 1970s will be recorded as a time of great

f 123

change in the calendars and programs of both secondary schools and
colleges. At the high school level such innovations as independent study,
seminars for upper-level students, research projects, and active participa-
tion in worthwhile community projects have become the rule rather than
the exception. Many of these opportunities have come into being as the
result of open-campus developments.

Northeastern University is understandably interested in the growth of the
work/study concept in many secondary schools. Its Committee on Admis-
sions looks with favor upon the variety of worthwhile experiences outside
the classroom walls, from which so many students are profiting.

In similar vein, the University has introduced a degree of flexibility into
Its programs which makes it possible for enrolled students to explore a
variety of academic areas. For example, through the preregistration system
In the College of Liberal Arts, candidates for admission may delay definite
educational choices until after the fact of acceptance. Northeastern's con-
cern is that students not be forced into making educational and career
decisions before their experience can make such decisions possible.

Preparation for Study in Languages

If you hope to enroll in the College of Liberal Arts, or if you intend to
elect a language while enrolled in the College of Education or the College
of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions, you must have demonstrated
proficiency in a foreign language. The Committee on Admissions believes
that a background of foreign language study Is desirable for all students
whatever their career interests.

Preparation for Study in Engineering,
The Sciences, and Mathematics

It is only natural that evidence of special aptitude and the highest pos-
sible level of preparation in science and mathematics should be required
of those who wish to study in the College of Engineering, or who wish to
major in Mathematics, Chemistry, Biology, or Physics in the College of
Liberal Arts. Such preparation is also required of those who wish to pre-|
pare for the Teaching of Mathematics/Science while enrolled in the College'
of Education. Demonstrated technical aptitude is of paramount importance:
for those who seek admission to the Bachelor of Engineering Technology
Program as offered by Lincoln College.

The Committee on Admissions requires demonstrated ability in science
and mathematics in all the following areas of study:

124

Boston-Bouv§ College
Health Education
Physical Education
Physical Therapy

College of Education
The Teaching of Science-
Mathematics in junior and
senior high schools

College of Engineering
All programs

College of Liberal Arts

Biology, Chemistry, Geology,

Mathematics, Physics
College of Nursing

A.S. Degree program

B.S. Degree program
College of Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions

All programs

Lincoln College

B.E.T. Degree program

It is recognized that courses in science and mathematics vary to a
large extent in terminology, teaching methods, and in content. Applicants
are encouraged, however, to complete the full sequence of such courses
if possible. Admissions counselors may recommend or require additional
summer school study prior to enrollment if an examination of the school
record reveals a deficiency in preparation. Despite the emphasis upon
mathematics and science in these programs, study in the social sciences
and humanities is considered an important foundation for subsequent pro-
fessional courses.

Preparation for Study in Business and IVIanagement

Candidates for admission must have successfully completed a strong
college preparatory program in high school. A primary goal of this curricu-
lum is to provide a broad preparation for leadership in administration.
While mathematics plays an important role in the total program, strong
emphasis is also placed upon study in the liberal arts. Through the behav-
ioral sciences, students are afforded opportunity to develop skills in the
management of people.

Preparation for Study in the Social Sciences,
Teaching, and Law Enforcement

Many candidates for admission have enjoyed their greatest success in
areas other than mathematics-science. Their interests lie quite naturally
in the study of the humanities and social sciences, if you are such a
student, you may choose to apply for admission to one of the following
programs:

Boston-Bouv6 College

Recreation Education

The major in Recreation Education is developed from a broad liberal arts
foundation. Students may select an emphasis in Community Recreation,
Outdoor Education and Conservation, or Therapeutic Recreation for work
with the retarded, the handicapped, or the aging.

125

College of Criminal Justice

By its very nature, the program in law enforcement requires a strong base
of liberal arts study before professional courses are introduced. Applicants
for admission should therefore demonstrate an ability to succeed in their
study of the behavioral and social sciences.

College of Education

Professional courses leading to teacher certification are based upon a
strong foundation of liberal arts study in the humanities and social sciences.
Included in this area are programs in Elementary Education, Special Edu-
cation, and the Teaching of English, Languages, and Social Studies.

College of Liberal Arts

Broad and flexible programs are offered to meet a variety of student in-
terests in Art History, Drama, English, History, Journalism, Modern Lan-
guages, Music, Philosophy, and the Social Sciences. A wide selection of
elective courses enables students to broaden their horizons in many areas
of study.

APPLYING FOR ADMISSION

An Application for Admission is included in the back of this catalog. The
application should be filled out properly in ink, signed, and forwarded to
the Dean of Admissions, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts
02115. Checks should be made payable to Northeastern University. It is to
the student's advantage to submit his application for admission promptly.

Rolling Admission Plan

Under Northeastern's Rolling Admission Plan, candidates may be noti-
fied of their acceptance at that point in their secondary school careers i
when there is sufficient evidence that they will be able to profit from
study at the university level. This may occur early in the senior year or;
after the results of College Board Examinations have been evaluated. In-
all cases of early acceptance, candidates are required to complete suc-
cessfully the senior year of high school.

Early Admission

In certain cases, highly talented students who have studied in an enrich-
ment program of studies may enroll at Northeastern prior to high school

126

graduation. A special form provided by the Admissions Committee requires
the endorsement of the school principal or guidance counselor for early
admission.

Advanced Placement

The University grants advanced placement credit to those students
with a score of 3 or better in their Advanced Placement Examinations.
Such students are excused from the basic courses in English, History,
Chemistry, Mathematics, Biology, and Physics and in the advanced
courses in languages to which the Examinations apply. They receive full
credit for those courses from which they are excused.

Applicants are required to write their Advanced Placement Tests of the
College Board in May.

College Level Examination Program

The University cooperates with the College Entrance Examination Board
in its CLEP Program. Qualified students are encouraged to write the general
i and/or subject matter examinations of CLEP, with the result that college
credit may be allowed upon entrance. In general, the Committee on Ad-
missions accepts the score range recommendations of the College Board.
Northeastern University has been designated a CLEP Testing Center. In-
quiries may be addressed to Room 302 of the Carl S. Ell Student Center
Building.

Entrance Examinations

The results of entrance examinations are regarded by the Committee on
Admissions as a useful guidance tool. It is the quality and scope of a
student's school record which is of primary importance, yet the results of
aptitude and achievement tests are helpful to the admissions counselor in
determining that field of study in which he is most likely to succeed. Sec-
ondary schools normally forward to the Department of Admissions the
results of many test batteries which were administered during grades 9
through 12. It is the consistency of these score ranges which is significant.
All candidates are required to complete the Scholastic Aptitude Test
land three Achievement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board.
[There is no single schedule of testing which is best for all students. As a
' basic rule, no achievement test should be attempted unless the particular
(Subject is currently being studied. Students are advised to consult their
.^guidance counselors for appropriate testing schedules.

All students are required to write the English Composition Achievement
Test. Two other Achievement Tests are also required. In general, it is ex-
pected that applicants will complete this testing requirement in the areas
jin which they feel most competent. It is recognized that the senior program
of studies may determine the individual student's choice of Achieve-

jl ment Tests.

127

For full information about College Board Examinations, consult your school
guidance office or write directly to:

The College Entrance Examination Board

Post Office Box 592

Princeton, New Jersey 08540

Post Office Box 1025

Berkeley, California 94701

Programs For Minority Group Students

Northeastern University deliberately seeks to expand educational op-
portunities for deserving minority group students and to recruit promising
students from economically and culturally disadvantaged backgrounds. In
so doing, it has increased its guidance and other supporting services in
order that such students may be assured the opportunity to succeed in
their chosen fields of study. These supporting services include tutorial
study, programmed instruction, and summer study prior to enrollment.
Other counseling services are provided by the University's Afro-American
Center. Financial aid is granted as may be required to make college at-
tendance possible.

General and Special Health Requirements

The general health of all applicants for admission must be satisfactory.
Prior to registration at Northeastern, each applicant must submit on a
Student Health Service Form supplied by the University evidence of a
complete physical examination and chest X-ray. This information must be
forwarded to the University physician for his review. Proper health clear-
ance is considered a condition of admission.

Because of the special nature of certain professions which stress bodily
coordination, physical skills, rehabilitation, and patient care, emphasis if
necessarily placed upon sound health. For this reason, those who seel
admission to the Boston-Bouve College or the College of Nursing are re
quired to receive special health clearance prior to enrollment.

Transfer with Advanced Standing

Each year a number of qualified applicants are admitted as transfe
students from other colleges and universities. In order to enter with ao
vanced standing, a student must have completed the full equivalent of th
freshman year at Northeastern with grades of "C" or better. Full informe
tion about transferring with or without transfer credit is available upo
request.

Required Deposits

If the Committee on Admissions makes a favorable decision on your af
plication, you will be asked to submit a nonreturnable tuition deposit <

128

$100 by April 1. This deposit serves as an indication of your intention to
enroll and is applied to your first-quarter tuition account. A dormitory de-
posit of $100 is due at the same time for resident students. Requests to
extend the deposit date to May 1 will be honored if they are submitted, in
writing, to the Committee on Admissions no later than March 15.

Deferred Admission

Increasing numbers of accepted students seek information about a de-
ferred admission policy. Those who seek a travel experience before entering
college, and those who prefer to improve their financial resources through
gainful employment rather than to begin college studies in the fall, will find
that the following options are open to them.

1. The University now enrolls a January freshman class in most of its
programs. January admission opens up travel and work opportunities
through the month of December. Further information about the Janu-
ary class is available upon request.

2. Accepted students who do not submit the required tuition deposit on
April 1 will be placed on an inactive roster. Those students who wish
to enroll a year later should communicate with the Admissions Office
no later than February 1, describing the activities in which they have
been involved. Normally, a new certificate of admission would be
issued to them at that time.

ENSES

in considering the cost of a college education, it is well to remember that
the expenses involved are an investment — an investment you and your
family are making in your future. It is perhaps the most significant invest-
ment you will make in a lifetime.

It is important for you to understand that the freshman year at North-
eastern University is one of three quarters of full-time study. The Coopera-
tive Plan of Education, under which Northeastern students are gainfully
employed for services rendered, begins in the sophomore year.

In addition to serving its primary purpose of providing invaluable on-
the-job training, the Cooperative Plan also makes possible an education
without the accumulation of large personal debt.

Because of this Cooperative Plan of Education and Northeastern's de-
termination to keep the basic expenses as low as possible, many worthy
students who otherwise might not have been able to afford an education
have attended Northeastern. This is why Dr. Wilson M. Compton, former
President of the Council for Financial Aid to Education, has complimented
Northeastern for ". . . opening college opportunity for thousands to whom
the doors heretofore have largely been closed."

129

Freshman Expenses (3 Quarters)

Tuition for the freslnman year is $1,815, payable in three installments
as follows:

September 20, 1973 *$605.00

January 2, 1974 $605.00

April 1, 1974 $605.00

For students residing away from home, living expenses for Orientation
Week and the three-quarter freshman year will vary slightly according to
dormitory accommodations. These are on a seven-day-a-week basis. t

Speare and Stetson Halls $500.00 a quarter

Light, Melvin, Smith, and White Halls $485.00 a quarter

Other dormitories $460.00 a quarter

In addition, students who live in University residences are required to
pay an infirmary fee of $15 per quarter. Payment is due on the dates
appearing in the tuition schedule above.

Summary of Freshman Expenses

Your expenses for the three quarters of the freshman year will be dis-
tributed somewhat in this manner:

Application fee $15

Tuition $1815

ROTO deposit (if applicable) $10

Books and supplies $80-120

Health Services fee $75

Personal expenses $250-350

Board and room (if applicable) $1380-1500

Infirmary fee (if applicable) $45

Student Center fee $37.50
($12.50 for each of the three quarters)

Boston-Bouve College Professional Programs — Approximate Costs

Physical Education

Required uniform $85

Spring Practicum at Warren Center $70

Physical Therapy

Required uniform for physical therapy
procedures and physical education,
with clinic uniform costs in upper-class years $20
Recreation Education

Required uniform $50

Summer Camp $170 (approx.)

'Less the nonrefundable $100 tuition deposit payable on or before April 1.

tA nonrefundable deposit of $100 for board and room Is payable not later than April 1. This depositii
which is applied to the first-quarter cost of residence, reserves a space for you in a University
dormitory. Notices of definite room assignments are mailed by the Director of Housing in the summer'

130 I

Health Education

Required uniform for physical education $25

Because certain courses involve the use of consumable materials and the
lazard of breakage, separate deposit fees of $5-$20 may be charged.

All rates and fees are subject to revision by the Board of Trustees at
any time.

Between the freshman and the sophomore years, you will have a vaca-
tion period of 13 weeks. Generally, Northeastern students use this period
to earn money toward tuition costs.

Jpper-Class Tuition

For the academic year 1972-1973 the tuition rates for upper-class stu-
dents have been established as follows:

Engineering $1720 ($860 per quarter)

All Other Colleges $1670 ($835 per quarter)

Jpper-Class Earnings

The average Northeastern student in good standing earns from $1,800 to
$3,300, depending upon his year and major, during each of his four upper-
class years on co-op. Some students will earn much more than this. In
addition, men electing Advanced ROTC will receive income amounting to
approximate $2,000 during their final three years.

Most students residing at home and some resident students living in
3ollege dormitories can expect to earn enough money to cover the cost of
[uition, books, and incidentals.

Upper-class students whose co-op assignments take them some dis-
tance from the Boston area will incur additional expenses which may not
be completely offset by their additional earnings. Such factors are con-
sidered by the Director of Financial Aid when making scholarships and
loans available.

Payment of Tuition

All payments should be made at the Bursar's Office, which is located on
the second floor of Richards Hall. Checks should be made payable to
Northeastern University.

A fee of $10 will be charged for failure to make payment, or specific
arrangements for payment, on or before the date due.

A student is eligible to attend classes only if:

1. Tuition for a given term is paid by the beginning of the second

week of that term; or

2. Specific arrangements have been made with the Bursar for a plan
of deferred payment, which entails a fee of $2.

Accident and Sickness Insurance

Students registered in the Basic Colleges are granted a special Blue

131

Cross-Blue Shield Hospital Policy which remains in effect continuously
from the day of initial registration until the day following withdrawal, dis-
missal, or graduation from the University.

Ail students pay a nonrefundable University Health Services fee of $75
per year. This fee covers the group Blue Cross-Blue Shield program and
the medical services which are provided to students by the University
Health Service.

Late Registration Fee

A fee of $5 will be charged for failure to register in accordance with
prescribed regulations on the dates specified in the college registration
bulletins. Registration must be made in person.

ROTC Uniform Deposit

Freshmen enrolling in ROTC make a deposit of $10 to cover loss of, or
damage to, an ROTC uniform or equipment. Any loss or damage exceeding
the deposit will be charged to the student.

Non-Cooperative Plan

Certain students in the College of Liberal Arts may elect non-cooperative!
programs. Tuition rates per quarter are the same as for students on thei
Cooperative Plan, and payments are due on the same dates.

Refunds

The University provides all instruction and accommodations on an
academic-term basis; therefore, no refunds are granted except in cases
where students are compelled to withdraw on account of personal illness.
or for other reasons beyond their control.

FINANCIAL AID

In the process of selecting a college or university, the element of cost can;
be an important factor. To make attendance at Northeastern feasible for
qualified students regardless of their financial circumstances, the Uni-
versity operates a substantial financial aid program. Coordinating the re-
sources of the University and the various public and private scholarship
and loan programs, the Office of Financial Aid oversees programs which
provided over five million dollars to almost 5,000 students in 1971-1972.

Types of Financial Aid

Financial aid at Northeastern may consist of a scholarship, loan, part-
time employment, or any combination of these three, as determined by
the Office of Financial Aid. This "package plan" helps an increasingly
larger number of students and families meet their educational expenses.
The type and amount of aid awarded will depend on the applicant's
achievement in the secondary school, participation in school and com-
munity activities, and the financial need of the family.

132 I

The University does not award financial assistance in any form to foreign
students.

College Scholarship Service

Northeastern University participates in the College Scholarship Service
(CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS
subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a stu-
dent should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the college
and university and any other agency in determining the student's need for
financial assistance.

I Application Procedure

Applicants seeking financial assistance for the freshman year are re-

. quired to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) to
the College Scholarship Service by January 15, designating Northeastern
University as one of the recipients. The PCS may be obtained from second-
ary school guidance offices. If the form is not available at a student's high
school, he should communicate with the Office of Financial Aid.

By filing the Parents' Confidential Statement, a student will automatic-

: ally be considered for all pertinent aid programs. It is not necessary for

1 him to apply for aid programs on an individual basis.

Students should remember that the earlier they have completed their
financial aid application and have been accepted for admission to North-

; eastern, the better are their chances of receiving aid.

The Office of Financial Aid encourages students to discuss the cost of

I their academic program with their families and to make application for
assistance if there is a realistic need for it. Many students have the mis-
conception that only the top one or two individuals in their class will

' qualify for aid, or that the size of their family income will render them
ineligible for financial assistance. However, since there are many different
sources of financial assistance, each with different requirements for eligi-
bility, it is advisable for a student to make application and then let the
University officials decide on his qualifications. By failing to apply, and
by failing to do so in sufficient time for the University to take appropriate
action, the student may place an unnecessary burden on himself and his
family.

lOLARSHIP PROGRAMS

Federal Grant Programs

The Educational Opportunity Grant Program is designed to provide aid
to exceptionally needy students with academic promise. The grants, rang-
ing from $200 to $1,000, must be matched by scholarship or loan awards
from other programs and are renewable according to financial need.

The Law Enforcement Grant Program makes available maximum awards
of $600 per year for students enrolled in an area of study directly related
to law enforcement. Applicants must be full-time employees of a public

133

law enforcement agency and must agree to work for this agency for a two-
year period following completion of their studies.

The Federal Nursing Scholarship Program provides maximum grants of
$2,000, no matching funds required, to promising, exceptionally needy stu-
dents enrolled in the College of Nursing.

The Health Professions Scholarship Program provides maximum grants
of $2,000, no matching funds required, to promising, exceptionally needy
students enrolled in the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions.

State Scholarship Programs

The Commonwealth of Massachusetts provides scholarship aid to Mass-
achusetts students pursuing full-time day programs of study in an accred-
ited college or university. Awards are made in the summer of each year,
and applications for entering freshmen are available in December through
their high school guidance office. Out-of-state students should also in-
vestigate aid programs in their respective states. Substantial state aid is
offered by Connecticut, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Rhode Island. The
Office of Financial Aid strongly advises aid applicants to apply to state
scholarship programs at the same time that they apply for aid from the
University.

Trustee Scholarships

Established in 1928 by the Board of Trustees of Northeastern University,
these scholarships are granted each year in all of the Basic Colleges to
entering freshmen who have demonstrated scholastic attainment through-
out their preparatory or high school courses.

Regional Scholarships

A number of Regional Scholarships are available to highly qualified
students who reside in rural New England areas.

Charles Hayden Memorial Scholarships

The Charles Hayden Foundation, created by the will of the late Charles
Hayden, an alumnus of the Boston English High School, offers annually
memorial scholarships to freshmen at Northeastern University. The schol-
arships are awarded to "deserving boys" whose parents are unable to
finance the entire cost of their education.

Alumni Scholarships

Scholarships for entering freshmen in each of the Basic Colleges are
awarded annually by the Northeastern Alumni Association through thei
generosity of donors' gifts to the Alumni Fund. Awards are granted to ap-
plicants who are relatives of Northeastern alumni on the basis of academic]
achievement and financial need.

134

Community Scholarships

The University has made available a number of $500 Community Schol-
arships for qualified entering freshmen who reside in Ashland, Boston,
Burlington, and Weston. Full tuition scholarships are also offered to quali-
fied applicants who reside in Framingham, Lynn, and Weymouth.

Nursing Scholarships

Scholarships are made available to students in the College of Nursing
through a fund established by contributions from Northeastern University,
the Permanent Charities Fund, the Children's Hospital Medical Center,
and the Beth Israel, Massachusetts General, New England Deaconess, and
Peter Bent Brigham Hospitals.

ROTC Scholarships

The Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps Scholarship Program is
designed to offer financial assistance to outstanding young men who are
interested in the Army as a career. Each scholarship provides for full
tuition, fees, and textbooks in addition to pay of $100 per month, which
during one six-week summer training period is increased to one half of a
Second Lieutenant's pay.

ROTC scholarships at Northeastern are for either a five-year or three-
year period. They are awarded to selected entering freshmen or students
who have completed the first two years of ROTC. Scholarships are not
related to financial need, and the earnings of a student during his co-
operative work period do not reduce scholarship payments. This award
may be supplemented, when necessary, by a scholarship, loan, or part-
time job.

Applications for entering freshmen must be submitted prior to March 1
for the following school year. Information on the ROTC Scholarship Pro-
gram may be obtained by writing to the Professor of Military Science,
Northeastern University.

lENT LOAN PROGRAMS

National Defense Student Loans

National Defense Student Loans are granted from funds made available
jointly through the United States Congress and through the University.
Applicants must be United States citizens or permanent residents of this
country. Applications for such loans are made on a year-to-year basis,
and the amount of each loan will be based on the University's estimate
of financial need and the funds available for distribution at the time. No
interest is charged on these loans until nine months after graduation, at
which time a 3 percent interest rate is applied. The loan is to be repaid
in equal installments over a 10-year period after graduation, but may be
repaid at any earlier date. A student may cancel a portion of the loan for

135

full-time employment as a teacher In a public or private and nonprofit
elementary or secondary school and institutions of higher learning.

Nursing Student Loans

The Nursing Student Loan Fund is similar to the National Defense Loan
Program. A student may cancel a portion of her loan if she accepts full-
time employment as a professional nurse in any public or nonprofit in-
stitution or agency.

Health Professions Loans

This program provides maximum loan aid of $2,500 per academic year
to College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions students who evi-
dence academic promise and financial need.

Loan repayment of principal and interest commences three years after
completion of studies and may extend over a 10-year period.

Law Enforcement Loans

The Law Enforcement Loan Program makes available 10-year, 3 percent
interest loans up to a maximum of $1,800 per year to full-time students
enrolled in a program directly related to law enforcement. Loans may be
cancelled at the rate of 25 percent per year for each year of full-time em-
ployment in a state, local, or Federal law enforcement agency.

Northeastern University Student Loans

Northeastern University has established a small tuition loan fund for
the benefit of needy students who cannot be assisted through usual aid
sources. Terms of repayment are comparable to those of the National
Defense Loans.

Guaranteed Insured Student Loans

Under the Higher Education Act of 1965, students are eligible to borrow
from a bank or other participating financial institution a maximum of
$1,500 per academic year for their educational expenses. For students
whose adjusted family incomes are less than $15,000, the interest would
be paid by the Federal government. Repayment would begin after gradua-
tion. The award is not based on financial need, and it is available to stu-
dents regardless of their family income. Students should inquire at their
local lending institution for application forms and additional information
regarding this program.

PART-TIME WORK

While it is unwise for a student to look to part-time employment as the
sole means of financing his college education, it is a recognized fact that
most students will seek part-time employment sometime during their col-

136

lege career, generally combining these earnings with some other form of
financial aid.

So that employment may be made readily available to all students who
need it, the University has created from its own funds and from funds pro-
vided under the College Work-Study Title of the Higher Education Act of
1965 a large number of job opportunities both on campus and in the neigh-
boring community. In all cases the jobs are structured in such a way as to
provide maximum part-time earnings without interfering with a student's
prime study time. In many cases the University is able to provide summer
employment for local students prior to their enrollment in September.

Any student wishing to secure part-time employment must file a copy of
the Parents' Confidential Statement with the Office of Financial Aid and
then communicate with that Office directly after official acceptance for
admission.

SING

Women's Residence Regulations

Unmarried women students who are under age 21 in their first year of
college, and who do not live with their parents or a legal guardian, are
required to live in a University residence hall both while attending classes
and working on their cooperative assignment. If a student's cooperative
work is not in her home town, and if it is not within commuting distance
of a University residence hall, special housing arrangements are made
through the Department of Cooperative Education, with the written approval
of her parents. Commuting students who wish to live elsewhere than at
home are also subject to the University's resident requirements.

Certain exceptions to these rules are made for students who desire to
live in another form of supervised housing approved by the University, or
who desire to live with an older relative, such as a grandparent, aunt, or
uncle. Permission for such a living arrangement must be obtained in ad-
vance from the Office of the Associate Dean of Students for Women's
Affairs. Special request forms for this purpose are available in that Office,
and must be submitted at least two weeks before the beginning of the
quarter in which the housing change would take effect. However, a request
for special residence permission does not mean that a student may ask to
be simply excused from the University's residence requirement.

Students in unauthorized housing are subject to disciplinary action.
Questions regarding these regulations must be directed to the Associate
Dean of Students for Women's Affairs.

I ENT ACTIVITIES

Whether your hobby is painting, science, photography, chess, debating,
sports, writing, music, dramatics, or international relations, chances are

137

you will find numerous opportunities to continue your interest while at
Northeastern.

More than 130 varieties of student activity are conducted regularly.
These include clubs, fraternities, sororities, religious groups, honor socie-
ties, musical organizations, societies for women students, professional
societies, and student government groups. Most of these activities are open
to freshmen.

The hours from 12:00 noon to 2:00 p.m. on Tuesdays and Thursdays are
reserved exclusively for student activities. No classes are scheduled dur-
ing this period.

If you like politics, you may wish to run for office. Each class has its
own set of officers, and the campaigning for "jobs" on the class boards
is frequently as spirited as that in any state or national election.

We hope — and believe — that you will enjoy as least some of these activi-
ties and special events. The only limitation is that imposed by time
required for the proper amount of study. If your marks are low or if you
are doing work far below your capabilities, your participation in student
activities should be limited until you are in good academic standing.

Participation in extracurricular activities will help you to live a full life
at Northeastern University. Not only will sharing in these activities con-
tribute to your further growth and self-development through training and
experience gained, but it will provide much beneficial recreation with
new-found friends and an opportunity to serve Northeastern. If you be-
come a leader in one of the organizations that particularly interests you,
you will be taking advantage of the opportunity to develop real adminis-
trative and executive ability.

The importance which Northeastern places on student activities is not
only shown by the regular hours set aside for participation, but also by the
extension of the advisory system to the program. Many organizations have
their own faculty adviser, who takes as much interest in the progress of
student members as does their section or class adviser and their coordi-
nator in the Department of Cooperative Education. The faculty adviser will
give students the benefit of his or her experience and mature viewpoint in
integrating their activities with other important phases of college life.

Chapel Services

Chapel services are held in the Bacon Memorial Chapel, located in the
Carl S. Ell Student Center, on Thursday from 12:30 to 1:00 p.m. Eminent
clergymen speak at the interfaith services. Attendance is voluntary.

The Dean of Chapel, who is available daily for counseling, and the
Director of Chapel Music assist the Student Chapel Committee of the
Student Union in planning the services.

138

Special Interest Groups

All-University Activities

Distinguished Speakers Series

Husl<y Key

Radio Station WRBB-FM

Student Center Committee
Student Council
Student Union

Art Club

Artistic Organizations
Dance Theatre Silver Masque

Educational Organizations

American Students for Israel

Computer Club

Debate Council

Economics Society

German Club

Health Education Majors' Club

History Club

International Students' Forum
Medical Technology Club
Music Therapy Club, Recreation

Education Department
Objectivism Study Group
The Philosophy Forum
Physical Education Majors' Club
Physical Therapy Club

Musical Organizations

Chamber Orchestra N. U. Band

Early Music Players N. U. Chorus

Ethnomusicological Society ROTC Band

Chinese Students
Contact Phone
Ecology Coalition
N. U. Female Liberation
Progressive Labor Party

Political and Social Action Organizations
Club

Students for a Democratic Society
University Forum
Vietnam Veterans Against the War
Young Americans for Freedom
Young Democrats

Cauldron

Publications
Northeastern News

Spectrum

Recreational Organizations

Camera Club
Chess Club
Film-making Club
Hus-Skiers and Outing Club
Karate Club
Model Railroad Club
Radio Club
Rifle Club

Sport Parachute Club

Sports Car Club

Underwater Society

Table Tennis Club

Women's Athletic and Recreational

Association
Wrestling Club
Yacht Club

139

Religious Organizations

Baptist Fellowship Intervarsity Christian Fellowship

Canterbury Club Lutheran Club

Catholic Students Association NIchiren Shoshu of America

Christian Prayer Group N.U. Overcomers

The Christian Science Phanar (Greek Orthodox)

Organization Presbyterian Club

Congregational Club Unitarian Universalist Club

Hillel Counselorship Wesley Club (Methodist)

Fraternities

The 15 recognized fraternities at Northeastern (six local and nine na-
tional) play an important part in the life of the University. Membership is
by invitation, and bids are extended by the fraternity to freshmen during
their first and second quarter. Smokers, dances, and socials for freshmen
are held with the object of pledging. The fraternities are:

Alpha Epsilon Pi (national) — Brookline

Alpha Kappa Sigma — Jamaica Plain

Beta Gamma Epsilon — Boston

Delta Chi (national) — Jamaica Plain

Delta Sigma Theta (national) — Boston

Gamma Phi Kappa — Boston

Nu Epsilon Zeta — Brookline

Phi Beta Alpha — Boston

Phi Gamma Pi — Brookline

Phi Kappa Tau (national) — Jamaica Plain

Phi Sigma Kappa (national) — Jamaica Plain

Rho Pi Phi (national) — Boston

Sigma Alpha Mu (national) — Boston

Tau Kappa Epsilon (national) — Allston

Zeta Beta Tau (national) — Jamaica Plain

The Interfraternity Council coordinates activities of these groups.

Honor Societies

The several honor societies are made up of juniors and seniors who
have been elected to membership from a list of eligible students sub-
mitted by the faculty. The basis of membership is high scholarship, good
character, and outstanding personal qualities. By meetings and annual
scholarship awards, the societies cultivate interest in and attainment of
high academic accomplishment.

All Colleges of University

Phi Kappa Phi
Boston-Bouve College

Boston-Bouve Honor Society

140

College of Business Administration
Beta Alpha Psi (Accounting)
Beta Gamma Sigma

College of Education
Kappa Delta Pi

College of Engineering
Alpha Pi Mu (Industrial)
Chi Epsilon (Civil)
Eta Kappa Nu (Electrical)
Omega Chi Epsilon (Chemical)
Pi Tau Sigma (Mechanical)
Tau Beta Pi

College of Liberal Arts
The Academy

Alpha Kappa Delta (Sociology)
Phi Alpha Theta (History)
Phi Sigma (Biology)
Pi Sigma Alpha (Political Science)

College of Pharmacy
Rho Chi

Organizations for Women Students

All women students are eligible to join the women's society, Omega
Sigma. Through meetings and social functions, this society works to pro-
mote greater friendliness and unity among women students.

SORORITIES

Alpha Sigma Tau (national) Delta Phi Epsilon (national)

Alpha Omicron Pi (national) Lambda Delta Phi (national)

SPECIAL INTEREST GROUPS

Cheerleaders Modern Dance Group

Dance Theatre (open to men and women)

ntramural Sports

MEN'S INTRAMURAL SPORTS

The intramural sports programs for men are organized to permit students
0 participate as members of a sports club, as members of a team, or as
ndividuals on a nonteam, "drop-in-and-participate" basis. Sports activities
ire scheduled according to seasonal interests, and include aquatics, bad-
ninton, basketball, boxing, gymnastics, handball, jogging, judo, track,
'olleyball, and weight and training.

141

WOMEN'S INTRAMURAL SPORTS

The Women's Athletic and Recreation Association has, as Its prime
purpose, the promotion of activity opportunities of an athletic and recrea-
tional nature for all undergraduate women students. Throughout the year,
intramurals and club participation are possible In badminton, basketball,
fencing, field hockey, golf, gymnastics, lacrosse, modern dance, speed
swimming, synchronized swimming, tennis, and volleyball. Varsity athletic
teams for women Include basketball, fencing, field hockey, lacrosse, swim-
ming, diving, tennis, and volleyball. Other activities may be offered when
warranted by student Interest and availability of facilities.

Professional Societies

You will benefit in many ways by joining the student chapter of a pro-
fessional society in an area of study of particular Interest to you. You will i
keep up with latest developments by listening to authorities In that field;
you will have the opportunity to exchange ideas with students from other
colleges and universities as well as from Northeastern; and you will learn
more about professional standards.

If you take an active part by attending regular meetings and social
affairs, you may become an officer or a representative or member of a^
delegation to meetings outside the University. Such participation may;
prove Invaluable in shaping your career.

The following professional societies are open to upperclassmen In their^
respective professional fields. The majority are national organizations.

Accounting Society (local)

Advertising Club (local)

Alpha Zeta Omega (Pharmacy)

American Association for Health, Physical Education and Recreation

American Chemical Society

American Finance Association

American Institute of Chemical Engineers

American Institute of Industrial Engineers

American Institute of Physics

American Marketing Association

American Pharmaceutical Association

American Physical Therapy Association

American Society for Medical Technology

American Society of Civil Engineers

American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Armed Forces Communications and Electronics Association

Association of Schools of Allied Health

Boston Society of Civil Engineers

Council of Professional Engineering Societies

Delta Sigma Theta (Pharmacy)

Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Hi;

Kappa PsI (Pharmacy)

142

Lambda Kappa Sigma (Pharmacy sorority)

National Education Association

Rho Pi Phi

Sigma Delta Chi (Journalism)

Society for the Advancement of Management

Society of American Military Engineers

Society of Women Engineers

DEPARTMENT OF ATHLETICS

All students are urged to participate in the University's athletic program,
which includes all the major collegiate sports.

The University maintains varsity and freshman teams in baseball, crew,
cross country, football, hockey, track, and skiing. These teams are among
the finest in the East and have represented the University in both national
and international competitions. Students also participate in sports such as
golf, riflery, and sailing.

Home for the entire athletic program is the spacious Cabot Physical Edu-
cation Center and Edward S. Parsons Field. The gymnasium has four
basketball courts for men and one for women, and also features a rifle range
and a cage which provide facilities for indoor track, as well as for cross
country, baseball, and football drills. Parsons Field houses the Huskies'
football stadium and the Northeastern baseball diamond. It also accom-
modates training areas for the outdoor track team.

The University's major athletic teams have won 613 varsity events while
losing only 353 over the past nine years. Not only has success been a
tradition at Northeastern, but balance as well. Of the 65 major teams com-
peting over the past nine years, 52 have had winning seasons while only 10
have been in the red column.

Northeastern annually fields one of the toughest football elevens in New
England. In the past 10 years they have enjoyed seven winning seasons
against such Eastern powers as Temple, Harvard, and Holy Cross. The
finest team in the past decade was 1963's undefeated team that went on
to play in the Eastern Bowl.

The Husky hockey forces are one of the most powerful in Eastern ice cir-
cles. They won the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference Holiday Hockey
Tournament in 1964 and have competed in several E.C.A.C. Championships.

Basketball teams at Northeastern also have the winning habit. The
Huskies won the N.C.A.A. Regional Championship in 1962 and 1963 and
: went on to compete in national small-college championships in Evansville,
Indiana. Also in 1963 Northeastern received the E.C.A.C. College Division
Trophy for the finest small-college team in the East. After competing in six
N.C.A.A. College Division Championships in seven years, the Huskies
. moved into the University Division and finished the 1970-1971 season with
a 17 and 4 record.

The track and cross country teams have been outstandingly successful

143

in recent years. Cross country teams have a 71 and 18 record over the past
nine years, with undefeated seasons in 1963 and 1964.

The indoor tracl< team is 67 and 10 over the nine-year span and unde-
feated in 1964, 1965, and 1966. The Husl<y harriers have been dominant
outdoors, also compiling a 56 and 5 record. In total, the fieetfooted track
men have won 204 events over the last nine seasons while losing only 34.

Northeastern baseball ranks with the best in the East. The Huskies were
the New England Champions in 1966 and went on to compete in the College
World Series. In 1964 they placed second after a dramatic double-header
in Fenway Park, and Coach John Connelly was named New England Coach
of the Year.

But the most amazing Husky sports story is that of Northeastern's crew.
Their first season in 1965 saw them win four of five regattas while defeating
33 crews and losing to only one during the regular regatta season. Now
N.U. is one of the most powerful rowing colleges in the East. The Husky
crew received a second invitation to compete in the Henley Regatta, Henley,
England, in 1972.

FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAMS

Except for the visits which we hope you will make to the Admissions
Office, your first opportunity to know Northeastern and to meet your class-
mates, your deans, and your advisers will come during the freshman ori-
entation period.

The program for the orientation period is planned for you and supervised
by the Dean of Students and his staff. They will see to it that you are intro-
duced to the customs and people that make up Northeastern. At that time
registration, class schedules, and other procedures and details necessary
to your enrollment will be completed.

On the first day, in accordance with a long-standing tradition, you will be
welcomed by President Knowles at the Freshman Convocation. Later you
will be able to meet the Dean of your College and others who will have
important roles in your college career.

Upper-class students who volunteer their time will assist in setting up
and running programs, primarily evening events, which provide oppor-
tunities for relaxation, recreation, and cultural enrichment. The Office of
the Dean of Students will be available during the orientation period and
throughout the year to answer questions and provide assistance.

THE COUNSELING AND TESTING CENTER

The purpose of the Counseling and Testing Center is to help students
with many different concerns. Some deal primarily with educational and
vocational planning, and others with personal problems, feelings, and inter-
personal relationships. At the Center the student is encouraged to discuss

144

his concerns with a counselor, following which he might take one or more
of these steps:

1. Continue individual discussions with the counselor.

2. Take psychological tests to increase his knowledge of himself.

3. Join a group of students with whom he can share his concerns.

4. Make use of the Center's extensive file of information about careers
and services.

The Center's services are available without charge to all students in the
Basic Colleges. Students can arrange an appointment by telephoning (617)
437-2142 or by visiting the Center in Room 302 Ell. Vocational counseling
services are also available on a fee basis to high school students and adults.
The counseling services of the Counseling and Testing Center are ap-
proved by the American Board on Counseling Services.

FACULTY ADVISORY SYSTEM

You probably have heard many times that the freshman year at any col-
lege is the hardest.

You may have to learn how to study — really study — for the first time. You
will have to learn to plan your time for study — and stick to it. You will be
largely on your own — perhaps for the first time in your life.

This is a large order and undoubtedly will require many adjustments on
your part. But the feeling of independence which will come as a result of
being on your own will be important to you. Frankly, we think you will find,
like many others before you, that this independence — provided that you
learn to plan your time wisely — is one of the big thrills of attending college.

But whether you find the adjustment from high school to college life
more difficult or easier than most, you can be sure of one thing: you can
always rely on a close personal relationship with members of Northeast-
em's faculty. This is possible through Northeastern's advisory system,
which has enabled hundreds of undergraduates throughout the years to
make successfully the numerous adjustments to college life. The continu-
ance of the system throughout your four upper-class years will help you to
choose a career best suited to your individual talents.

During your first week at Northeastern you will be assigned to a section
with 30 to 35 students and will meet your section adviser. You may
have this same adviser as one of your classroom teachers throughout your
freshman year. He will be informed of the progress you are making in your
courses and will be in a position to offer advice and encouragement. Of
course, you may consult with the Dean of Students or his assistants at
any time. The Dean supervises the entire first-year advisory system.

You will have personal interviews with your section adviser and will also
participate in one or two group meetings with all section members on hand.
These meetings will really help you to get acquainted and to feel at home.

Soon you will realize another reason why you feel so much at home at

il 145

Northeastern. Look around and you will find that members of your section
attend many of their classes together. This is a basic and unique feature
of the Northeastern freshman year.

Later on, as you get to know your classmates and get into the real swing
of college life with ail its cultural and social affairs, as well as its studies,
you'll find that your class also has a social adviser who serves in that
capacity throughout your years at the University.

And in addition to the regular conference hours held by your section
adviser, you can feel free to consult with any of your other professors.
They have regular conference hours, too, and they spend many additional
unscheduled hours in aiding students whenever they need help.

In your upper-class years you will find that your academic adviser will
be assigned according to your major instead of by sections.

The deans of the Colleges lend overall direction to these advisers, and
they, too, are a basic part of this effective, informal advisory system. You'll
find them as friendly, available and willing to help as your section or class
advisers.

Foreign Student Information

The University welcomes qualified students from foreign lands who are
adequately prepared to benefit from the educational, cultural, and social
opportunities it has to offer.

Northeastern University is authorized under Federal law to enroll non-
immigrant aliens as full-time students in degree-granting programs of its
basic undergraduate colleges and graduate schools. Part-time and special
students are not included in this authorization.

Because of special problems of adjustment experienced by many stu-
dents from foreign countries, the University makes a special effort to
examine the educational and financial qualifications of prospective
students.

Specific University policies for foreign students are stated in the publi-
cation Information for Foreign Students. This leaflet may be obtained from
the Department of Admissions.

146

I?}©!

part 4

The Pillars of Education

UNIVERSITY LIBRARY

"All that mankind has done, thought, gained or been: it is lying as in
magic preservation in the pages of books."

—THOMAS CARLYLE

By the selection of good books you may learn "the very heart and core
of ages past, the reason why men lived and worked and died."

As a Northeastern student, you will spend hours of hard, concentrated
study in one of the eight large reading rooms in the Dodge Library with
space for 675 students.

You may well spend considerable time in the Richardson Room, which, in
addition to special equipment, has a collection of 4,000 recordings, and
tapes. The records include Shakespearean and other plays, poetry, and
prose readings, as well as hundreds of classical and some jazz records.
The tapes are made from certain class lectures and can be used as often
as needed.

You will aso find the Reserve Book Room, the Reference Room, and the
Periodical Room (which receives more than 1,700 technical journals and
magazines) important to your studies.

An open-stack policy is in force at all times. This means that you will
always have free access to all books.

Since it was completed in 1952, the Dodge Library has acquired ap-
proximately 310,000 volumes and has a collection that Is growing at the

151

rate of about 3,000 volumes a month. In addition, the Library holds approx-
imately 356,000 titles on microform.

Additional libraries are: the divisional libraries of Physics/Electrical
Engineering, Mathematics/Psychology, the Boston-Bouve College library,
the Hurtig Hall library, and the School of Law library. The Suburban Cam-
pus at Burlington has its own library, and there are also libraries at the
Marine Science Institute in Nahant, and the Center for Management De-
velopment in Andover.

We know you will find the library a quiet, convenient place for study or
for recreational reading.

LEARNING RESOURCES

The fourth floor of the Dodge Library building Is comprised of a variety
of specialized resource and study facilities. The Learning Center, open days
and evenings, provides students with more than 50 individualized carrel
spaces for use with programmed instruction materials, videotaped presen-
tations, recorded lectures, slide-tape lessons, filmstrips, film loops, simula-
tion exercises, and a host of other media. All of these materials, whether
required for assignments or used as enrichment units, may be used free of
charge. Students also have available to them in this facility the Machine
Aids Laboratory, consisting of calculators and typewriters.

The Modern Language Laboratory is also located on the fourth floor of
the Library. Close by is the Instructional Technology Information Center,
which makes available to both students and faculty more than 4,500 refer-
ence items on instructional design and media. Students will also find in this
area audiovisual equipment and media production workshop facilities,
especially designed to accommodate students and faculty interested In!
developing or improving teaching skills.

RESEARCH ||

One of the fundamental purposes of a university Is to discover new fron
tiers of human knowledge through basic research. This is of great impor
tance In a university like Northeastern, which emphasizes preparation to ;
graduate study.

Research projects totaling approximately $4,000,000 yearly are being per
formed in virtually all departments of all the Colleges, with support cominc
from the University, the Department of Defense, the National Institutes o
Health, the National Science Foundation, and many other governmen i
agencies and private industry. Nearly all programs employ students, eithe \
as cooperative students or as graduate fellows.

A list of some of these projects, to show their diversity, would Includ' J
fundamental studies in nuclear physics, relativity theory, speech analysis '
determination of upper-atmosphere characteristics, solid-state theoo

152 fli

microelectronics, cancer detection, energy conversion, biological appli-
cations of lasers, modification of visual threshold under hypnosis, and
mathematical models describing metal alloys. At present, emphasis is being
given to the development of research in the humanities and social sciences.
This research program helps Northeastern University to attract and
retain the services of distinguished faculty members. You will be proud
to know these men and women as professors in your classrooms.

;/lPUTATION CENTER

The Computation Center has proved to be invaluable both for teaching
and for research purposes. Several hundred students have programs run
on the computer each day. Both faculty members and students use the
Center for nonsponsored research and thesis work.

An increasing amount of research is sponsored by both governmental
departments and industrial concerns.

«it

parts

Freshman Course Descriptions

Graphic Science

9.106 Basic Engineering I

Introduction to fundaments
and solid figures. Principles of orthographic projection through primary auxiliary
views. Reading and interpreting technical multi-view drawings. Elements of descrip-
tive geometry. Construction of both isometric and oblique pictorial (3-D) drawings.
Introduction to F0RTRAN IV computer programming language using a CDC-3300
computer. Basic control statements to D0 statements, including subscripted vari-
ables and F0RMAT.

9.107 Basic Engineering II

Elements of engineering design through analysis of existing designs by means of
case studies, discussion of some commonly available components used to solve
design-oriented problems, group and individual participation in original and open-
ended design projects. Use of technical drawing to document and implement
engineering design. Higher-level capabilities of digital computers, including use of
and contributions to scientific subroutines, etc. Computer graphics including the
making of drawings by means of a CalComp digital incremental plotter driven by
the computer.

9.451 Engineering Design I

Introduction to fundamentals of engineering graphics, including depicting of planar
and solid figures. Principles of orthographic projection through primary auxiliary!
views. Reading and interpreting of multi-view drawings. Construction of both isomet-i
ric and oblique pictorial (3-D) drawings, with some emphasis on drafting techniques.
Introduction to FORTRAN IV computer programming language using a CDC-3300
computer. Data deck construction and basic control statements through IF
statements.

9.452 Engineering Design II

Emphasis on engineering drawings required to support engineering design, including
standard conventions, dimensioning, and production processes. More detailed draw-
ings, such as intersections and developments, are studied. Analysis and evaluation)
of existing design systems are accomplished through case studies chosen to demon- 1
strate how scientific principles are applied to design problems. Continuation of
F0RTRAN programming through subscripted variables and basic D0 loops. Exam-
ples of programming as an engineering tool.

156

9.453 Engineering Design III

Discussion of design processes, stressing original and creative solutions. Examina-
tion of some commonly available components used to solve design problems.
Involvement in both individual and group design projects. Examples of one-solution
problems are considered, as well as multi-solution problems. Introduction to self-
correcting (feedback) systems. Higher-level capabilities of digital computers, includ-
ing Implied D0 loops and elementary scientific subroutines. Computer graphics,
including the making of drawings by means of a computer-driven CalComp plotter.

9.454 Engineering Design IV

Graphical analysis of machine elements such as cams and linkages. Translatory and
rotary motion involving displacement, locus generators, velocity and acceleration
vectors. Simple, compound, reverted, and epicyclic gear trains. Charts, graphs,
functional scales, and nomography. Computer applications to engineering and de-
sign efforts. Selected logical control and programming techniques.

Mathematics

10.101 Basic Mathematics

Development of real numbers and the algebraic operations, with emphasis placed on
the field postulates. Study of polynomials, fractions, exponents, radical expressions,
1st and 2nd degree equations, solutions of inequalities, relations and functions.

10.102 Basic Mathematics (Prereq. 10.101)

Continuation of functions and relations, graphs, simple forms of conic sections, vari-
ation, exponential and logarithmic functions, systems of equations and inequalities,
complex numbers.

10.103 Basic Mathematics (Prereq. 10.102)

Theory of equations, sequences and series, probability, topics in trigonometry.

10.104 Fundamentals of Mathematics (Prereq. 1 unit high school algebra)
Numerical systems; review of algebraic processes; solutions of linear and quadratic
equations and inequalities; elementary matrix operations with applications; permuta-
tions, combinations, and probability.

10.105 Fundamentals of Mathematics (Prereq. 10.104 or equivalent)

Selected topics in analytic geometry; number sequences; limits and continuity of
functions; geometric interpretation of a derivative; derivatives by formula; applica-
tions of derivatives to curve-sketching and problem-solving.

10.106 Calculus (Prereq. 31/2 units of coll. prep. math, or 10.103, 10.105, or 10.123)

A first course for upper-class students. Differential calculus of one variable; topics
in analytic geometry.

10.107 Calculus (Prereq. 10.106)

Integral calculus of one variable with an introduction to differential equations.

10.111 Calculus (Prereq. 31/2 units coll. prep, math.)

A first course in calculus for freshmen majoring in Biological Sciences and Phar-

157

macy. Limits, particularly the derivative; topics in analytic geometry related to the
application of the derivative.

10.112 Calculus (Prereq. 10.111)

Differentiation and integration of functions, with applications; topics in analytic ge-
ometry, including calculations of areas of plane figures bounded by algebraic
curves. Further techniques of evaluation of limits.

10.113 Calculus (Prereq. 10.112)

Transcendental functions and their derivatives and integrals; parametric functions;
applications of definite integrals and other limits.

10.124 Mathematics

Review of algebraic processes, solution of systems of linear equations, vectors and
matrices, exponential and logarithmic functions, introduction to probability.

10.125 Mathematics

Introduction to differential and integral calculus, with business applications.

10.150 Calculus

Introduction to analytic geometry and to the differential and integral calculus of
algebraic functions; inequalities, functions, and graphs; limits and continuity; mean-
value theorem and applications.

10.151 Calculus

Differential calculus applied to maximum-minimum and rate problems; the differen-
tial; the definite integral and areas; the indefinite integral; circles and conies. The
differential and integral calculus of transcendental functions.

10.152 Calculus

Linear algebra; vectors in two and three dimensions; linear transformations and ma-
trices; vector spaces over real numbers; systems of linear equations and determi-
nants; characteristic values and vectors.

10.181 Calculus (Prereq. V/z units coll. prep, math.)

A first course in calculus for freshmen majoring in Mathematics or Physics. Review
of basic properties of sets and the real number system; inequalities, absolute value,
mathematical induction. Functions. Limits and continuity. Derivatives.

10.182 Calculus (Prereq. 10.201)

Further properties of the real number system; supremum and infimum. Properties
of continuous functions; extreme values; mean-value theorem. Riemann integral;
primitives; fundamental theorem of integral calculus. Integration by substitution
and by parts. Transcendental functions. Taylor's formula with remainder, inde-
terminate forms, I'Hopital's rule.

10.183 Calculus III

Continuation of 10.182

158

10.203 Algebra

Elementary linear algebra; vectors in two and three dimensions; linear transforma-
tions and matrices; vector spaces over real numbers; systems of linear equations;
determinants; characteristic values and vectors.

10.307 College Algebra and Trigonometry I (Prereq. Math. Placement Test or
10.302)

Fundamental operations of algebra; algebraic fractions; exponents and radicals;
functions. Trigonometric functions of angles both in degree and in radian measure;
right triangles; identities and equations.

10.308 College Algebra and Trigonometry II (Prereq. 10.307)

Quadratic equations and applications; radical equations; complex numbers; binomial
expansion; variation; roots of polynomial equations. Trigonometric graphs; other
transcendental functions, logarithms, inverse trigometric functions.

10.320 Calculus I (Prereq. 10.308, or 10.503, or 10.507)

Functions, graphs, and limits; study of the straight line, the circle, the parabola;
differentiation of algebraic functions, with applications, including the mean-value
theorem; continuity.

Physics

11.115 Fundamentals of Physics I (Physics for Humanists)

The first quarter of a two-quarter sequence intended primarily for students in the hu-
manities and social sciences. Some of the basic principles governing the physical
universe are established without using more mathematics than simple algebra. This
course is directed at the intellectually curious student, and attempts both to teach
him some physics and to show him how scientific modes of thought are related to
others with which he is more familiar. The first quarter discusses material in me-
chanics and thermodynamics.

11.116 Fundamentals of Physics II (Prereq. 11.115)
Continuation of 11.115. Electromagnetic theory and atomic physics.

11.117 Physics for Science Majors I (Calculus required as prerequisite or con-
currently)

The first quarter of a three-quarter sequence for all science majors. Kinematics,
Newton's laws of motion, momentum and energy, the conservation laws, gravitation.

11.118 Physics for Science Majors II (Prereq. 11.117)
Fluid mechanics, heat, wave motion, optics.

11.119 Physics for Science Majors III (Prereq. 11.117 but nof 11.118)
Electrostatics, currents, magnetic fields, electromagnetism.

11.171 Basic Physics I (Physics for the Health Sciences)

The first quarter of a two-quarter physics sequence intended primarily for students
who are oriented toward the health sciences and athletics, including many students
in Biology, Pharmacy, Physical Therapy, and Physical Education. No calculus re-

159

quired. The emphasis is on the laws of physics as they relate to problems in the
life sciences. The first quarter discusses topics in mechanics, thermodynamics,
and waves.

11.172 Basic Physics II

Continuation of 11.171. Electricity and magnetism and light.

11.173 Physics Laboratory I

The first quarter of a two-quarter laboratory sequence. The student performs experi-
ments from various fields of physics.

11.174 Physics Laboratory II

Continuation of 11.173.

11.203 Elementary Physics I (Physics for Engineers)

The first quarter of a four-quarter sequence intended primarily for Engineering stu-
dents. The student is assumed to be concurrently taking a four-quarter calculus
sequence. The aim of the course is to give the student a working knowledge of
physics. The first quarter discusses vector algebra and the dynamics of particle
motion.

11.204 Elementary Physics II (Physics for Engineers)

Continuation of 11.203. Conservation laws and their use in solving problems in ele-
mentary dynamics. Wave motion and vibrating systems.

11.205 Elementary Physics III (Physics for Engineers)
Continuation of 11.204. Electricity and magnetism.

11.317 Physics I (Mechanics) (Prereq. 10.307 or concurrently)
Kinematics and dynamics of particle motion; Newton's laws; projectile and circular
motion; conservation laws for momentum and energy; rotational motion; simple
harmonic motion.

11.318 Physics II (Wave Motion, Sound, Heat) (Prereq. 11.317)

Wave motion, intensity, interference phenomena, Doppler effect, vibrating systems,
temperature, heat, change of state, heat transfer, kinetic theory of gases, general
gas laws, thermodynamics.

11.319 Physics III (Electricity, Magnetism, Light) (Prereq. 11.318)
Electrostatics, magnetism, magnetic induction, induced currents, direct and alter-
nating current circuits, properties of light, reflection, refraction, dispersion, optical
systems, diffraction, polarization.

Chemistry

12.101 General Chemistry

Introduction to the principles of chemistry, with emphasis on stoichiometry, ionic
solutions, and the inorganic chemistry of biological systems.

160

12.102 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.101)

Introduction to organic chemistry with emphasis on compounds of biological sig-
nificance.

12.103 General Chemistry

For Chemistry majors and selected Biology majors. Stoichiometry, atomic structure,
chemical bonding, acids and bases, oxidation-reduction, states of matter, solutions.
Laboratory: introduction to qualitative analysis.

12.104 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.103)

For Chemistry majors and selected Biology majors. Chemical equilibria, introduc-
tion to chemical thermodynamics and kinetics, electrochemistry, nuclear chemistry,
topics in inorganic and organic chemistry. Laboratory: qualitative analysis.

12.105 Analytical Chemistry (Prereq. 12.104)

The principles and practice of experimental measurements by means of chemical
reactions. Laboratory: quantitative analysis.

12.106 General Chemistry

For non-Chemistry majors. Atomic structure and periodicity, chemical bonding, stoi-
chiometry, solutions, states of matter, chemical equilibrium, acids and bases,
ionic equilibrium, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry. Illustrative laboratory ex-
periments.

12.107 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.106)

For non-Chemistry majors. Qualitative analysis, colloidal dispersions, spontaneous
reactions, chemical kinetics, topics in inorganic and organic chemistry, nuclear
chemistry. Laboratory: qualitative analysis.

12.108 Fundamentals of Chemical Sciences I

Development and discussion of important principles and concepts of the chemical
sciences. Intended for students in the social sciences and humanities with minimal
background in science and mathematics. The objective of 12.108 and 12.109 is to
give the nonscience student an appreciation and some knowledge of the role in
chemistry in our technical society and in our everyday lives.

12.109 Fundamentals of Chemical Sciences II

Continuation of 12.108. Discussion of the chemistry involved in such basic human
needs as food, clothing, shelter, transportation, and energy production. Other topics
(e.g., environmental problems) may be included or substituted, since students will
participate in selecting topics for discussion.

12.114 General Chemistry

Primarily for Engineering students. Introduction to the principles of chemistry, focus-
sing upon the states and structure of matter and chemical stoichiometry.

12.115 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.114)

Primarily for Engineering students. Introduction to the principles of chemistry, focus-
sing upon chemical equilibria and the nature of some common materials.

I 161

12.171 Analytical Chemistry

Theories, principles, and applications of volumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental
methods of analysis.

Earth Sciences

16.104 Introduction to Earth Science

This course considers both the solid and liquid environments of the earth. The forces
and factors producing changes in these environments are examined in some detail
and are applied to an understanding of the historical development of the earth.

16.105 Introduction to Earth Science

A continuation of 16.104. Consideration of the gaseous envelope surrounding the
earth and the meteorological phenomena that occur within it is followed by a study
of the earth as an astronomical body. Particular emphasis is placed on the behavior
of the earth as a member of the solar system.

16.141 Physical Geology

A study of natural phenomena ranging from landscape forms and scenery to the ca-
tastrophies brought about by earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, floods, and hurricanes.
Field trips will emphasize cause and effect.

16.142 Historical Geology

The unfolding of the history of the earth, its inhabitants and its events in answer to
the question "When?" Emphasis will be placed on the origin of the earth, the succes-
sion of life on earth, and the coming of man.

16.180 Physical Geography I

Constructed to bring an understanding of man's physical environment with concen-
tration of study upon weather, climate, and vegetation on a worldwide scale.

16.182 Physical Geography II

An interpretative description and analysis of landforms and soils. Emphasis will be
placed on an examination of landform development and distribution.

Biology

18.107 Integrated Science

Principles of chemistry and microbiology.

18.108 Integrated Science (Prereq. 18.107)
Human anatomy and physiology.

18.109 Integrated Science (Prereq. 18.108)

Human anatomy and physiology. Development and inheritance.

18.120 Basic Microbiology

Microbial life, emphasizing morphological characteristics, physiological activities,
and disease production.

162

18.131 General Biology

Universal properties and processes of living organisms. Cellular composition and
activities, inheritance and cellular control, the evolutionary process, environmental
relationships.

18.132 Animal Biology (Prereq. 18.131)

Systematic comparative study of the structure and functions of animals. Diversity of
animals considered from the standpoint of evolutionary adaptation.

18.141 Basic Animal Biology

Principles of biology. Universal properties and processes of living organisms as
exemplified by the cell and its activities. Inheritance, evolution, and environmental
relationships.

18.142 Basic Animal Biology (Prereq. 18.141)

Structure and function of organ systems and animals. Diversity of animals consid-
ered from the evolutionary standpoint.

18.148 Human Anatomy

The structure and development of the human body.

Psychology

19.101 Introductory Psychology

Psychological principles.

19.102 Basic Psychology

The basic principles of psychology.

19.105 Foundations of Psychology I

Major concepts from most areas of psychological investigation; the experimental
approach to the study of behavior including growth and development, individual
differences, learning and social psychology.

19.106 Foundations of Psychology II (Prereq. 19.105)

The sensory bases of response, perception, motivation, emotions, personality, and
behavioral disorders.

19.141 Growth and Development I

Emphasis on infancy and childhood. Fundamental processes of growth and develop-
ment from conception to the beginning of adolescence; physical development and
maturation; socialization; social and interpersonal relations; personality cognition; in-
telligence, emotion and motivation. Emphasis upon family setting as well as upon
the broader social environment.

19.142 Growth and Development 11

Adolescence and adulthood. Exploration of physical and social changes in the years
from adolescence to senescence. Consideration of special circumstances and prob-
lems associated with adult life.

163

Anthropology

20.100 Principles of Social Anthropology

An introduction to tlie general fields of anthropological investigation, their scope, and
the nature of the integration of the subdisciplines in the concept of culture. Focus
on concepts of social structure and organization, function, change, and evolutionary
concepts of emerging levels of societal integration.

Sociology

21.100 Principles of Sociology

The basis of human society, the process of individual adjustment to society and the
matter of numbers, spatial distribution, and organization of people. Social organiza-
tion, social institutions, personality development, and institutional life.

Political Science

22.101 Introduction to Political Science I

A study of basic political concepts and forces of organization from the classical
Greeks to the modern nation-state. The Soviet Union and the United Kingdom are
contrasted as contemporary illustrations of the institutional distinction between a
totalitarian and a constitutional system.

22.102 Introduction to Political Science II (Prereq. 22.101)

The development of operational liberty in the United States and its constitutional
underpinnings are considered, together with an analysis of the national American
political process and the conduct of recent American foreign relations.

History

23.101 Western Civilization

The major ideas and institutions of western civilization from ancient times to 1789.

23.102 Western Civilization

A continuation of 23.101, covering the period since 1789.

23.210 The United States to 1865

The history of the American people from 1763 to 1865, with an analysis of the
American Revolution and of the major political, constitutional, diplomatic, economic,
and social problems of the new nation.

23.211 The United States Since 1865

A continuation of the survey of American history with discussion of the emergence
of an industrial economy, an urban society, world responsibility, and expanded
Federal government.

164

Philosophy & Religion

26.101 Introduction to Philosophy I

26.102 Introduction to Philosophy II

\t\ examination of a few of the more persistent and compelling issues in philosophy,
rhese courses are independent, but both emphasize philosophical thinking as an
activity rather than an assimiliation of an established body of facts. 26.101 includes
such topics as theories of reality and knowledge, and philosophical problems in
,'eligion. 26.102 includes topics of social and political philosophy, philosophies of
art and history.

Art History

27.118 History of Art I

A survey of western art from prehistoric times to the Renaissance.

27.119 History of Art II (Prereq. 27.118)

\ survey of western art from the Renaissance to the twentieth century.

Music

28.100 Music I

Emphasis on the techniques of listening: instrumental and vocal tone color, melodic
contour, rhythmic pattern, compositional design and style, harmony. This course
may serve either as preparation for general listening or for other music courses.

28.123 Music of the Romantic Era

Romantic realism and Romantic idealism after Beethoven. Composers to be studied
include Schumann, Schubert, Berlioz, Liszt, Chopin, Wagner, Brahms, Tschaikov-
sky, and Mahler.

28.145 Beethoven

An analysis of the complex personality and art of this major figure. His relation to
the turbulent times in which he lived, his role in Classic and Romantic music.

Drama and Speech

29.106 Speech Fundamentals

Basic principles and techniques of effective modern speaking. Examination of indi-
vidual voice and articulation problems. The study and application of basic techniques
of oral interpretation.

29.121 Survey of the Theatre I

Introduction to the drama as a dynamic medium of human expression; historical
development of the theatrical form; reading and analysis of selected plays as they
relate to form, genre, style, from the point of view of audience and artist.

'29.122 Survey of the Theatre II

Introduction to the theatre as a collaborative art form (theoretical and practical)
;with an emphasis upon acting, directing, design, lighting, and the necessities of
[theatre economics.

! 165

English

30.113 Freshman Writing

Important principles of logic and rhetoric applied to exposition and argumentation
writing; review of sentence structure, punctuation, and paragraphing; extensive
reading and analysis of the essay form; theme assignments.

30.114 Introduction to Literature

An introduction to literary forms: poetry, prose fiction, and drama. Intensive reading
in various forms, and discussion of different approaches to literature. ;i

30.115 Great Themes in Literature (Prereq. 30.114)

Content determined by instructor, who chooses a theme and a number of books
from different periods to illustrate it. Examples: The Hero in Literature, Visions o1
Utopia, Science Fiction.

French

31.115 Intermediate French (Prereq. 31.103 or 31.152)

Course for upperciassmen. Brief review of grammar and thorough oral work and the
reading of selected texts.

31.116 Intermediate French

Continuation of 31.115, with greater emphasis on reading.

31.131 Masterpieces of French Literature (Prereq. 31.113 or 31.116)
introductory course in French literature. Selected works from the Middle Ages tc

the eighteenth century. '

31.132 Masterpieces of French Literature (Prereq. 31.113 or 31.116)
Introductory course in French literature. Selected works from the nineteenth anc
twentieth centuries.

31.151 Elementary French I

Essentials of grammar; practice in speaking and reading; progressive acquisition o
basic language skills.

31.152 Elementary French II (Prereq. 31.151)

Continuation of grammar study and basic language skills; reading of French o
increasing difficulty; practice in conversation.

Spanish

32.115 Intermediate Spanish (Prereq. 32.103 or 32.152)

Spanish civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive reading of moderr
prose, with occasional oral and written translation; conversation practice based or
assigned readings.

32.116 Intermediate Spanish (Prereq. 32.115) j
Spanish-American civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive reading o
modern prose, with occasional oral or written translation; conversation practicti
based on assigned readings.

166 i

32.131 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature I (Prereq. 32.116)

Introductory course in Spanish literature. Selected works from the Middle Ages to
the Siglo de Oro.

32.132 IVIasterpieces of Spanish Literature II (Prereq. 32.131 or 32.116)

Introductory course in Spanish literature. Selected works from the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries.

32.151 Elementary Spanish I

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; progressive acquisition of a basic
vocabulary; and idiomatic expressions.

32.152 Elementary Spanish II

Continuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises; reading of basic Spanish
prose.

German

33.115 Intermediate German (Prereq. 33.103)

German civilization through texts of average difficulty; review of grammar; written

and oral exercises.

33.116 Intermediate German (Prereq. 33.115)

Readings from modern German prose; conversational practice.

33.131 Masterpieces of German Literature I (Prereq. 33.116 or permission of

instructor.)
Important works of poetry and prose from the twentieth century. The course aims
to increase the student's reading ability while introducing him to the major genres
and authors.

33.132 Masterpieces of German Literature II (Prereq. 33.131 or permission of

instructor.)
Important works of poetry and prose from the nineteenth century. The course aims
to increase the student's reading ability while introducing him to major genres and
literary movements.

33.151 Elementary German I

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; acquisition of a basic vocabulary;
idiomatic expressions.

33.152 Elementary German II (Prereq. 33.151)

More difficult points of grammar; reading of simple German prose, with oral and
written exercises.

Economics

39.105 Principles of Economics

Development of macroeconomic analysis; review of national income concepts; na-

167

tional income determination, fluctuation, and growth; role of the banl<ing system and
the Federal Reserve System; government expenditures and taxation; international
trade; balance of international payments.

39.106 Principles of Economics

Comprehensive analysis of the economics of the firm with illustrative cases. Demand,
cost, and output relationships examined. Market structures and the public interest
include examination of antitrust policy, economic efficiency, research and innova-
tion, advertising, and economic concentration. Some emphasis placed on theory
versus practice.

39.115 Principles and Problems of Economics

An introduction to the conceptual aspects of economics; the flow of national income;
economic growth and fluctuation; the role of money and banking; monetary and fis-
cal policies; emphasis on developing conceptual tools for use in the analysis of
economic problems facing modern society.

39.116 Principles and Problems of Economics

Development of basic theory of demand, supply, and market price; applications to
selected microeconomic problems, such as basic economics of monopoly and com- i
petition, poverty, race, and discrimination, urban affairs, pollution, and other prob-
lems which relate to the role of the pricing system in resource allocation and income i
distribution. i

Accounting '

41.111 Principles of Accounting

An introduction to the nature and purposes of accounting. Use of accounting infor-
mation. Basic concepts of accounting; measuring business financial positions and
income; accounting for the acquisition of assets.

41.112 Principles of Accounting (Prereq. 41.111) !
Accounting for the financing of business. Recognition and classification of revenues
and costs; general purpose financial reporting. Measuring the flow of funds; ap-
praising financial results.

Business Administration

49.100 Introduction to Business

The business organization as a system of interrelated functions and operations; the
interactions between the organization and its environment; the role of management
in business organization. The organization and operation of business enterprise. The
significance of later studies in business administration for the business organization.

Education Foundations

50.111 Social Science I

Cultural anthropology and education. Theories and concepts in cultural anthropology
will be studied with primary emphasis on their relevance to informal and formal
aspects of educational processes. Considerable attention will be devoted to the study

168

of cross-cultural materials in order to understand the educational process in different
cultural milieus.

50.112 Social Science li

Sociology and education. The course involves sociological analysis of the educa-
tional enterprise in the United States and other technologically advanced societies,
including consideration of the socialization process, the formation of youth cultures,
and the function of the schools in these contexts. Attention will be given to the
study of the effects of stratification, ethnic, and racial factors on educational institu-
tions; education and social change; and the school as a social system.

50.113 Social Science III

Intergroup relations and education. Examination of theoretical and empirical ma-
terials relative to the problem of intergroup relations and prejudice. Particular atten-
tion will be paid to the role of education in the reduction of intergroup conflict.

Health Education

65.110 Foundations of Health Education

Orientation to school health education; introduction to the conceptual approach in
health education, with emphasis on personal health and factors influencing health;
and introduction to the philosophy of health education.

65.129 Health Education

Principles of personal health; emphasis on information pertinent to mental and
physical well-being, current social behavior, and effective approaches to college
living.

65.130 Health Problems of the College Student

Discussion of the major health problems affecting college students. Principles of
personal health, with emphasis on healthful college living (Physical Education
majors only).

Physical Education

62.201 Human Movement

An introduction to the nature and role of human movement and the analysis of
skillful movement performance through participation and observation. Introduction
to the objectives, literature, and organization of the profession of physical education.

62.203 Practicum in Group Dynamics (Prereq. 62.201)

A two-week residence group living experience at the Warren Center. An introduc-
tion to group dynamics through selected activities, discussion, and living and work-
ing together.

62.206 First Aid

First aid procedures recommended for the home, school, and community; emphasis
on practices endorsed by the American Red Cross.

169

62.215 Observation of Student Behavior (Prereq. 62.201) i

An introduction to tlie growth and development of elementary children and adoles- I
cents in physical education through direct observations and laboratory work with i
children. i

62.249 Physical Science Foundations (Prereq. 62.201) i

A treatment of basic concepts and fundamentals of chemistry and physics as applied
to human physiology and movement. 1

Recreation Education

63.120 Professional Orientation to Recreation

Philosophy and scope of modern recreation and its role in society. Discussion of
opportunities at home and abroad in school and community settings, in agencies, i
hospitals, institutions, and industries. Focus on goals for American recreation (in-
cludes unit on study habits).

63.121 Recreation Skills I j
Skill development and participation in the recreational activities: volleyball, bad- I
minton, social recreation, guitar and piano (includes unit on study habits).

63.122 Recreation Skills II j

Skill development and participation in gymnastics, folk dance, swimming, music i
analysis, song leading, and instrumental accompaniment (includes unit on practical
mathematics). |

63.123 Recreation Skills III

Development of leadership skill in social recreation activities: singing, folk dance,
games and party program planning, including leadership experiences with groups.
Counselor education — philosophy and leadership methods in camping. Red Cross
lifesaving course. Includes unit on business mathematics.

63.125 Outdoor Education and Camp Leadership

A two-week resident summer session at Warren Center and in Maine: includes
natural science, aquatics, overnight camping, Indian lore, ACA Campcraft certifica-
tion, leadership in special camp programs, outdoor sports, smallcraft training, and
arts and crafts.

Physical Therapy

64.111 Introduction to Physical Therapy

Orientation in the field of physical therapy and its role in the health professions.

64.113 Introduction to Physical Therapy (Prereq. 64.111)

Theory and practice in body mechanics, postural examinations, and basic proce-'

dures relating to patient management.

170

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Pharmacy

71.201 Pharmacy Orientation

Designed to introduce the beginning pharmacy student to simple fundamentals in
using basic tools and equipment in the practice of pharmacy. Modern audiovisual
aids will explain the prescription balance, graduals, mortars and pestles, filtration,
emulsification, tablet triturates, ointments and creams, suppositories, and prescrip-
tion packaging.

71.202 Pharmacy Orientation (Prereq. 71.201)

Pharmaceutical calculations designed to enable a student to carry out the necessary
steps in preparations and prescriptions. A programmed instruction text will be used.

Respiratory Therapy

86.191 Physical Basis of Respiratory Dynamics

An introduction to respiratory therapy: basic respiratory anatomy and physiology,
basic physical and chemical principles.

86.192 Physical Basis of Respiratory Dynamics II

Continuation of 86.191. Human ventilation and acid-base balance.

86.193 IVIechanical Basis of Respiratory Therapeutics

Principles of basic equipment used in respiratory therapy: pressure regulators, flow-
meters, and artificial airways and ventilators.

Medical Laboratory Science

87.100 Laboratory IVIedicine Orientation

The history and development of medical laboratory technology and pathology.

87.101 Basic IVIedical Laboratory Science (Prereq. 18.132, and 12.104 or 12.107)
Introduction to basic medical laboratory science: methods, principles, and theories.

Dental Hygiene

DH-11, 12, 13 Dental Hygiene

A series of lectures, discussions, and assignments introducing the student to the
principles and skills required in providing patient dental health care. Factors influenc-
ing the clinical practice: patient education, interpersonal relationships, ethics, and
jurisprudence. Emphasis is placed upon the hygienist's role in nutrition counseling.

DH-11 C, 12C, 13C Clinical Dental Hygiene

Integrated clinical demonstrations and practice are correlated with the lecture series
presented in DH-11, 12, 13. Instruction in the techniques of performing the complete
oral prophylaxis. Auxiliary procedures such as case histories, oral inspection, chart-
ing, fluoride applications, and patient instruction. Instrument sharpening and care
of instruments and equipment.

I 171

Nursing

80.101 Fundamentals of Nursing

This course is basic to all other courses in nursing in the Associate Degree Program.
The focus is on the patient as an individual. Underlying this is the concept of homeo-
stasis and the role of the nurse in meeting human needs. Nursing action is based
upon principles drawn from the behavioral, social, and biological sciences. Assign-
ments in patient care are designed to provide the student with opportunities to
interpret these principles in the promotion of health and prevention of illness.

80.102 Fundamentals of Nursing (Prereq. 80.101)

This is the second nursing course in the Associate Degree Program. The major focus
is on the identification of common deviations from homeostasis and the supportive
nursing measures involved in the restoration of the patient to homeostasis.

80.103 Fundamentals of Nursing (Prereq. 80.102)

In the third course in the Associate Degree Program, the major focus is on the
identification of specific long-term deviations from homeostasis and the nursing
actions involved in the restoration of the patient to optimal function and adaptation.

80.201 Nursing !

The first course in the Baccalaureate Degree Program introduces the student to the
varying levels of educational preparation in nursing; the philosophy, purposes, and
objectives of the program; interpretation of the student's own health behavior pat-
terns; identification of man's basic needs, according to Maslow; identification of
patterns of meeting the student's own needs; distinguishing the physiological, soci-
ological, and psychological components of human sexuality; communication tech-
niques; interpersonal processes; roles and role conflicts; group dynamics and
group processes; and methods of problem-solving.

80.202 Nursing (Prereq. 80.201)

The second course in the Baccalaureate Program assists the student in identifying
the general social trends and their implications for nursing; the characteristics of a
profession; the functions and purposes of nursing organizations; the standards of
behavior of the professional nurse; the fundamental principles of malpractice law,
legislation affecting health care, and the factors influencing the delivery of health
care; major world health problems affecting the welfare of communities; and the
roles and responsibilities of the comprehensive health team.

80.203 Nursing (Prereq. 80.201, 80.202)

The third course in the Baccalaureate Program introduces the student to the science
of nutrition. It helps the student recognize factors influencing the formation of fooc
habits for his or herself and others; in identiying normal nutrient needs according tc
age groups; in recognizing the need for objectivity in working with individuals ir •
meeting their needs, as well as the importance of nutrition and its relationshif i
to health. Medical terminology commonly used in nursing is studied.

172 i

Military Science

Military Science I

91.101 U.S. Defense Establishment

Emphasis is given to the history, organization, and mission of the Department of
Defense. Further, the mission and organization of the U.S. Army is taught, with em-
phasis given to the integration of small units into larger units and the general design
of military organization.

91.102 Map Reading and Aerial Photography (Prereq. 91.101)

Reading of maps and aerial photographs to include appreciation of basic principles.
Emphasis is on terrain analysis and evaluation, marginal information, military and
topographic map symbols, military and reference systems, methods of orientation,
intersection and resection, use of compass, and types of aerial photographs.

91.103 Leadership Laboratory (Prereq. 91.102)

Progressive training in leadership, drill, and command. Exercise in command is
stressed wherein students perform duties and functions as officers incident to con-
duct of training.

Criminal Justice

92.201 History of Criminal Justice

An historic survey of the principles of criminal justice in the ancient and medieval
periods with emphasis upon the impact of religion and philosophy.

92.202 History of Criminal Justice

A continuation of the historic survey with an examination of the effect of the Renais-
sance and Reformation and the rise of nation-states.

92.203 History of Criminal Justice

Criminal justice in the modern and contemporary periods from the eighteenth
century to the present.

173

Contents Detailed

A Message from the President, 3
About Education, 7
The Philosophy of Education, 8
The Problem of Education, 9
The Plan of Education, 9
The Cooperative Plan, 9
The Place, 10
The Faculty, 12
A Message from the Dean of

Admissions, 13
The Academic Programs, 15
Boston-Bouve College, 17
Health Education, 19
Freshman-Year Program of Studies

in Health Education, 20
Physical Education, 20
Freshman-Year Program of Studies

in Physical Education, 21
Physical Therapy, 22
Freshman-Year Program of Studies

in Physical Therapy, 23
Recreation Education, 23

Freshman-Year Program of
Studies in Recreation
Education, 24
College of Business Administration, 27
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 29
Accounting, 30
Marketing, 30
Finance and insurance, 31
Industrial Relations, 32
International Business, 33
Management, 33
Small Business Management, 34
Transportation, 34
College of Criminal Justice, 37
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 38
College of Education, 41
Freshman-Year Program of

Studies in the Teaching of
Nonscience Fields, 43
Elementary Education, 43
Secondary Education, 44

Speech and Hearing Therapy, 45
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies in the Teaching of
General Science, Earth
Sciences, or Biology, 46
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Teaching of
Mathematics or Physics, 46
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Teaching of
Chemistry, 46
College of Engineering, 49
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 50
Chemical Engineering, 51
Civil Engineering, 52
Electrical Engineering, 54
Industrial Engineering, 56
Mechanical Engineering, 58
General Engineering, 61
Biophysics and Biomedical
Engineering, 62
College of Liberal Arts, 65
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 67
Art History, 68
Biology, 68
Chemistry, 70
Drama, 71
Economics, 72
English, 74
Geology, 74
History, 75

Independent Major, 76
Journalism, 77
Mathematics, 78
Modern Languages, 79
Philosophy, 80
Physics, 81
Political Science, 82
Psychology, 83
Sociology and
Anthropology, 85
Lincoln College, 89

Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 90

174

Electrical Engineering

Technology, 91
Mechanical Engineering

Technology, 92
Aviation Technology, 94
oilege of Nursing, 97
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies for the Associate
Degree, 99
Freshman-Year Program of

Studies for the Baccalaureate
Degree, 100
;ollege of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions, 103
Pharmacy, 104

Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 106
Medical Record Administration, 106
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Medical Record
Administration, 107
Medical Laboratory Science, 108
I Medical Technology, 108

• Medical Laboratory

Technology, 109
Cytotechnology, 110
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Medical Laboratory
I Science, 111

I Dental Hygiene, 111
I Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Dental Hygiene, 112
Radiologic Technology, 112
Management in Health Agencies
' and Institutions, 112

Respiratory Therapy, 113
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Respiratory Therapy, 114
Reserve Officers' Training Corps

(ROTC), 117
The Particulars of Education, 121
The Department of Admissions, 122
General Requirements for

Entrance, 123
Applying for Admission, 126
Expenses, 129
Financial Aid, 132
Scholarship Programs, 133
Student Loan Programs, 135
Part-Time Work, 136
Housing, 137
Student Activities, 137

The Department of Athletics, 143
Freshman Orientation

Programs, 144
The Counseling and Testing

Center, 144
The Faculty Advisory System, 145
The Pillars of Education, 149

The University Library, 151

Learning Resources, 152

Research, 152

Computation Center, 153
Freshman Course Descriptions, 155

Graphic Science, 156

Mathematics, 157

Physics, 159

Chemistry, 160

Earth Sciences, 162

Biology, 162

Psychology, 163

Anthropology, 164

Sociology, 164

Political Science, 164

History, 164

Philosophy & Religion, 165

Art History, 165

Music, 165

Drama & Speech, 165

English, 166

French, 166

Spanish, 166

German, 167

Economics, 167

Accounting, 168

Business Administration, 168

Education Foundations, 168

Health Education, 169

Physical Education, 169

Recreation Education, 170

Physical Therapy, 170

Pharmacy, 171

Respiratory Therapy, 171

Medical Laboratory Science, 171

Dental Hygiene, 171

Nursing, 172

Military Science, 173

Criminal Justice, 173

Map of Main Campus, 176

Freshman Academic Calendar,

inside back cover
Admissions Application,
insert at back

175

<C CuO

.— ~ QQ :

tuO>"
— I— >—

iE i^ -2 "S

•— c ^ OJ
ni O) ^

co^ co^ o >^a> Z3-.= V-,::

-5 '5 '^ in "^ ^, "^ 2 _ _

s-&Si.i-^'^ll££^

cqqqoc:>ooqqlxj u-u-cjinnriciicris:— I

CD ClO CD

O) QjO

o^ ~ en

•a:

Q- Qi q: ZD

LL.Ll_UJC3>a:^Ll_Uje3Ll_C3e3l-l_Ll_C3CQLUUjl-^^

cjCQLZjujiI2n=u_Li_LLjincj3

NORTHEASTERN UNIVERSITY

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
1972-74

NORTHEASnRN UNIVERSITY

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

rm-Tk

yfs^oss

Northeastern University

360 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Mossochiusetts 02115

Tel. [617)437-2705

Office hours at 304 Hoyden Hall:

Monday through Friday: 8 A.M. -6 P.M.

Saturday: 10 A.M. -2 P.M.

contents

4 Campus Map

5 Academic Calendar

6 University Holidays

7 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University

7 The Northeastern University Corporation

9 Board of Trustees

10 Administration Organization

12 General University Committees

14 Organization of the Graduate Schools

18 The University

20 Buildings and Facilities

23 The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

23 General Regulations

27 The Master's Degree

28 The Doctor of Philosophy Degree
30 Interdisciplinary Programs

32 Financial Information

32 Financial Obligations

33 Financial Aid

35 Fields of Study

36 Biology
48 Chemistry

55 Clinical Chemistry

59 Economics

68 English

76 History

84 Mathematics

95 Physics

102 Political Science

111 Psychology

1 1 7 Sociology and Anthropology

127 Index

O) § ■= '

^32

oqqolu i2i£o^:

S Q- cc cc ^

U.Li-LLJC3ci:3:Li.UJOli-C3C3lJ-l-i_C3CDLiJLLji-?3:Li.Ui.Uj:EC3

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1972-1973

Fall Quarterl 972

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Examination period

Tuesday-Wednesday Sept 12-Sept. 13

Monday-Thursday Sept. 18-Sept. 21

Monday Sept. 25

Monday-Saturday Dec.11-Dec.16

Winter Quarter 1972-1973

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Examination period

Tuesday

Monday-Thursday
Tuesday
Monday-Saturday

Nov. 28
Dec. 4-Dec. 7
Jan. 2
Mar. 19-Mar. 24

Spring Quarter 1973

Registration period

Burlington

Tuesday

Mar. 6

Boston

Monday-Thursday

Mar. 12-Mar. 15

Classes begin

Monday

April 2

Last day to file commencement

card for spring commencement

Monday

April 2

Last day to pay fee for

spring commencement

Monday

April 30

Final grades due in Registrar's

Office for June graduates taking

third quarter course

Friday

June 1

Examination period

Monday-Saturday

June 11-June 16

Spring Commencement

Sunday

June 17

Summer Quarter 1973

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Last day to file commencement

card for fall commencement
Last day to pay fee for

fall commencement
Examination period

Monday-Tuesday

Wednesday-Friday

Monday

Wednesday
Wednesday-Saturday

June 18-June 19
June 20-June 22
June 25

July 2

August 1
Aug. 1-Aug. 4

UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1972-1973

Columbus Day
Veterans' Day
Thanksgiving Recess
Christmas Vacation
Washington's Birthday
Patriot's Day
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day

Monday

Thursday-Saturday

Monday-Monday

Monday

Wednesday

Monday

October 9
October 23
Nov. 23-Nov. 25
Dec. 18-Jan. 1
February 19
April 16
May 28
July 4
September 3

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing
equal opportunity for all. In all matters involving admission,
registration, and all official relationships with students, in-
cluding evaluation of academic performance, the University
insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern Univer-
sity is also an equal opportunity employer; it is institutional
policy that there shall not be any discrimination against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
religion, sex, age or national origin.

the governing boards
and officers of
the university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T. Alexander
0. Kelley Anderson
Diana J. Auger
'Charles F. Avila

Allen G. Barry
*Lincoln C. Bateson

Thomas P. Beal
*Roy H. Beaton
*F. Gregg Bemis

Edward L. Bigelow

Robert D. Black

Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.

Raymond H. Blanchard

S. Whitney Bradley

Rexford A. Bristol

Edward W. Brooke
*George R. Brown

Martin Brown

William L. Brown

John L. Burns

Victor C. Bynoe

Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Carl W. Christiansen
David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
'Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
'William R. Driver, Jr.

'Carl S. Ell
'Byron K. Elliott
'William P. Ellison
Joseph A. Erickson
Robert Erickson

'Louis W. Cabot
'Norman L. Cahners
CharlesW. Call, Jr.
Henry F. Callahan
Erwin D. Canham
'Richard P. Chapman

•Member of the Board of Trustees
^Resigned May 26, 1972.

'Frank L. Farwell
Joseph F. Ford

William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Elliott M. Gordon

John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
•Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.
t* George Hansen

William Hellman
* Ernest Henderson III

Walter F. Henneberry

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
*Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

Eli Jacobson
•Robert L. Johnson
*Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
*Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
*Asa S. Knowles

Edward R. Mitton
'Harold A. Mock

Irwin L. Moore

Frank E. Morris

James A. Morris
'James A. Morton

William B. Moses, Jr.
'Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr

'Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

'Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary

'Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
'Francis J. Quirico

Joseph C. Lawler
Maurice Lazarus
•Kenneth A. Loftman
Alfred E. Lonnberg
Edward A. Loring
•John Lowell
Ralph Lowell
Diane H. Lupean

•Lawrence H. Martin
J. Edwin Matz
Percy M. Mcintosh
Andrew J. McNeill
Dominic Meo, Jr.
Don G. Mitchell

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.
'Frank L. Richardson
'Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

Leverett Saltonstall
David T. Scott
Donald W. Seager
Sydney Shaftman
James L. Shanahan
Gifford K. Simonds, Jr.
Donald B. Sinclair

'Member of the Board of Trustees
"Honorary Trustee
tGeorge Hansen, deceased May 2, 1972.

Philip A. Singleton
'Donald W. Smith
'Farnham W. Smith
'George A. Snell
Bernard Solomon
John V. Spalding
Robert C. Sprague
'Russell B. Stearns
'Earl P. Stevenson
David B. Stone
'Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson
D. Thomas Trigg
'Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Eustis Walcott
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
'Robert H.Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II
Philip H. Theopold

Richard W. Young
Vincent C. Ziegler
'Alvin C. Zises

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Vice Chairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Vice Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Wee Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Wee Chairman

Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer

Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary

Philip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

Class of 1972

^Charles F. Avila
George R. Brown
William R. Driver, Jr.
Harold D. Hodgkinson
Robert L. Johnson
Mrs. John B. Kenerson

(Frances Comins)
James A. Morton
Amelia Peabody
Thomas L. Phillips
Robert G. Stone
Robert H. Willis

Class of 1973

Lincoln C. Bateson
Norman L. Cahners
Richard P. Chapman
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Ernest Henderson III
Stephen P. Mugar
Joseph G. Riesman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

'Member of the Board of Trustees
iResigned May 26, 1972.

Class of 1974 Class of 1975

°CarI S. Ell Roy H. Beaton

Frank L. Farweil F. Gregg Bemis

tGeorge Hansen Louis W. Cabot

Henry C. Jones Byron K. Elliott

Harold A. Mock Donald B. Guy

Farnham W. Smith Kenneth A. Loftman

George A. Snell John Lowell

Russell B. Stearns Lawrence H. Martin

Chaplin Tyler Augustin H. Parker

Francis J. Quirico
Earl P. Stevenson

*Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Trustee

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Ctiairman
'Charles F. Avila, Wee Chairman
Alvin C. Zises, Vice Chairman

George R. Brown Harold A. Mock

Norman L. Cahners Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

William R. Driver, Jr. Donald W. Smith

^Carl S. Ell Farnham W. Smith

Byron K. Elliott Russell B. Stearns

Frank L. Farweil Earl P. Stevenson

Donald B. Guy Robert G. Stone

Lawrence H. Martin Chaplin Tyler

Robert H. Willis, Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.BA., Sc.D. in Bus.Ed., President
Carl 8. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus
Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President
Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Wee President for Business

•President of the University
°President Emeritus of the University
tGeorge Hansen, deceased May 2, 1972.
'Resigned May 26, 1972.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty

Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs

Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Development and

Director of Development

Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Vice President for Finance

Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning

Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Affairs and Associate
Director of Development

Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Vice President and Dean of Cooperative Education

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Dean of Boston-Bouve College and

Director of Boston-Bouve Graduate Scfiool

Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and
Dean of University College

Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and
Assistant to the President

Lydia Bosanko, B.A., B.S., M.A., Assistant Dean of Nursing

Geoffrey Crofts, B. Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of
Actuarial Science

John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services and Assistant to the
Executive Vice President

Martin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research

Gilbert C. Garland, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Admissions

Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director

of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration

Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty

Israel Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of The Center for Continuing Education

LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions and
Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions

Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students

Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and

Director of the Graduate Scfiool of
Arts and Sciences

William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering and
Director of Lincoln College

Juanita A. Long, B.S.N. , M.S.N. , Dean of Nursing

Helene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions

Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and
University Registrar

Melvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education

Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library

Rudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of University Administration

John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., LLB., Dean of the School of Law

Andre P. Priem, B.B.A., M.A., Associate Dean of Business Administration and
Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration

Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of Criminal Justice

Philip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

and Director of the Graduate
School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts

Donald K. Tucker, B.S.. M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman
Kenneth G. Ryder, Wee Chairman
Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Lincoln C. Bateson Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes
Roy L. Wooldridge

The Academic Council

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman
Loring M. Thompson. Secretary

Catherine L. Allen
Kenneth W. Ballou
Geoffrey Crofts
Martin W. Essigmann
Gilbert C. Garland
James S. Hekimian
Sidney Herman
Israel Katz
LeRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
William F. King

Juanita A. Long
Helene A. Loux
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Melvin Mark
Frank E. Marsh, Jr.
Rudolph M. Morris
John C. O'Byrne
Norman Rosenblatt
Kenneth G. Ryder
Robert A. Shepard
Roy L. Wooldridge
Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

The Faculty Senate

'Kenneth W. Ballou
Conrad P. Caligaris
Robert H. Caplan
Paul V. Croke
Flora Descenza
F. Andre Favat
Austin W. Fisher, Jr.
Walter Fogg
E. Vaughn Gulo

* James S. Hekimian
Morris Horowitz
Donald M. Jacobs
Conrad Jankowski

* LeRoy C. Keagle
Robert D. Klein

'Gilbert G. MacDonald

'Melvin Mark

'Frank E. Marsh, Jr.
Robert Martin
Philip McDonald

James A. Medeiros

Robert W. Miller

Gordon E. Pruett

Benjamin M. Rabinovici

John F. Reinhard

Raymond H. Robinson

J. Spencer Rochefort

Richard D. Ruggles

Wilfred P. Rule
'Kenneth G. Ryder
'Robert A. Shepard

Carl A. Schiffman

Joseph J. Senna

Kathryn J. Shaffer

Paul H. Tedesco

Roy Weinstein

Paul C. Wermuth

Delaine Williamson
*Roy L. Wooldridge

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles

Arthur E. Fitzgerald

"Appointed by the President

ORGANIZATION OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOLS

Administration

Catherine L. Allen, Ed.D., Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

Francis W. Casey, B.A., Registrar of ttie Graduate Schools

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Joseph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Professional
Accounting

George W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

Francis L. Heuston, B.S., Coordinator of Admissions,

Graduate School of Education

John W. Jordan, M.Ed., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences

John J. McKenna, B.S., Assistant Director, Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Andre P. Priem, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration

Philip J. Rusche, Ed.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education

Richard E. Sprague, M.B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of

Engineering

Janice Walker, A.B., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Education

University Graduate Council

1971-1972

The Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the con-
duct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved by the
Council.

OFFICERS

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman, Wee President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
A. B. Warren, Vice Chairman, Chairman of the Executive Committee of the

Graduate Council
Sidney Herman, Secretary, Associate Dean of Faculty

Administrative IVIembers

Catherine L. Allen, Dean of Boston-Bouve College and Director of
Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Director of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Dean of Education

Andre P. Priem, Associate Dean of Business Administration and Director of
the Graduate School of Business Administration

Philip J. Rusche, Associate Dean of Education and Director of the Graduate
School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Elected Faculty Members

(Terms expire Sept. 1972)

David W. Barkley, Professor of Political Science

Fred A. Barkley, Professor of Biology

Conrad P. Caligaris, Associate Professor of Economics

Katherine Carlisle, Professor of Physical Therapy and Chairman of
the Department

Carl S. Christensen, Professor of Physical Education

David I. Epstein, Professor of l\/lathematics and Chairman of the
Department

David R. Freeman, Professor of Industrial Engineering

Bill C. Giessen, Associate Professor of Chemistry

Bernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering

Robert J. Hehre, Associate Professor of Finance

Mervin D. Lynch, Associate Professor of Education

Bertram J. Malenka, Professor of Physics

Edward S. Marshall, Associate Professor of Management

Daniel J. McCarthy, Professor of /Management

Albert H. McCay, Professor of Recreation Education and Chairman of
the Department

Robert C. McLean, Associate Professor of Education

John L. Neunfieyer, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry

Robert F. Raffauf, Professor of Pharmacognosy and Medicinal Chemistry

John F. Reinhard, Professor of Pharmacology

Charles F. Ritch, Jr., Professor of Education and Chairman, Department of
Educational Administration

Raymond H. Robinson, Professor of History and Chairman of the Department

Sarah M. Robinson, Assistant Professor of Physical Education

Earl Rubington, Professor of Sociology

Walter C. Schwab, Professor of Electrical Engineering

Richard J. Scranton, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Albert H. Soloway, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry and Chairman of
the Department

Arthur H. Walker, Professor of Management

A. Bertrand Warren, Professor of Psychology

Arthur J. Weitzman, Associate Professor of English

Joseph J. Zelinski, Professor of Mechanical Engineering

Administrative Committee of the Graduate Schools

Sidney Herman, Chairman, Associate Dean of Faculty

Francis W. Casey, Secretary, Registrar of the Graduate Schools

Catherine L. Allen, Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

Geoffrey Crofts, Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Joseph M. Golemme, Director of the Graduate School of
Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and Director of the
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

Alan A. Mackey, Associate Dean of University Administration and University
Registrar

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean of Education

Edmund J. Mullen, Associate University Registrar

Andre P. Priem, Director of tfie Graduate Scfiool of Business Administration

Philip J. Rusche, Director of tfie Graduate Sctiool of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Janice Walker, Assistant Director of tfie Graduate Scfiool of Education

Ex Officio
Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty
Rudolph M. Morris, Dean of University Administration
Loring M. Thompson, Dean of Planning

Committee of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences
1972-1973

Robert H. Ketchum, Chairman, Director of tfie Graduate Scfiool of
Arts and Sciences

David W. Barkley, Professor of Political Science

Francis D. Crisley, Professor of Biology and Cfiairman of tfie Department

David I. Epstein, Professor of Matfiematics and Cfiairman of the Department

Michael J. Glaubman, Professor of Pfiysics and Cfiairman of tfie Department

Morris A. Horowitz, Professor of Economics and Cfiairman of tfie Department

Norman Kaplan, Professor of Sociology and Cfiairman of the Department

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Raymond H. Robinson, Professor of History and Chairman of the Department

Michael Terman, Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department

Karl Weiss, Professor of Chemistry and Chairman of the Department

Arthur J. Weitzman, Associate Professor of English

the university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a pri-
vately endowed nonsectarian institution of higher learning under the
General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enact-
ment has given the University general degree-granting powers. The
University is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the
Northeastern University Corporation, which is composed of 165 distin-
guished business and professional men.

From its beginning, Northeastern University has had as its dominant
purpose the discovery of community educational needs and the meeting
of these in distinctive and serviceable ways. The University has not
duplicated the programs of other institutions, but has sought to pioneer
new areas of educational service.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan,
initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted
by the Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935),
Education (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964); Boston-Bouve Col-
lege (1964); the College of Criminal Justice (1967), and by Lincoln
College's day Bachelor of Engineering Technology Programs (1971).
This educational method enables students to gain valuable practical
experience as an integral part of their college program and also pro-
vides the means by which they may contribute substantially to the fi-
nancing of their education. The Plan has been extended to the graduate
level in engineering, actuarial science, the pharmaceutical sciences,
professional accounting, business administration, and law.

In the field of adult education, programs of study have been developed
to meet a variety of needs. University College offers evening courses —
given by the University since 1906 — and adult-day courses leading to
the bachelor's degree. In addition to its day undergraduate programs in
Electrical Engineering Technology and Mechanical Engineering Tech-
nology, Lincoln College offers evening/part-time certificate, associate,
and bachelor degree programs in technological areas. All formal
courses of study leading to degrees through part-time programs are
approved by the Basic College faculties concerned.

GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS

The nine graduate and professional schools of the University offer day and
evening programs leading to the degrees listed:

THE UNIVERSIPT / 19

The Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master of
Science in Actuarial Science.

The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master of
Arts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master of
Public Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Boston Bouve College offers the degree of Master
of Science.

The Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of
Master of Business Administration.

The Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of Education
and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

The Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Science,
Engineer, Doctor of Philosophy, and Doctor of Engineering in Chemical
Engineering.

The School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor.

The Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers
the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of Master
of Science in Accounting.

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established to relate the Uni-
versity to the needs of its comnnunity in a period of accelerated change.
Its programs are composed of seminars, conferences, institutes, forums,
and a wide variety of special courses designed to serve specific needs.
The Division of Special Programs, working cooperatively with trade
associations and professional societies, offers a wide variety of pro-
grams dealing with current needs and problems. Through its Division of
Community Services, working with governmental agencies and com-
munity organizations, the Center is becoming increasingly involved in
social problems on both the local and national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North-
eastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts.

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

The facilities of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic
research projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and
engineering. These are conducted by the Dean of Research, whose
services are University-wide and available to the faculties of all the
Colleges.

Although Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate and
graduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective
teaching and learning takes place in an environment characterized by
research activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge.

buildings and facilities

MAIN CAMPUS

The main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun-
tington Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. IVIany of the city's
famous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated
in the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall,
Horticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard
teaching hospitals, the Boston Public Library, and many schools and
colleges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University.

Major transportation facilities serving the Boston area are Logan
International Airport, two rail terminals, bus terminals serving inter- and
intrastate lines, and MBTA subway-bus service within the metropolitan-
suburban area. There is a subway stop in front of the campus. For motor-
ists, the best routes to the campus are the Massachusetts Turnpike
(Exit 22) and Route 9, of which Huntington Avenue is the intown section.

The campus of 47 acres is divided by Huntington Avenue, with the
main educational buildings on one side and dormitories on the other.
The principal buildings, all of which have been constructed since 1938,
are of glazed brick in contemporary classic style. Most are intercon-
nected by underground passageways.

Ell Student Center

The Carl S. Ell Student Center provides facilities for student recrea-
tion and for extracurricular activities. The Alumni Auditorium, with a
seating capacity of 1,300, is part of the Center. Also included are special
drama facilities, a ballroom, main lounge, fine arts exhibition area, stu-
dent offices, conference rooms, and a dining area seating more than
1 ,000.

Libraries

The University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which is
the main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington; the School
of Law Library; and three divisional libraries for Physics and Electrical
Engineering, Chemistry and Biology, and Mathematics and Psychology,
Physical and Recreation Education, and Physical Therapy. There are
additional subject collections for the Center of Management Develop-
ment at Andover, Massachusetts, and the Marine Science Institute
at N ah ant.

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 21

The library collections number 250,000 volumes supplemented by
some 356,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfiche forms. The
collection includes, in addition, some 1,800 periodical titles, 90,000
documents, and 3,700 sound recordings.

Cabot Physical Education Center

The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the
best equipped in New England. It contains four basketball courts, an
athletic cage, a women's gymnasium, and a rifle range, and faculty
offices, as well as administrative offices for the Department of Athletics.

A recent addition to the Center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a
105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts,
and shower and dressing facilities.

Dockser Hall

Charles and Estelle Dockser Hall, completed in 1968, houses a large
gymnasium, dance studio, motor performance laboratory, college li-
brary, community recreation laboratory, folk arts center, dark and music
rooms, recreation resources area, locker rooms, classrooms, conference
room and lounge, storage facilities, a research laboratory, and the admin-
istrative offices for Boston-Bouve College and its various departments.

Apartments for Graduate Students

The University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which accom-
modates 279 people. Two-, three-, and four-party apartments are avail-
able which vary in size from two to four rooms plus bath. Apartments
are furnished with beds, chairs, desks, stove, refrigerator, and kitchen
table. The cost includes all utilities.

A $50 deposit is required when making application for the apartments.
Applications are available in the Office of University Housing. Students
are expected to make such arrangements on a term-to-term basis but
may live in the apartments both while on cooperative work assignments
and in school if they wish. All reservations are made on a first come,
first served basis.

SUBURBAN FACILITIES

Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and
3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of
individuals and of industry in the area.

In addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics,
business administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of

22 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

undergraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's de-
grees, special programs for adults, and noncredit state-of-the-art pro-
grams are offered.

Warren Center

The Warren Center is a practical laboratory for Boston-Bouve Col-
lege in outdoor education and conservation, and in camping admin-
istration, programming, and counseling. At this Center in Ashland, com-
pleted in 1967, there are tennis courts, field hockey and lacrosse fields,
waterfront for swimming and boating, overnight camp sites, fields and
forests, heated cottages, the Hayden Lodge with a recreation hall,
library, crafts shop, dining facilities, and conference accommodations.

Henderson House

The University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in
Weston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts
short-term courses, seminars and special institutes for business, pro-
fessional, and research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the
main campus.

Marine Science Institute

The Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a research
and instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of marine biology
and oceanography. The Institute is operated all year, and is about 20
miles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses at the institute are
applicable toward an advanced degree in biology or health science.

Nashua Campus

For students residing in the southern New Hampshire area, the Grad-
uate School of Business Administration offers a major portion of its
M.B.A. Program at facilities in Nashua, New Hampshire. These facilities,
made available by Sanders Associates Inc., are located in their head-
quarters on Route 3, just over the Massachusetts line.

the graduate school
of arts and sciences

Thirty years ago the Department of Chemistry and the Department
of Physics inaugurated the first graduate programs at Northeastern. In
the succeeding years the creation of degree programs in other depart-
ments of the College of Liberal Arts led to the formation of the graduate
program of arts and sciences in 1958 and finally the Graduate School
of Arts and Sciences in 1963. Ten departments now offer work at the
graduate level.

The Master of Arts degree may be earned in economics, English,
history, political science, psychology, sociology, and social anthro-
pology. The Master of Science degree is available in biology, chemistry,
clinical chemistry, mathematics, and physics. The Master of Science in
Health Science and the Master of Public Administration degrees are
also offered. In addition, there are programs leading to the Doctor of
Philosophy degree in biology, chemistry, economics, mathematics,
physics, psychology, and sociology.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

The general regulations of the graduate school that follow are mini-
mal requirements shared by the several degree programs. The student
is advised to consult the appropriate departmental section for a state-
ment of specific requirements.

Application

All applicants should address inquiries to the Director of the Graduate
School of Arts and Sciences. Initial correspondence directed elsewhere
may result in valuable time lost in initiating the admissions procedure.
Application forms and reference blanks will be mailed to the applicant.
This material, together with complete official transcripts, the Graduate
Record Examination scores when required, and the results of the Test
of English as a Foreign Language, required of all applicants whose
native language is not English, should be returned to the Director of the
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. Applications for those desiring
assistantships should be submitted no later than March 15, however,

24 / ARTS & SCIENCES

some departments have earlier deadlines. Applications received I
after this date may not be given equal consideration. All necessary i
supporting documents must be on file with the graduate school office
at least four weeks before the date of registration for the quarter in
which the student expects to begin his scholastic program. For more {
detailed information see departmental requirements for admission.

All applicants to the graduate school are strongly urged to take
both the aptitude and advanced portions of the Graduate Record Exami-
nation. These tests are presently required in biology, economics, Eng-
lish, history, mathematics, political science, psychology, and sociology i
and anthropology. At least two letters of recommendation are required
of all candidates. In biology, physics, psychology, and sociology and !
anthropology, three letters are necessary. Candidates for financial
awards should so indicate to those supplying references.

Admission

To be enrolled for graduate work, an applicant must submit a com-
plete official transcript indicating the award of a bachelor's degree !
from a recognized institution and provide evidence that he is able to j
pursue creditably a program of graduate study in his chosen field. His !
scholastic record must therefore show distinction, and his undergrad- I
uate program show breadth as well as adequate preparation in the j
field in which the applicant expects to do advanced work. Admission
to the graduate school is for a specific academic quarter. Students
who fail to attend must reapply if they wish to do course work in a sub- i
sequent quarter. Acceptance to the school is granted upon recom-
mendation of the departmental graduate committee after a review of
the completed application. Foreign students who do not receive a
graduate award or whose award is insufficient to cover all educational
and living expenses must certify that they are able to meet all their
expenses while at Northeastern. A visa may not be granted without
such certification.

Student Classifications

Regular Student Those students admitted with a bachelor's degree
showing a high quality of previous work.

Provisional Student Students whose records do not qualify them for
enrollment as regular students. Provisional students must obtain a B
average in the first 12 quarter hours of study for continuation in the de-
gree program.

Special Student Students not matriculated in a degree program. Ac-
ceptance as a special student is in no way related to admission into a
departmental degree program. However, those special students sub- I
sequently admitted into a degree program may apply the first twelve f

ARTS & SCIENCES / 25

quarter hours of credit earned as a special student toward degree

requirements.

Doctoral Student Students admitted to a doctoral program.

Doctoral Degree Candidate Doctoral students who have completed 40
quarter hours of acceptable graduate work and have passed the quali-
fying examination.

Registration

Students must register within the dates and times listed on the school
calendar. The place of registration will be announced prior to each
period.

Residence

All work for advanced degrees must be registered for and completed
at the University unless approval has been obtained from the director
of the graduate school for work taken elsewhere.

Programs of Study

The study load for full-time students is usually four courses per quar-
ter. Part-time students are limited to two courses per quarter unless
permission to carry a heavier load is given by the departmental chair-
man or his designate. Courses in most fields are offered both in the
afternoon and evening.

Grading System

The performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded by
the instructor by use of the following grades:

A Excellent

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course has been of very high graduate caliber.

B Satisfactory

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course has been at a satisfactory level.

C Fair

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the
course is not at the level expected In graduate work.

F Failure

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the

course is unsatisfactory.
In addition, the following letter designations are used:
I Incomplete without quality designation.

This grade may be given to those students who fail to complete

the work of the course.

26 / ARTS & SCIENCES

L Audit without credit.

S Satisfactory without quality designation.

U Unsatisfactory without quality designation.

An S or U grade is used for the first quarter of a two-quarter se-
quence in which the grade for the second quarter applies to both
the first and second quarters of the sequence.

The I grade will be changed to a letter grade when the deficiency
which led to the I is made up to the satisfaction of and in the manner
prescribed by the instructor in the course, or, in his absence, by the
chairman of the department in which the grade is given. The period
for clearing such a grade will be restricted to one calendar year from
the date of its first being recorded on the student's permanent record.

Students must indicate their preference for auditing a course at
registration. No credit will be given for the course. It will, however,
appear on the student's transcript. Registration changes from an audit
to a graded status, or vice versa, may only be made prior to the first
day of classes.

Class Hours and Credits

All credits are entered as quarter hours. A quarter hour of credit is
equivalent to three-fourths of a semester hour credit.

Continuity of Program

Students are expected to maintain continuous progress toward a
degree. Any student who does not attend Northeastern for a period of
one year must apply for readmission.

Withdrawals

In order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an official
withdrawal form obtained at the Registrar's Office or at the Suburban
Campus Office. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth class
meeting of the quarter. Students will be withdrawn as of the date on
which they fill out the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying the
Instructor does not constitute an official withdrawal.

Changes in Requirements

ARTS & SCIENCES / 27

meet the requirements of the latest bulletin. If the student finds it im-
possible to meet these requirements, the bulletin for the year in which
he entered becomes the binding one.

Application for the Diploma

If a commencement card is not filed with the Registrar's Office on or
before the applicable date listed in the calendar, there is no assurance
that the degree will be granted in that particular year even though all
other requirements have been fulfilled.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

Admission

Specific requirements for each degree program will be found in the
appropriate paragraphs for each department.

Academic Requirements

A candidate for the master's degree must complete a minimum of 40
quarter hours of correlated work of graduate caliber and such other
study as may be required by the department in which he is registered.

During the first half of the total number of hours of course work
required for the degree, the candidate will be expected to maintain a
minimum quality point average of 2.5. At the completion of three-fourths
of the total number of hours of course work required for the degree,
the candidate will be expected to have a quality point average of 2.8.
To qualify for the degree, a final average of 3.0, equivalent to a grade
of B, must be obtained. This average will be calculated quarterly by the
graduate school on the basis of A = 4, B = 3, C = 2, and F = 0 and
will exclude any transfer credits.

Not more than six quarter hours of repeated courses, additional
courses, or permanent I's may be allowed in order to satisfy the re-
quirements for the degree.

Within the above limitations, a required course for which a grade of
F is received must be repeated with a grade of C or better, and may
be repeated only once. If a grade of F is received in an elective course,
that course may be repeated once to obtain a grade of C or better, or
another elective course may be substituted for it. If a grade of C is
received in a required course, that course may be repeated once to
obtain a grade of B or better.

Comprehensive Examination

A final written or oral comprehensive examination may be required.
This examination will be given at least two weeks before the commence-
ment at which the degree is expected.

28 / ARTS & SCIENCES

Thesis

A thesis must show independent work based on original material, be
approved by the departmental graduate committee, and must receive
a grade of B or better to be accepted.

Language Requirement

An examination to show evidence of ability in one or more foreign
languages is required in some graduate programs. This knowledge is
established by an examination which will be administered by the grad-
uate school at least twice yearly.

Transfer Credit

A maximum of 12 quarter hours of credit obtained at another in-
stitution may be accepted toward the master's degree provided that
the credits transferred consist of A or B grades in graduate level
courses, be in the candidate's field, have been earned at a recognized
institution, and have not been used toward any other degree. Students
should petition the director of the graduate school in writing for all
transfer credit. Transfer credit grades may not be used for the purpose
of obtaining the academic average necessary for the completion of the
degree requirements.

Time Limitation

Course credits earned in the program of graduate study, or accepted
by transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years unless an extension
is granted by the Committee of the Graduate School of Arts and
Sciences.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is awarded to candidates who give
evidence of high attainment and research ability in their major field.
The degree requirements are administered by committees in charge of
each degree program. These committees may be departmental graduate
committees or the committee of the graduate school depending upon
the nature of the program. It is the responsibility of the chairman of the
committee to certify to the Graduate School Office the completion of
each requirement for each candidate.

Admission

Each degree program has an established admission procedure for
students starting their doctoral work at Northeastern University.

ARTS & SCIENCES / 29

Residence Requirement

Candidates for the Doctor of Philosophy degree must spend the
equivalent of at least one academic year in residence at the University
as a full-time graduate student. The committee of each degree program
specifies the method by which the residence requirement is satisfied.

Qualifying Examination

Students must pass a qualifying examination within time limits set by
the committee of each degree program.

Comprehensive Examination

Degree programs may require a comprehensive examination during
the time in which a student is a degree candidate.

Course Requirements

The minimum course requirement of 40 quarter hours constitutes
the work normally required for a master's degree. The course require-
ments beyond this in each doctoral program are specified by the com-
mittee in charge of the doctoral program.

Dissertation

Each doctoral student must complete a dissertation which embodies
the results of extended research and makes an original contribution
to the field. This work should give evidence of the candidate's ability
to carry out independent investigation and interpret in a logical manner
the results of the research. The method of approval of the dissertation
is established by the committee in charge of the degree program.

Language Requirement

The foreign language requirement is established by the committee in
charge of each degree program.

Final Oral Examination

The final oral examination will be on the subject matter of the
doctoral dissertation and significant developments in the field of the
dissertation. Other fields may be included if recommended by the exam-
ining committee.

This examination will be taken after completion of all other require-
ments of the degree and must be held at least two weeks prior to the
commencement at which the degree is to be awarded.

30 / ARTS & SCIENCES

Transfer Credit

Approval for transfer credit may be given by the committee in charge |
of the degree program. I

Time Limitation

After the establishment of degree candidacy, a maximum of five years
will be allowed for the completion of the degree requirements.

Registration

All students must register for course work or dissertation as approved
by their advisers or the departmental registration officer. After the first
registration for doctoral work, registration must be continuous unless
withdrawal is allowed by the committee in charge of the degree pro-
gram. Students must be registered for dissertation during the quarter
in which they take the final oral examination.

INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS

Some graduate students may wish to pursue doctoral programs which
involve substantial work in two or more departments. To meet this need,
an interdisciplinary program may be established which corresponds in
scope and depth to doctoral standards, but does not agree exactly with
the individual departmental regulations. For such possibilities, the
following option is available:

Admission

Application for admission to interdisciplinary doctoral study consists
of the submission of a carefully thought-out written proposal describing
the areas of proposed study and research. The proposal may be a part
of the initial application for admission to graduate study at Northeastern
University, or it may be submitted by a student already enrolled. It may
be directed to a doctoral degree-granting department or to the director
of the graduate school who forwards it to the appropriate department.
In either case, admission to interdisciplinary doctoral study requires
favorable recommendation by the sponsoring doctoral degree-granting
department and approval by authorized representatives of the graduate
study committees of the departments appropriate to the disciplines cov-
ered by the applicant's proposal. The sponsoring department becomes
the registration base of the student.

ARTS & SCIENCES / 31

Formation of Interdisciplinary Committee

A student who has been accepted for interdisciplinary study must
obtain the consent of an adviser who will direct his doctoral dissertation.
This adviser, who may or may not be a member of the registration de-
partment, will be chairman of the interdisciplinary committee for this
student. A second member will be appointed from the registration de-
partment by its chairman. These two members will obtain one or more
additional members or request the director of the graduate school to do
so. At least two departments must be represented on the committee and a
majority of the committee must come from doctoral degree-granting de-
partments. The chairman of the registration department will notify the
director of the graduate school of the membership of the committee as
soon as arrangements are complete.

Duties of Interdisciplinary Committee

A member of the interdisciplinary committee who is also a member
of the registration department will serve as the registration officer to
approve the course registration for the student. A copy of the approved
course registration must also be filed with the other committee members
and with the graduate study committee of the registration department.

The interdisciplinary committee will be responsible for the adminis-
tration of the qualifying examination, language examination, approval of
the dissertation, and comprehensive examination. This committee must
also certify to the registration department the completion of the require-
ments for the award of the doctoral degree.

The interdisciplinary committee must assure that the program of the
student represents standards comparable to those of the registration
department and that the program is not so broad that it has inadequate
depth in any area.

The program of the student may be reviewed at any time by the
director of the graduate school to determine whether objectives of the
program are being met.

financial information

FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS

Tuition

Master's Degree Candidates

The tuition rate for 1972-1973 is $52 per quarter hour of credit.

Doctoral Candidates

Tuition for full-time doctoral candidates in 1972-1973 is $52 per quarter
hour of credit. Doctoral candidates actively utilizing the resources of
the university in their Ph.D. dissertation are charged an additional $600
per quarter. Those doctoral candidates registered for dissertation work
performed off campus are charged $200 in addition to tuition charges
each quarter, and those doctoral candidates who are no longer actively
utilizing university resources are charged a continuation fee of $50 per
quarter.

Tuition statements are mailed to students by the Bursar's Office and
are payable by check to Northeastern University.

Fees

An application fee of $15 is charged all students when they apply for
the first time in the graduate school at Northeastern.

Other fees include a charge of $10 for late payment of tuition; a fee of
$25 for all degree candidates, payable before commencement by the
applicable date listed on the academic calendar.

For full-time students there is a charge of $12.50 per quarter for the
services available in the Student Center. The fee for teaching assistants
and research fellows is $6.25 each quarter. AH part-time students on
the Huntington Avenue campus are charged 75 cents a quarter.

All full-time students will pay a nonrefundable University health serv-
ices fee of $75 each year. This fee will provide Blue Cross-Blue Shield
coverage and entitle the student to the medical care furnished by the
University health services. Tuition and fees are subject to change with-
out notice.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 33

All financial obligations to the University must be discharged by
graduation.

Refunds

Tuition refunds will be granted only on the basis of the date appearing
on the official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance does
not constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should be
discussed with the Bursar's Office.

Refunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule:

Amount of Refund

Official Withdrawal Filed Within

Percentage of Tuition

First week of quarter

100

Second week of quarter

Third week of quarter

Fourth week of quarter

FINANCIAL AID

Northeastern University has available fellowships and assistantships
for full-time students who are working toward the master's or doctor's
degree. Candidacy for these awards may be established by completing
the relevant section of the application for admission. Those students
already enrolled should consult their departmental adviser.

Teaching Assistantships

Teaching assistantships allowing remission of tuition and a stipend
are available in all departments. Holders of such awards devote half time
to academic assistance directly related to the teaching function and the
balance to course work.

Graduate Administrative Assistantships

Some University departments offer the graduate student an oppor-
tunity for remission of tuition and a stipend in return for half time spent
in assisting with nonteaching, administrative duties.

Tuition Assistantships

Many departments provide remission of tuition to full-time students
assisting eight hours a week in the administrative work of the depart-
ment. These awards are normally given to students in the first year of
graduate work.

Research Fellowships

A number of departments offer research fellowships including N.I.H.,
N.S.F., and N.D.E.A. carrying a stipend and remitting tuition. Certain of
these grants require half-time work on research in the department,

34 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

with the remaining time devoted to course work. Others provide for full-
time work on research used for a thesis or dissertation.

Martin Luther King, Jr., Scholarships {

These scholarships provide for remission of tuition and all fees and
are awarded to qualified full- and part-time black students on the basis
of financial need.

Appointments

Appointments to fellowships and assistantships are ordinarily an-
nounced no later than April 15 for the following academic year or
summer. Appointments are for a maximum of three quarters and are not
automatically renewed. Students who hold assistantships and research
fellowships are expected to devote full time to their studies and the
duties of the award. They may not accept outside employment without
the consent of their faculty adviser and the director of the graduate
school.

Dormitory Proctorships

A number of proctorships for men in dormitories on or near the Hun-
tington Avenue campus are available each year. Appointments carry a
minimum compensation of room and board. Further information and
application forms may be obtained from the Office of University Housing.

National Defense Student Loan Program

Under the provisions of an act of the federal government, students
carrying an academic load of one half or more are entitled to loans up
to $2500 for one school year and up to a total of $10,000 for under-
graduate and graduate work. The actual amount of any award will be
determined on the basis of need and academic promise.

The repayment period begins nine months after the borrower ceases
to carry a half-time load and extends ten years from that point. Can-
cellation of up to 50 per cent of national defense loans including interest
is allowed for graduates who enter the field of teaching. Up to 100 per
cent may be cancelled for service in certain areas. Additional informa-
tion and application forms are available from the Office of Financial
Aid. The application deadline is September 1 for full-time students and
one month prior to the start of the quarter for which aid is requested for
other students.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 35

Higher Education Loan Plan

Educational assistance loans may be available from certain banks in
the student's home town. These loans, guaranteed by state agencies,
carry an interest charge of seven per cent, three per cent of which is
paid by the federal government. Graduate students may borrow up to
$1500 for each year of study up to a maximum of $7500 for both under-
graduate and graduate work. Monthly repayment begins nine to twelve
months after completion of study and extends up to five years.

fields of study

The departmental sections that follow list courses available to a
student during the typical period of attendance required to obtain a
degree. The quarter in which a specific course will be offered will be
found in the course announcement made available in May for the sum-
mer quarter and in June for the following academic year.

biology

Professors

Francis D. Crisley, Ph.D.,

Chairman
Fred A. Barkley, Ph.D.
Charles Gainor, Ph.D.
Charles Goolsby, Ph.D.
Abdul-Karim Khudairi, Ph.D.
Nathan W. Riser, Ph.D., Director,

Marine Science Institute

Associate Professors

Charles H. Ellis, Jr., Ph.D.
JanisZ. Gabliks, D.D.S., Ph.D.
Charles A. Meszoely, Ph.D.
M. Patricia Morse, Ph.D.
Joseph V. Pearincott, Ph.D.
Fred A. Rosenberg, Ph.D.
Ernest Ruber, Ph.D.
Brunhild I. E. Stuerckow, Dr.

rer. nat.
Henry O. Werntz, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors
H. David Ahlberg, Ph.D.
Harvey S. Bialy, Ph.D.
Helen Lambert, Ph.D.
Dale F. Levering, Jr., Ph.D.

THE MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE
Full-Time Program

THE MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH SCIENCE DEGREE
Part-Time Program
Admission

In addition to the requirements listed on page 23 applicants should
have a background which includes one year of organic chemistry,
physics, and mathematics and six quarter courses of the biology under-
graduate core curriculum or its equivalent. Students admitted with de-
ficiencies should remove them during the first 20 quarter hours of gradu-
ate work.

Program

Forty-six quarter hours of academic work are required. A candidate
for either degree is expected to take forty hours of course work includ-
ing four hours of seminar, and one laboratory course in microbiology,
unless previously taken elsewhere. Transfer credits will be accepted
only from those schools offering graduate programs in biology. Appli-
cation for such credit should be made in writing to the director of the
graduate school during the first quarter following the student's assign-
ment to an academic adviser. Other limitations on transfer credit are

BIOLOGY / 37

listed on page 28. Graduate courses in departments other than Biology
will be accepted for credit up to a limit of 12 quarter hours, including
those credits previously accepted as transfer credits, upon written
recommendation from the student's adviser to the graduate director
for final approval.

During his tenure, in addition to the above course requirements, each
student pursuing work toward the master of science degree in the full-
time program must enroll for a minimum of six credits of work in 18.990,
Special Topics in Biology, or 18.991, Research for the Master of Science
degree. After initial election of either 18.990 or 18.991 the student must
register for either of these courses for each quarter until the work is
completed. Work in 18.990, Special Topics in Biology, is pursued under
the supervision of an individual faculty member, by mutual agreement. It
may take the form of a comprehensive, critical review of the literature in
a specialized area and/or a specific program of experimental work on a
single topic. If experimental work has been elected under 18.990 it may
later be expanded, with permission of the departmental graduate com-
mittee, into a master's thesis with a topic and adviser and a committee
of three members approved by the departmental graduate committee.
Grades in 18.990 or 18.991 are recorded as "Satisfactory" until all
work is completed, culminating in either a comprehensive, well-written
report — which must be reviewed by the department graduate commit-
tee— or a thesis. A comprehensive examination in the last six months
of the master's program is required of all students, except those pre-
senting a thesis. For the latter a final oral examination on the thesis is
required. The department encourages the pursuit of a thesis wherever
feasible.

The program leading to the Master of Science in Health Science
degree is designed for part-time students who may progress according
to their abilities, the time available, and the need or desire to extend
their education into interdisciplinary work involving biology or allied
areas such as the health sciences. Students may elect to substitute
six quarter hours of course work credit for the required 18.990, Special
Topics in Biology or 18.991, M.S. Thesis. Those students electing the
course option must take a comprehensive examination in the last six-
month period of their program, similar to the examination required of
students pursuing Special Topics work. With the permission of the
departmental graduate committee the two master's degree programs
are interchangeable. If their schedules permit, students in the M.S. in
Health Science program may carry out their work on a full-time basis.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY PROGRAM
Admission

Applicants who will have a master's degree or its equivalent at entry
may be considered for direct admission to the doctoral program. Those

38 / BIOLOGY

who will not may be considered only for admission to the master's
program, and, after satisfactory completion of 30 quarter hours of grad-
uate study, may then be considered for admission to the doctoral
program.

Residence Requirement

After he has been admitted to the doctoral program, the student may
satisfy the residence requirement by one year of full-time graduate
work or by two years of half-time graduate work. However, a student
should expect to spend at least two years or the equivalent in full-time
study.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
graduate school regulations.

Qualifying Examination

Students entering the doctoral program will be expected to have had
the equivalent of an M.S. degree at Northeastern before taking their
qualifying examination. Students who have been accepted into the
doctoral program will normally be expected to complete the qualifying
examination by the end of three quarters at Northeastern University at
a time specified by the departmental graduate committee. The candi-
date will be expected to demonstrate an advanced knowledge of bio-
logical concepts. The examination will be oral and approximately two
hours in duration. Eligibility to continue in the program toward the
Doctor of Philosophy degree is contingent upon satisfactory perform-
ance on the qualifying examination.

Comprehensive Examination

The comprehensive examination requirement will be fulfilled by two
written examinations, one in the major area of specialization and the
other in closely related areas. The candidate may apply through his
adviser after completing the foreign language requirement and at least
one quarter prior to the oral examination.

Course Requirements

After the establishment of candidacy, any further course requirements
will be established by the dissertation adviser and approved by the
departmental graduate committee.

Dissertation

In most cases, arrangements for the dissertation director will have
been made before the completion of the qualifying examination. If not,
such arrangements must be made as soon as possible after degree

BIOLOGY / 39

candidacy has been established., The dissertation director advises the
candidate on the research for the dissertation, which is to be performed
in accordance with general graduate school regulations. He serves as
chairman of the dissertation committee, which must approve the dis-
sertation before the degree may be conferred. The doctoral committee
shall consist of at least five members.

Language Requirement

Ability to read and translate biological literature in one foreign
language must be established by the candidate. In order to maximize
the usefulness of this language as a tool of research, the student should
take the language examination as early as possible. The examination
will be administered by the Department of Biology, or in certain cases,
by the Modern Language Department. French, German, and Russian are
the three most important foreign languages for the biologist. Students
will be expected to choose one of these languages for their examination,
but another language may be substituted where there is significant
literature in the area of interest.

Tool of Research

A tool of research is required in addition to the above language. This
requirement may be fulfilled through either passing a second foreign
language examination in a language in which there is significant
literature, or completion of a program in the general principles of
statistics, biometry, and/or computer programming.

Final Oral Examination

This examination will be held in accordance with the general regula-
tions of the graduate school.

INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS
Admission

Application and credentials for admission to interdisciplinary pro-
grams involving the Biology Department, where this department is
clearly the department of registry, as described under "General Regu-
lations," should be submitted as described under the heading of
"Admission" in the section "The Doctor of Philosophy Program" for
biology. The interdisciplinary committee will consist of at least five
members. The composition of this committee will be determined by
mutual consent between the departments involved, but will have at
least three members from the Biology Department if the dissertation
adviser is from this department. Upon admission, suitable interdiscipli-
nary course requirements will be determined by the interdisciplinary
committee.

40 / BIOLOGY

Qualifying Examination

Students accepted into the program will normally be expected to com-
plete the qualifying examination by the end of three quarters at North-
eastern University. At least five areas of study will be covered by the
qualifying examination, at least three of which will be oral examinations
chosen by the candidate from the following areas: biochemistry, botany,
ecology, genetics, microbiology, physiology, and zoology. The remaining
components of the examination will be specified and evaluated by the
other participating department. With the exceptions of the procedures
for admission and examinations for qualification, the remaining require-
ments and procedures are as specified under "The Doctor of Philosophy
Program" for biology.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry lour quarter hours ol credit unless otherwise specified.

18.803 Biometrics

Statistical methods applied to biological samples and analysis of biological
research data. Prep. Algebra

18.804 Lower Invertebrates

Taxonomy, morphology, embryology, and life histories of acoelomate phyla
(Marine Science institute).

18.805 Coelomate invertebrates

Biology of annelida, arthropoda, moilusca, and echinodermata (Marine Science
institute).

18.806 IVIaiacology

Functional morphology, embryology, systematics, and ecology of the major
groups of mollusks. Prep. Invertebrate Zoology.

18.808 Vertebrate Zoology (5 q.h.)

Evolution, phylogeny, anatomy, physiology, behavior, population dynamics, re-
production, etc., of the vertebrates. Field collection, preparation, and study of
local vertebrates will be carried out in the laboratory. Prep. Comparative Anat-
omy or Embryology.

18.809 Mammaiogy (5 q.h.)

Phylogeny, anatomy, physiology, behavior, reproduction, population dynamics,
and natural history of the mammals. The course will include student presentation
of the recent advances in mammalogy. Field collection and laboratory prepara-
tion and study of specimens will be included. Prep. Comparative Anatomy or
Embryology.

18.810 iciithyology

Natural history and systematics of fishes, with emphasis on marine species
(Marine Science Institute).

BIOLOGY / 41

18.813 Dynamics of Aquatic Ecology I (3 q.h.)

Chemical, physical and biotic factors influencing coastal and lake communities.
Lectures. Prep. 18.134 or 18.834 or equivalent.

18.814 Dynamics of Aquatic Ecology II (3 q.h.)

One hour of lecture and one full day (7 hours) of laboratory-field work. Prep.
18.813.

18.815 Biological Factors in Ocean Engineering (2 q.h.)

Natural biological phenomena and their relationship with man-made alterations
of the sea. Prep. Registration in a graduate engineering program.

18.818 Ecology of Salt Marshes (3 q.h.)

Survey of fauna and flora, environmental factors affecting them and current bio-
logical and social problems associated with this habitat. This course will meet
for 2 lectures of IVa hours each and 1 full day of laboratory for 6 weeks during
the summer quarter. Prep. A basic ecology course or consent of the instructor.

18.819 Principles of Systematics (3 q.h.)

Codes of nomenclature. Biological principles basic to methodology of the prep-
aration of monographs and of faunas and floras.

18.823 Human Ecology

Parameters of the human ecological niche, man's effect on them, and their con-
sequences for him. Prep. Basic Ecology or consent of instructor.

18.825 Plant Nutrition and Metabolism

Mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, metabolic pathways, and translocation in
higher plants.

18.826 Plant Growth and Reproduction

Plant hormones, growth, development, and physiology of reproduction.
Prep. 18.825.

18.827 Physiology of Plant Growth and Development (2 q.h.)

A general coverage of the internal and environmental factors that influence
the physiology of plant growth and development. The mechanisms by which
plant growth hormones regulate the physiology of plants will be discussed with
particular emphasis on the roles of auxins, gibberellins, cytokinins, and
phytochrome. Alternates yearly with 18.833.

18.829 Fossil Plants (3 q.h.)
Plant forms from past times.

18.830 Marine Algae

Systematics, life histories, and ecology of marine algae, with emphasis on the
flora of the Gulf of Maine (Marine Science Institute).

18.831 Plant Morphogenesis I

A study of the continually unfolding series of changes in the life of the plant.
The origin of form, experimentally controlled development, and external and
internal factors that govern development of form. Prep. 18.137, 18.234.

42 / BIOLOGY

18.832 Plant Morphogenesis II

Plant tissue, organ, and cell culture techniques employed in the study of mor-
phogenetic processes. Prep. 18.831.

18.833 Photosynthesis (2 q.h.)

A general discussion of the biochemistry and physiology of photosynthesis with
particular emphasis on recent discoveries in electron transport, chloroplast
structure, and CO2 assimilation. The evolution and requirements of photosyn-
thesis will also be discussed. Prep. 18.827. Alternates yearly with 18.827.

18.834 Environmental and Population Biology (2 q.h.)

Physico-chemical factors influencing and influenced by organisms. Interactions
among individual organisms and among species. Students will participate in
lectures and laboratories given for 18.134. Individual work on specialized
aspects of ecology will be assigned. Prep. One year of General Biology,
including plant and animal biology.

18.835 Mammalian Physiology

Structural and biochemical aspects of mammalian cells. Bioelectric phenomena.
Muscle and nerve function. Physiology of digestive, cardiovascular, and respira-
tory systems. Kidney and its functions. Reproductive physiology and endocrine
system.

18.836 Cardiovascular Physiology (3 q.h.)

Physiology of blood cells, anemia, polycythemia immunity and allergy. Electro-
physiology of the heart, cardiac cycle, EKG, hemodynamics, capillary dynamics,
pulmonary circulation, cardiovascular reflexes, cardiac output and venous return.
Cardiac failure, coronary circulation, atherosclerosis, hypertension, cerebral
circulation, circulatory shock.

18.837 Cardiovascular Physiology Laboratory (1 q.h.)
Three hours of laboratory study per week. Prep. 18.836.

18.838 Animal Nutrition (2 q.h.)

Detailed consideration of organic and inorganic nutritional requirements of man
and selected animals. Digestion, absorption, and metabolism of nutrient
materials. Role of vitamins, minerals, and trace elements in metabolism. Varia-
tion in nutritional needs among normal individuals and in various physiologic
and genetic pathologies. Evaluation of food additives and of permissible levels
of toxic materials in food.

18.840 Comparative Physiology of Regulatory Mechanisms (2 q.h.)

Principles and selected examples of physiological response to environmental

variation. Prep. Basic Physiology.

18.842 Vertebrate Endocrinology (2 q.h.)

Regulation of physiologic processes in vertebrates by hormones and related
substances.

18.843 Procedures in Endocrinology (3 q.h.)

BIOLOGY / 43

18.845 Physiological Ecology (2 q.h.)

Study of biological and chemical mechanisms involved in adaptation; homeo-
stasis and its regulation, salt and water metabolism; respiratory and circulatory
control systems; adaptation versus acclimation. Control systems within the body
versus set points. Prep. College Biology, Organic Chemistry.

18.846 Nuclear and Radiobiology (2 q.h.)

Interaction of radiation and biological matter; isotopic tracer techniques; iso-
topes and biochemical reactions, radiation ecology, activation analysis and its
application in biological and forensic sciences. Prep. College Biology, Organic
Chemistry.

18.852 Advanced Developmental Biology (3 q.h.)

Analysis of development at the biochemical and cellular levels. Nucleic acid
and protein synthesis, gene action and differentiation, cell-cell interactions,
mechanisms of animal morphogenesis. 3 hrs. of lecture. Prep. 18.135, 18.136 or
consent of the instructor.

18.853 Advanced Developmental Biology Laboratory (2 q.h.)

Analysis of the fundamental problems of development through experimental tech-
niques. Culture of vertebrate and invertebrate embryos; microsurgical analysis
of morphogenesis; biochemistry of development, cell-cell interactions; organ and
tissue culture will be studied. 5 hours of laboratory per week. Prep. 18.852 or
consent of the instructor.

18.855 Insect Metabolism (2 q.h.)

Food consumption and intermediary metabolism in insects.

18.860 Cell Biophysics and Biochemistry (5 q.h.)

Biogenesis and ultrastructure of the cell considered together with the bio-
physical procedures and biochemical patterns used in the study of cellular and
tissue components. Prep. Organic Chemistry and General Biology.

18.863 Neurophysiology (2 q.h.)

The biophysical function of nerve cells including the resting potential energy, the
reception and transmission of stimuli, and the coding of neuronal signals.

18.864 Neurophysiology Laboratory (2 q.h.)

Introduction into neurophysiological methods. Prep. 18.863 (may be taken
concurrently).

18.870 Tropical Field Studies (1 q.h. per week)
Field work under direct supervision of faculty.

18.871 Evolution (3 q.h.)

Current concepts and selected examples of the process and results of evolu-
tion. The modern synthesis draws upon biochemical, physiological and genetic
evidence as well as classic morphological and biogeographical evidence. Dis-
cussion led by students and faculty. Prep. 18.131-18.136, or equivalent.

18.880 Computers in Biology

Programming and use of computers as a tool to solve research problems. Special
emphasis will be placed on problems arising in biological research and related
fields. Students will solve a spectrum of problems on the University computer.

44 / BIOLOGY

18.903 Environmental Microbiology

The microbial environment and ecology of the cell. Interactions between micro-
bial populations, stressing soil and fresh-water associations. Prep. 18.220 or
equivalent.

18.905 Marine Microbiology

Morphological, physiological, and ecological factors concerning marine micro-
organisms. Taxonomic problems, microbial association, and general methodolog-
ical approaches to the study of marine microorganisms. Prep. 18.220 or
equivalent.

18.907 Food Microbiology (2 q.h.)

Microbiology of food with emphasis on the pathogenic types and their inter-
actions with other groups indigenous to food. Prep. 18.220 or equivalent.

18.908 Food Microbiology Laboratory (2 q.h.)

Detection, quantification, and isolation of microorganisms and their products of
significance in food with emphasis on the pathogenic types. Prep. 18.907 (may
be taken concurrently).

18.909 Animal Virology

Physical and chemical properties of viruses. Viruses as intracellular parasites.
Viral replication and genetics, host-virus interaction, pathogenesis, diseases,
tumor viruses, and serological reactions. Laboratory sessions will consist of
demonstrations emphasizing use of animals, eggs and animal cell cultures for
cultivation, isolation, and identification of viruses. Prep. 18.220 and 18.242 or
their equivalent and Biochemistry.

18.910 Microbial Genetics (3 q.h.)

Principles of bacterial and bacteriophage genetics. Nature of variation and in-
heritance and the mechanisms of exchange of genetic material. Prep. 18.220
or equivalent.

18.911 Microbial Genetics Laboratory (2 q.h.)

Origin, isolation, and characterization of mutants. Mechanisms of genetic ex-
change in bacteria and bacteriophage. Prep. 18.910 (may be taken concur-
rently).

18.914 Medical Mycology (2 q.h.)

Morphological, pathological, and epidemiological factors of pathogenic opportu-
nistic and common fungal contaminants from human sources. Prep. 18.220 and
18.224 or equivalents.

18.915 Medical Mycology Laboratory (2 q.h.)

Basic methodology for demonstration and isolation of fungi in clinical specimens.
Identification on morphologic and biochemical basis. Prep, or co-requisite
18.914.

18.940 Microbial Biochemistry

Study of the enzymatic reactions, intermediate products, and metabolic pathways
involved in carbohydrate, protein, and nucleic acid metabolism by micro-
organisms. Prep. 18.220 and 18.240 or equivalents, and Biochemistry.

BIOLOGY / 45

18.980 Seminar (1 q.h.)

Various topics and newer developments in botany, microbiology, physiology, and

zoology covered in depth. Student presentations are emphasized.

18.990, Special Topics in Biology (credit variable)

Special study of a selected topic under direction of a faculty member. Topic

and direction of study to be arranged with the faculty member supervising the

study.

18.991 M.S. Thesis

Research methods of some special field and their application to a specific prob-
lem, under direction of a faculty member.

18.992 Special Investigations in Biology (credit variable)

Laboratory studies on a topic not directly related to research being pursued for a
thesis or dissertation.

18.993 Biological Electron Microscopy

Electron Microscopy as a tool in research with emphasis on specimen prepara-
tion, particularly ultra-thin sectioning. Lectures and student seminars will cover
theory, laboratory procedures, and discussion of methods not used in the labora-
tory. Classes will meet at Henderson House, Weston, one day per week (3 hours
of lecture, 4 hours of laboratory) on a day selected by mutual agreement between
the class and the instructor. Given in cooperation with the Center for Continuing
Education. Limited to 8 students upon certification in writing by their thesis
advisers to the department chairman that the course is to be significantly applied
in thesis research. Students are accepted subject to approval by the instructor.

18.995 Ph.D. Dissertation

Original research in depth, representing a significant contribution of new bio-
logical knowledge, and a written dissertation thereon, under the supervision of a
faculty member.

73.814 Concepts in Pharmacology I (2 q.h.)

Selected areas of pharmacology are examined in depth with special reference
to interactions of drugs and other chemical agents with biological systems.
Emphasis is placed on biochemical mechanisms, experimental design, evalua-
tion of data utilizing conventional statistical procedures, and techniques em-
ployed in pharmacological evaluations. Alternates yearly with 73.816.

73.815 Concepts in Pharmacology 11 (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 73.814.

73.816 Concepts in Toxicology I (2 q.h.)

Concepts of modern toxicology in which emphasis is placed on biochemical
mechanisms underlying the toxicological action of drugs and other chemical
substances upon biological systems. Selected topics in toxicology, including
acute, subacute, and chronic effects of drugs in the experimental animal. Con-
sideration of the predictive value of animal studies for drug effects in man.
Alternates yearly with 73.814.

\ 73.817 Concepts in Toxicology II (2 q.h.)
Continuation of 73.816.

46 / BIOLOGY

01.952 Industrial Hygiene (2 q.h.)

Factors in the industrial environment that adversely affeCt the health, connfort, and
efficiency of the worker. Industrial surveys, and application of engineering prin-
ciples to control of dust, toxic metals, gases and vapors, organic compounds,
radiation, pressure, temperature, and humidity.

01.957 Air Pollution Science (2 q.h.)

Theory and practice related to engineering management of air resources, con-
trol of gaseous emission, investigation and study of air pollution, sampling and
analysis methods.

90.821 Biochemistry I (2 q.h.)

Discussion of the structures and chemistries of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids,
nucleic acids, and selected cofactors. Prep. One year Organic Chemistry.

90.822 Biochemistry II (2 q.h.)

Bioenergetics, enzymes and enzyme kinetics, intermediary metabolism, including
carbohydrate cataboiism, tricarboxylic acid cycle, electron transport, and oxi-
dative phosphorylation. Prep. Biochemistry I (90.821).

90.823 Biochemistry ill (2 q.h.)

Continuation of intermediary metabolism from Biochemistry II, or 73.842, includ-
ing lipid, protein, and nucleic acid metabolism, photosynthesis, and cell regula-
tion. Prep. Biochemistry II (90.822).

All undergraduate biology courses in the series designated 18.200-18.300, and
selected other courses as indicated below, are available for graduate credit.
Please consult the undergraduate or other appropriate bulletin for course details.

18.158, 18.159 Vertebrate Physiology I, II

18.208 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy

18.209 Developmental Anatomy

18.210 Invertebrate Zoology

18.211 Parasitology

18.212 Vertebrate Paleontology
18.220 General Microbiology

18.227 Animal Histology

18.228 Histological Technique

18.231 Lower Plants

18.232 Higher Plants

18.233 Systematic Botany

18.234 Plant Anatomy

18.235 Economic Botany
18.237 Introduction to Plant Physiology

18.236 Horticulture
18.240 Microbial Physiology
18.242 Medical Microbiology

18.245 Serology-lmmunology

18.246 Serology-lmmunology Laboratory
18.251 Comparative Animal Physiology

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

Slab.

5 q.h

3cl.

Slab.

5 q.h

3cl.

Blab.

5 q.h

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

Slab.

5 q.h

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

1 cl.

6 lab.

3 q.h

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

2cl.

6 lab.

4 q.h

2cl.

Blab.

4 q.h

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

Blab.

5 q.h

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

4 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

4 lab.

4 q.h

3cl.

3 q.h

Blab.

2 q.h.

3cl.

3 lab.

4 q.h

BIOLOGY / 47

The following courses are offered in the evening program only as substitutes
for 18.158 and 18.159, Vertebrate Physiology I and II, which may be unavailable
to evening students. They will be offered in alternate years, beginning with 1972-
1973.

18.252 Mammalian Physiology I 2 cl. 3 lab. 3 q.h.
Structural and biochemical aspects of mammalian cells. Bioelectric phenomena;
muscle and nerve function; renal physiology. Prep. Course in Vertebrate An-
atomy or consent of the instructor.

18.253 Mammalian Physiology II 2 cl. 3 lab. 3 q.h.
Physiology of cardiovascular, respiratory and digestive systems. Reproductive
and endocrine physiology. Prep. 18.252.

Assistant Professors

Donald C. Clagett, Ph.D.
Geoffrey Davies, Ph.D.
Robert B. Davis, Ph.D.
J. Robert Huber, Dr. Sc. Tech.
Henry E. Keller III, Ph.D.
William M. Reiff, Ph.D.

Chemistry

Professors

Karl Weiss, Ph.D.

Chairman
Barry L. Karger, Ph.D.
W. Fay Luder, Ph.D.
Albert H. Soloway, Ph.D.
Alfred Viola, Ph.D.
Associate Professors
William E. Cass, Ph.D.
Bill C. Giessen, Dr. Sc. Nat.
David M. Howell, Ph.D.
Conrad M. Jankowski, Ph.D.
Elmer E. Jones, Ph.D.
John L. Roebber, Ph.D.
Robert N. Wiener, Ph.D.

Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23 an appli-
cant must have completed not less than four full-year chemistry courses
of the level required of an undergraduate major in chemistry. These must
include organic, physical, and analytical chemistry. Admission policy
favors those who have taken more chemistry than these minima. In
addition, one year each of college physics and calculus are required,
and further work in these subjects is desirable.

For the full-time program, these admission requirements may be modi-
fied to accommodate applicants who have taken fewer courses than
indicated above, but who have outstanding records and a strong interest
in chemical or interdisciplinary research. See also the description of
interdisciplinary programs.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE
Full-Time Program

The normal full-time program consists of a total of 40 quarter hours
of courses, seminars, research, and a thesis based on this research.
Each student is required to take at least 24 quarter hours of credit in
courses. A minimum of 6 hours, but no more than 14 quarter hours of
credit may be assigned to 12.991, Research and Thesis for the Master
of Science degree. Each student is required to attend 12.990, Seminar,
in each term. One credit is assigned to a student for each term in
which he conducts a seminar, up to the maximum of two credits.

CHEMISTRY / 49

Part-Time Program

The admission requirements for this program are the same as for the
full-time program, but course requirements differ, and students may
progress according to their abilities and the time available.

Thirty-two credits must be taken in graduate offerings of the Depart-
ment of Chemistry. Eight additional credits may be taken in any gradu-
ate courses for which the student has the necessary prerequisites. The
student's program shall include:

(a) Four credits of organic chemistry. These will normally be 12.861 and
12.862.

(b) Four credits of inorganic chemistry. These will normally be 12.841 and
12.842.

(d) Four credits of physical chemistry. These may be chosen from 12.881,
12.882, 12.885, 12.886, and 12.893.

In cases of unusual preparation, more advanced courses may be
substituted within the given subdiscipline.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

I The doctoral program in chemistry may be pursued only in residence.

iThe additional requirements beyond those of the master's degree are
designed to demonstrate superior proficiency In original research, in-
cluding technical reading ability in a foreign language and familiarity

iwith current advances in one of the main divisions of chemistry.

Residence Requirement

I The residence requirement is satisfied after one year of full-time
graduate work or two years of half-time work. If a student holds a teach-
ing assistantship which occupies one half of his time, his residence
requirement is being discharged at half rate. Other arrangements re-
quire faculty approval. If a candidate has a research fellowship which
supports his research for the doctoral dissertation, his residence re-
quirement is discharged at full rate. Normally, the equivalent of two
years of work after establishment of doctoral candidacy is necessary
to complete research.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
graduate school regulations.

50 / CHEMISTRY

Qualifying Examination

Qualifying examinations are offered in the fields of analytical, in- ;
organic, organic, and physical chemistry. There are eight examinations
offered each year in each field. A student must pass four of these.

A student is eligible to take the qualifying examination if:

(a) he has entered with a bachelor's degree and has achieved a 3.0
average in eight courses taken in the first year of residence;

(b) he has been admitted to the doctoral program with an awarded
master's degree;

Students in category "a" must pass the qualifying examinations by
July 1 of their second year of residence. Students in category "b" must !
pass the qualifying examinations by July 1 of their first year of resi-
dence. Students in category "c" will have the conditions set at the time !
their petition is approved.

Course Requirements

A candidate is normally required by his faculty adviser to do some
course work beyond the 40 quarter hour minimum. The number and
nature of these courses are individually determined for each candidate.

Dissertation

In most cases, arrangements for a dissertation adviser will have been
made before the completion of the qualifying examination. If not, such
arrangements must be made as soon as possible after degree candidacy
has been established. The dissertation adviser directs the research for
the dissertation and serves as chairman of the dissertation committee,
which must approve the dissertation before the degree may be conferred.

Language Requirements

Proficiency must be demonstrated in a foreign language as speci-
fied by the departmental graduate committee in accordance with the
general graduate school regulations. French, German, and Russian are
the acceptable foreign languages. Normally, proficiency is demonstrated
by taking examinations administered by the Chemistry Department.

CHEMISTRY / 51

Final Oral Examination

This examination will be held in accordance with the graduate school
regulations.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry two quarter hours of credit except seminar and research.

12.806 Chemical Aspects of the Environment

Consideration of problems related to air, water, food, drugs, energy, and ma-
terials. The lectures are given by experts in various fields, and are followed by
discussions. The course is open to all students with a bachelor's degree in
science or engineering. It may not be used by full-time students to establish
doctoral student status.

12.821 Analytical Separations

Theory and practice of analytical separation techniques. Emphasis will be on
fundamentals as they relate to practice. Topics will be based mainly on chromat-
ographic processes including gas and high speed liquid chromatography. Other
topics will include zone refining, liquid-liquid extraction, and electrophoresis.

12.822 Electroanalytical Chemistry

The principles and practice of electroanalytical chemistry will be discussed.
Topics will include potentiometry and ion-selective electrodes, normal and thin-
layer oculometry, polarography, and electrochemical relaxation methods. Appli-
cation of these techniques to titration endpoint detection will also be discussed.

12.823 Optical Methods of Analysis

The theory and practice of absorption and emission spectroscopy. Instruments,
methods, and applications will be considered.

12.824, 12.825, 12.826 Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry i, II, ill

Selected topics of current importance in analytical chemistry.

12.827 Computers in Chemistry

A laboratory-lecture course illustrating the use of small digital computers for
real-time control of chemical instruments. Topics will include digital logic, real-
time data structures, A/D and D/A conversion, noise, and other aspects of real-
time computer interfacing. Programming will be done on a PDP-11 computer in
MIRACL, a language designed for real-time processing. Prep. Consent of
instructor.

12.828 Chemical Instrumentation

Principles of instrument design will be considered with emphasis on practical
aspects. Instrument limitations and sources of error will be considered along
with modular instruments and interfacing. Prep. Consent of instructor.

12.841 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I

Application of basic quantum chemistry to inorganic systems. Russell-Saunders
and j-j coupling. Stereo chemistry of non-transition-metal compounds; bonding
and structure of electron deficient systems.

52 / CHEMISTRY

12.842 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II

Magnetic properties; electronic spectra and selection rules. Thermodynamic
stability of coordination compounds. Experimental techniques of inorganic chem-
istry. Prep. 12.841.

12.843 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry III

Crystal symmetry. Introduction to theory of lokids; semi-conductors and metals;
non-stoichiometric compounds; solid state reactions. Application of molecular
orbital theory. Determination of electron distribution in transition metal com-
pounds. Moessbauer spectroscopy and advanced magneto-chemistry. Prep.
12.842 and 12.885.

12.846 Coordination Chemistry

Coordination compounds: their experimental detection, calculation of stability
constants, factors affecting solubility and stability constants. Ligand field theory.
Acidity, color, and lability of complexes. Kinetic and stereochemical studies of
inorganic reaction mechanisms. Prep. 12.843.

12.847, 12.848, 12.849, 12.850 Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry I, II, III, IV

Selected topics of current importance in inorganic chemistry. Prep. 12.842 and
consent of instructor.

12.851 Structure Determination in Solids

X-ray, electron, and neutron diffraction; elements of crystallography; computer-
aided calculations. Analytical techniques; important inorganic and organic struc-
ture types. Prep. 12.843.

12.852 Ligand Field Theory

Crystal field theory of ions in weak and strong fields. Molecular orbital theory
of transition metal complexes. Magnetic properties and electron spin resonance
effects. Prep. 12.843 and 12.886.

12.861, 12.862 Advanced Organic Chemistry I, II

An intensive survey of organic reactions. Modern concepts of structure and
mechanism are used to correlate factual material. Prep. One year of Organic 1
Ctiemistry. |

12.863 Physical Organic Chemistry I

Application of LCAO concepts, linear free energy relationships, interactions j
between solvent effects, steric considerations, and electronic factors, and intro- j
duction to orbital symmetry direction of concerted reactions. Prep. 12.862 or
consent of instructor.

12.864, 12.865 Stereochemistry 1, 11

Interrelation of steric arrangements of atoms in organic molecules with their
physical and chemical properties. Conformational analysis. Spatial relationships '
between atoms and groups during chemical reactions and consequent effects on j
chemical equilibria and reaction rates as an introduction to the study of reaction '
mechanisms. Prep. 12.863.

CHEMISTRY / 53

12.866 Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds

Interpretation of the ultraviolet, infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance and mass
spectra of organic compounds. Prep. One year of Organic Chemistry.

12.867, 12.868, 12.869 Natural Products I, ii. III

Isolation, structure determination, synthesis, and transformations of selected
classes of organic compounds of biological interest. Prep. 12.862 (need not be
tal<en in sequence).

12.871, 12.872, 12.873 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry I, II, III

Selected topics of current importance in organic chemistry. Prep. 12.862 and
consent of instructor.

12.876, 12.877 Mechanisms of Organic Reactions I, II

Consideration of the fundamental factors influencing the course of a chemical
reaction. Study of the effects of structural and environmental changes on the
mechanisms of organic reactions. Prep. 12.865.

12.881 Thermodynamics I

First Law of Thermodynamics, Thermochemistry, Second and Third Laws, Equi-
librium. Prep. Consent of instructor.

12.882 Thermodynamics II

Partial Molar Properties, Mixtures, E.M.F. Prep. 12.881.

12.885 Atomic and Molecular Structure i

Introduction to quantum mechanics. Application to simple systems, and the
electronic structure of atoms and molecules. Prep. One year of Pfiysicai Ctiem-
istry.

12.886 Atomic and Molecular Structure II

Atomic spectroscopy. Rotational, vibrational, electronic, and magnetic spectra of
small polyatomic molecules. Prep. 12.885 or consent of ttte instructor.

12.891 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry

Selected topics of current importance in physical chemistry. Prep. Consent of
instructor.

12.892 Selected Topics in Solid State Chemistry

Band theory. Metals, semiconductors and insulators. Thermal, magnetic, and
transport properties. Alloy phases. Phase transformations and crystal defects.
Surface effects. Material preparation techniques. Prep. 12.885.

12.893 Kinetics

Collision and transition state theories of reaction rates. Relaxation theory.
Theory of unimolecular reactions. Kinetics in liquid solutions. Photochemistry.
Prep. One year of ptiysical ctiemistry.

54 / CHEMISTRY

12.894 Statistical Thermodynamics

Systems of independent particles. Distribution functions. Partition functions and
thermodynamic properties. Prep. 12.881 and 12.885 or their equivalents.

12.895 Statistical Mechanics I

Quantum statistics; fermions and bosons. Application to electrons in metals,
phonons, and photons; superfluidity and superconductivity. Prep. 12.894.

12.896 Statistical Mechanics II

Fluctuations, noise, and irreversible thermodynamics. Boltzmann transport equa-
tions. Phase transitions of higher order; Ising model. Prep. 12.895.

12.897 Quantum Chemistry I

Linear algebra and the formulation of quantum theory. Angular momentum. Sys-
tems with spherically symmetric potentials and the one-electron atom. Prep.
12.886.

12.898 Quantum Chemistry II

Variational method and perturbation theory. Electron spin. SCF method and
many-electron atoms. Prep. 12.897.

12.899 Quantum Chemistry III

Group theory. Small molecules. Time-dependent theory and selected advanced
topics. Prep., 12.898.

12.901 Polymer Chemistry I

Introduction to polymers. Major emphasis on synthesis. Step-reaction, chain-
reaction, and ring-opening polymerizations. Copolymerization. Three-dimensional
polymers and crosslinking. Prep. One year of Organic Chemistry and one year
of Physical Chemistry.

12.902 Polymer Chemistry II

Physical chemistry of polymers in solution and bulk. Molecular characterization.
Mechanical and physical properties in the glassy, rubbery, viscous, and semi-
crystalline states. Prep. 12.901.

12.903 Polymer Chemistry ill

Industrial practice. Polymer processing. Fibers. Elastomers. Coatings. Adhesives.
Reinforced plastics. Relationship of polymer structure to usage. Prep. 12.902.

12.910 Special Projects in Chemistry

Laboratory studies on a topic not directly related to research pursued for a
thesis. Prep. Permission of the departmental faculty is required.

12.990 Seminar (1 q.h.)

Oral reports by the participants on current or recent investigations in chemistry.

12.991 Research and Thesis for M.S. (maximum: 14 q.h.)

Original research and a written thesis thereon, under supervision of a faculty
member.

CHEMISTRY / 55

12.995 Research and Dissertation for Ph.D.

Driginal research in depth, representing a significant contribution of new chemi-
:al knowledge, and a written dissertation thereon, under the supervision of a
acuity member.

90.821 Biochemistry I

Discussion of the structures and chemistries of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids,
lucleic acids, and selected cofactors. Prep. One year organic chemistry.

30.822 Biochemistry II

3ioenergetics, enzymes and enzyme kinetics, intermediary metabolism including
carbohydrate catabolism, tricarboxylic acid cycle, electron transport, and oxi-
dative phosphorylation. Prep. Biochemistry I, 90.821.

30.823 Biochemistry III

Continuation of intermediary metabolism from Biochemistry II, including lipid,
Drotein, and nucleic acid metabolism, photosynthesis and cell regulation. Prep.
3iochemistry II, 90.822.

See Biology Department offerings and College of Pharmacy offerings for other
courses on chemical topics.

clinical chemistry

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
Part-Time Program
^dmission

In addition to the admissions requirements listed on page 23, an
applicant must have completed a baccalaureate program in either
Diology, chemistry, medical technology, or pharmacy. Background core
-ourses must include a minimum of two quarters of organic chemistry,
one quarter of analytical chemistry or its equivalent, two quarters of
luman physiology, and two quarters of physical chemistry. Deficien-
cies in these areas may be removed by taking appropriate undergradu-
ate courses concurrently with those graduate courses which do not
equlre the deficient prerequisites.

'rogram

The Master of Science in Clinical Chemistry is an interdisciplinary
)rogram with the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions,
■orty quarter hours of academic coursework are required. In addition,
1 student must have at least three months of clinical laboratory ex-
)erience prior to completion of academic degree requirements. The
ollowing are core courses required in the program:

56 / CHEMISTRY

Total Credits

12.821

Analytical Separations

12.822

Electroanaiytical Chemistry

12.823

Optical Methods of Analysis

90.821

Biochemistry i

90.822

Biochemistry II

90.823

Biochemistry III

72.834

Clinical Chemistry 1

72.835

Clinical Chemistry II

73.844

Drug Metabolism

73.845

Radioisotopes in Biological Systems

Twelve additional credits must be taken from those courses desig-
nated as core electives. A maximum of 8 quarter hours may be taken
outside the core offerings with permission of the admissions commit- j
tee and the respective course instructors.

While the overall program has flexibility, the schedule below is recom-
mended as a guide:

1st Quarter

12.821

Analytical Separations

90.821

Biochemistry 1

2nd Quarter

90.822

Biochemistry II

73.844

Drug Metabolism

3rd Quarter

12.823

Optical Methods of Analysis

90.823

Biochemistry ill

4th Quarter

12.827

Computers in Chemistry

72.834

Clinical Chemistry 1

5th Quarter

12.822

Electroanaiytical Chemistry

72.835

Clinical Chemistry II

6th Quarter

72.836

Special Topics in Clinical Chemistry

73.845

Radioisotopes in Biological Systems

7th-11th Quarters

Electives

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry two quarter hours of credit unless otherwise indicated,
indicates core elective.

The following course descriptions may be found under Chemistry offerings:

12.821
12.822
12.823
12.824
12.825
12.827
12.828
90.821-

.823

Analytical Separations

Electroanaiytical Chemistry

Optical Methods of Analysis

Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry I*

Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry II*

Computers in Chemistry*

Chemical Instrumentation*

Biochemistry I, II, III

CHEMISTRY / 57

72.834 Clinical Chemistry I

This course interrelates the chemistry of those naturally occurring biochemicals
of importance for clinical diagnosis and the analytical approaches and tech-
niques necessary for detection. Specific reference is made to autoanalyzers
and instrumentation relevant to clinical chemistry. Prep. Biochemistry III,
90.823, or its equivalent.

72.835 Clinical Chemistry II

A continuation of the principles and techniques as presented in Clinical Chem-
istry I with a discussion of enzymes and their use in analytical methods of
clinical importance. Prep. Clinical Chemistry I, 72.834.

72.836 Special Topics in Clinical Chemistry*

Presentation of recent advances in clinical chemistry, such as radioimmunology
and other rapidly developing areas of interest. Prep. 72.834, Clinical Chemistry,
offered yearly, spring quarter.

72.861 Central Nervous System Depressants*

Presentation and discussion of the chemistry, structure-activity relationships,
and mechanism of action of general anesthetics, hypnotics and sedatives, anti-
epileptics, analgetics, tranquilizers, and muscle relaxants. A consideration of the
mechanics of drug design and methods of modification will be undertaken.
Prep. Two quarters of Organic Chemistry, offered alternate years.

72.862 Autonomic Drugs*

A discussion of drugs acting on the central nervous system with a special em-
phasis on the mechanism of action of the chemical mediators of the peripheral
nervous system. The role of agents affecting this system — adrenergic and cho-
linergic and reversible and irreversible inhibitors of these systems will be

: discussed in relation to their chemical structure and biological activity. Prep.

' Two semesters of Organic Chemistry. Offered alternate years.

72.863 Anti-infectives*

A study of the various chemotherapeutic agents employed in the treatment of
I infectious diseases. Included will be the sulfonamides, antibiotics, antivirais,
' antitubercular, antifungal, and antimalarial agents. Special emphasis will be on
i structure-activity relationships, mechanisms of action, and modern research in

each area. Prep. Two quarters of Organic Chemistry. Offered alternate years.

72.864 Cancer Therapy*

Recent developments in new approaches to the treatment of cancer from a

chemotherapeutic standpoint will be considered: including alkylating agents,

antimetabolites, hormones, and miscellaneous compounds, and combinations of

■I the above with radiation and immunology. Possible mechanisms of action will

j be explored. Prep. Two quarters of Organic Chemistry. Offered alternate years.

72.865 Special Topics in Medicinal Chemistry*

A consideration of a special area of medicinal chemistry including either CNS
compounds, pharmacodynamic agents or chemotherapeutics; their chemistry
and structure-activity relationships will be presented. Prep. Two quarters of
Organic Chemistry. Offered alternate years.

58 / CHEMISTRY

72.866 Phytochemistry*

The important classes of chemical compounds produced by plants considered
from the standpoint of their biogenetic origin, methods for their detection, iso-
lation and characterization; application of these techniques to research in phar-
macy, medicine, economic botany, taxonomy; and introduction to the literature
of plant chemistry. Prep. Two quarters of Organic Chemistry, two quarters of
Biology. Offered alternate years.

73.816 Concepts in Toxicology \*

Concepts of modern toxicology in which emphasis is placed on biochemical
mechanisms underlying the toxicological action of drugs and other chemical
substances upon biological systems. Selected topics in toxicology including
acute, subacute, and chronic effects of drugs in the experimental animal and
man. Consideration of the predictive value of animal studies for drug effects
in man. Prep. Permission of Instructor. Offered alternate years.

73.817 Concepts in Toxicology ir

Continuation of Concepts in Toxicology I. Prep. 73.816. Offered alternate years.

73.844 Drug Metabolism

Presentation of detoxication mechanisms relating to drug metabolism and ex-
cretion patterns: adaptive factors influencing metabolism will be discussed.
Prep. Biocfiemistry I, 90.821.

73.845 Radioisotopes in Biological Systems

Methodology of radioactive nuclides and application of these isotopes to biology
and medicine with special emphasis on their use in clinical analysis.

Ottier biology, cfiemistry, and pfiarmacy courses may be talfen witfi tfie
approval of the admissions committee and the course instructor.

economics

Professors Assistant Professors

Morris A. Horowitz, Ph.D., David Anderson, M.A.

Chairman Craig Coelen, M.A.

Irwin L. Herrnstadt, Ph.D. Daryl A. Hellman, Ph.D.

Gustav Schachter, Ph.D. David Kidder, Ph.D.

Donald Shelby, Ph.D. Andrew Sum, M.A.

Steven Swanson, M.A.
Associate Professors

Conrad P. Caligaris, Ph.D. Instructors

Bruce Cohen, Ph.D. Jerry Cromwell, M.A.

Ernest M. DeCicco, Ph.D. John Miranowski, M.A.

Harold M. Goldstein, Ph.D.

Sungwoo Kim, Ph.D.

Peggy Musgrave, Ph.D.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

Forty quarter hours of academic work are required. This program
comprises 16 quarter hours of required core course work and 24 quarter
hours of electives of which a minimum of twelve quarter hours must be
selected from one of the economic fields listed below. The required core
courses must be completed as soon as possible. With the approval of
the graduate adviser, a student may select a maximum of six quarter
hours from graduate courses offered by other departments, or two ad-
.vanced undergraduate courses in economics carrying three quarter
hours of graduate credit.

Admission

In addition to the requirements listed on page 23, applicants should
have had a minimum of 12 semester hours of economics, or the equiva-
lent, of which three semester hours, or the equivalent, should be sta-
tistics. Admission is only possible in the fall and winter quarters. Ap-
plications for admission to the fall quarter will be given consideration
if received by August 31. Applications for admission to the winter
quarter will be given consideration if received by November 30.

I Applications for financial aid should be submitted no later than
March 15. See page 33 for information on financial aid available.

Comprehensive Examination

I A comprehensive examination, which will be held in accordance with
the general graduate school regulations, must be taken by all students

60 / ECONOMICS

during the quarter in which the student completes the 40 quarter hours
of academic work. The examination may be repeated only once.

Master's Thesis

A master's thesis for six quarter hours of credit is optional with the
approval of the graduate adviser. Approval will be granted only in those
instances in which previous graduate work of the student indicates
capacity for independent study.

Required Core Courses

The required core courses are:

Credits

39.9A1 Microeconomic Theory* 4

39.9B1 Macroeconomic Theory* 4

39.9D1 Mathematics for Economists** 4

39.9E1 Statistical Inference 4

Economic Fields

Available economic fields are listed below. Under each field are stated
the required field courses and the elective field courses. Students must
take at least twelve quarter hours in one field of concentration. In all
fields the first listed required course in the field ordinarily should be
taken first by the student majoring in the field. For students not major-
ing in the field, courses in the field may be taken in any sequence.

Manpower Economics

Required field courses:

39.9G1 Economics of the Labor Market and Labor Force
39.9G4 Economics of Manpower Planning I
39.9J1 Seminar in Human Resource Development

Elective field courses:

39.9G5 Economics of Manpower Planning II

39.9G7 Public Policy in Manpower

39.9H1 Economics of Medical Care and Health Manpower

39.9H3 Economics of Education

Urban/Regional Economics

Required field courses:
39.9K1 Regional Economics
39.9L1 Urban Economics I
39.9N1 Seminar in Urban/Regional Economics

* Candidates deficient in intermediate theory may not be admitted into these core
courses until they have completed 39.9A0 and/or 39.9B0.
** New candidates must take a mathematics examination given by the department during
registration period. Those who fail may not enroll in 39.9D1 until they have completed
39.9D0.

ECONOMICS / 61

Elective field courses:
39.9K4 Externalities
39.9L2 Urban Economics II
39.9L5 Economics of Urban Transportation
39.9M1 Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations

Development Economics

Required field courses:

39.9P1 Economic Development

39.9P3 Regional Development

39.9R1 Seminar in Development Planning

Elective field courses:
39.9P6 Comparative Economic Development
39.901 Development Finance
39.9G4 Economics of Manpower Planning I
39.9K1 Regional Economics

Economics of Money and Finance

Required field courses:
39.9S1 Monetary Theory
39.9S3 Monetary Policy
39.9V1 Seminar in Money and Finance

Elective field courses:
39.9T1 Public Policy and Finance
39.9T5 Capital Markets
39.901 Development Finance
39.9B2 Macroeconomic Theory II

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The doctoral degree program In economics is offered in the fields of
Tianpower economics and urban/ regional economics.

Admission

' Applicants who will have a master's degree in economics or its
squivalent at entry may be considered for direct admission to the
doctoral program. Applicants who will not have a master's degree in
aconomics or its equivalent at entry may be considered for admission
o the doctoral program after the satisfactory completion of 40 quarter
lours of graduate work.

Applications for the doctoral program should be submitted no later
han March 15.

Residence Requirement

After he has been admitted to the doctoral program, the student may
satisfy the residence requirement by one year of full-time graduate
ivork. Teaching assistants may satisfy the residence requirement by

62 / ECONOMICS

two consecutive years of half-time graduate course work. A student
should expect to spend at least two academic years in full-time study,
or its equivalent, completing the requirements for the doctoral degree.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
graduate school regulations.

Course Requirements

A. At least 32 quarter hours of graduate work beyond the master's
degree will be required. These include:

Required Core Courses:
39.9A2 Microeconomics II
39.9B2 Macroeconomics II
39.9E7 Econometrics I
39.9E8 Econometrics II

B. Concentration in the two academic fields of manpower economics
and urban/regional economics. Course work in each field must include
the doctoral seminars 39.9J3 and 39.9N3. Each of these seminars has
a prerequisite of 12 quarter hours of graduate work in the field.

Qualifying Exam

Each student must pass a comprehensive qualifying examination
after the completion of the required core and field courses. This com-
prehensive will be given in parts: (1) A three-hour written exam in thai
general areas of economic theory and methodology; (2) A three-hour
written exam covering the two doctoral fields; (3) A two-hour oral exam
covering the two doctoral fields. Passing the qualifying exams signifies
that the student has completed all course requirements and can now
devote all his time to his dissertation. The examination may be re-i
peated only once. {

Doctoral Dissertation |

An original doctoral dissertation is required of all students in accord-'
ance with the general graduate school regulations and the regulations!
established by the department. After the successful completion of hisj
qualifying examination, each student shall work with a dissertation ad-j
viser under whose guidance he will write his doctoral dissertation. The
dissertation adviser serves as chairman of the dissertation committee i
which must approve the dissertation before the degree may be conferred.

Final Oral Examination

The final oral examination will be established in accordance with the
general graduate school regulations.

ECONOMICS / 63

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

39.9A0 Introduction to Intermediate Microeconomic Theory

Intensive coverage of microeconomic theory. This course offers no credit toward
a degree in economics.

39.9A1 Microeconomic Theory I (4 q.h.)

A non-math treatment of microeconomic theory at the beginning graduate level.
An investigation of the conditions underlying consumer and producer equi-
librium under different objective functions and various market structures. Deriva-
tion of product demand curves, supply curves, and factor demand curves for
alternative market structures in product and factor markets are surveyed.

39.9A2 Microeconomic Theory II (4 q.h.)

An examination of contemporary microeconomic problems and theory with
specific emphasis on welfare economics, general equilibrium, distribution, the
theory of the firm, and the ability of modern value theory to reach meaningful
and feasible policy conclusions. Prep. 39.9A1 and consent of instructor.

39.9B0 Introduction to Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory

Intensive coverage of macroeconomic theory. This course offers no credit
toward a degree in economics.

39.9B1 Macroeconomic Theory I (4 q.h.)

Income and employment theory; classical, Keynesian, and post-Keynesian ag-
gregate demand and supply systems.

39.9B2 Macroeconomic Theory II (4 q.h.)

Theory and problems of macro-dynamics, growth, inflation, cycles, and stabili-
zation policy. Prep. 39.9B1 and consent of instructor.

39.9D0 Introduction to Mathematics for Economists (4 q.h.)
This course acquaints the student with the algebra and elementary calculus
necessary for quantitative economics: simultaneous linear systems; polynomial,
logarithmic, and exponential functions; and elementary differential and integral
calculus (meets four hours a week). This course offers no credit toward a degree
in economics.

39.9D1 Mathematics for Economics (4 q.h.)

Application of matrix algebra and simple multivariate calculus to economic

analysis. Static organization and dynamic analysis, difference and differential

equations. Examples from economic theory. Prep. 39.9D0 or mathematics

examination.

39.9E1 Statistical Inference (4 q.h.)

Estimation of population values and testing hypotheses. Classical estimation and
testing compared to Bayesian Probability. Topics covered include the normal,
t, binomial, Poisson, hypergeometric, exponential, X^, F, and other probability
distributions and the design of sample surveys.

64 / ECONOMICS

39.9E5 Economic Programming

Economic programming with emphasis on linear programming, including the
transportation and simple problems, and simulation and queuing theory with
applications to the computer. Prep. 39.9D1.

39.9E7 Econometrics I

Review of matrix algebra; single equation least squares estimates and their
theoretical properties; hypothesis testing and measures of goodness of fit;
definitions of and tests for autocorrelation, heteroskedasticity, and multicollin-
earity; simultaneous equations estimation: identification, bias, and alternative
estimation techniques. Prep. 39.9D1, 39.9E1.

39.9E8 Econometrics II

Assymptotic and small sample properties of various estimators; rank-order con-
ditions for identification; specification error and error in variables; remedies for
autocorrelation and multicollinearity; dummy variables; distributed lags; fore-
casting and simulation; non-linear estimation; alternative estimation technique
(two-stage least squares, three-stage least squares, maximum likelihood esti-
mators, etc.). Prep. 39.9E7.

5.913 Data Processing

A study of digital computers and computer programming techniques. The
FORTRAN language is utilized for programming and running several projects.

39.9G1 Economics of the Labor IVIarket and Labor Force

Macro- and micro-analysis of labor supply and demand. Labor force measure-
ment and change. Functioning of labor markets. Labor allocation. Wage and
employment determination. Changes in the composition of labor demand. Impact
of technological change. UnemploymenL Income distribution and poverty. Prep.
39.9A1 co-requisite.

39.9G4 Economics of IVIanpower Planning I

Analysis and evaluation of manpower planning techniques and policies. Macro-
and micro-methods. The role of education and training. Integration of man-
power planning with general development planning. Relationship of different
methods to economic, political, and social conditions. Prep. 39.9A1 co-
requisite.

39.9G5 Economics of IVIanpower Planning II

Application of planning tools to problems of national economic developmenL
Evaluation of methods and predictions used in national manpower plans. Prep.
39.9G4.

39.907 Public Policy in Manpower

Analysis and evaluation of national manpower programs and their implementa-
tion on the local level. Relationships between public policy and policies of
employers and unions; relationships between programs at different levels of
government

39.9H1 Economics of Medical Care and Health Manpower

The organization of medical care, the problems associated with various alterna-
tive delivery systems, the utilization and availability of physicians and other i

ECONOMICS / 65

categories of paramedical personnel, the growth and pressures exerted by third
party payers; and consideration of federal, state, and municipal participation in
the delivery of quality medical care under various alternatives for national health
insurance.

39.9H3 Economics of Education

An examination of the contribution of education to the process of economic
growth and the way education is produced and distributed. Special topics to
include: inequalities in returns to education; the role of intelligence and class
background in educational success; and socializing role of education in pro-
duction.

39.9J1 Seminar in Human Resource Development

Selected topics on the development and use of human resources. Prep. Con-
sent of instructor.

39.9J3 Manpower Economics Research Seminar (4 q.h.)
Prep. 12 q.h. of Manpower Economics.

39.9K1 Regional Economics

Delineating regions. Theories of location for firms, industries, and people.
Regional income accounting systems, and models of intra- and inter-regional
income determinants and impact analysis. Prep. 39.9A1 co-requisite.

39.9K4 Externalities

Theoretical foundations for urban and regional economics. Survey of economic
theory related to externalities and welfare economics. Prep. 39.9A1 and consent
of instructor.

39.9L1 Urban Economics I

The economy of cities. Analysis of intra-metropolitan spatial relationships includ-
ing residential location, land, and housing markets. Prep 39.9A1 co-requisite.

!: 39.9L2 Urban Economics II

Continuation of Urban Economics I. Problems in urban economics including seg-
regation, housing, transportation, urban renewal, and related policy issues.
Prep. 39.9L1.

39.9L5 Economics of Urban Transportation

Urban agglomeration, economic activities, residential concentration and trans-
portation network; urban and suburban densities in relation to the central place;
capital budgeting; pricing; costs incidence and externalities of various modes;
cost-benefit analysis; effects of transportation patterns on urban socio-economic
life; modal split and forecasting economic requirements for integrated urban
transport needs.

39.9M1 Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations

A study of the development of the federal system, interstate and interarea fiscal
comparisons, grants-in-aid, tax credits, revenue sharing, state and local taxes,
non-tax revenues, borrowing and budgeting at the state and local level, and a

, discussion of the process and prospects of state and municipal equalization of

' tax burden and effort. Prep. 39.9A1.

66 / ECONOMICS

39.9N1 Seminar in Urban/Regional Economics

Selected topics in urban/regional economics. Prep. Consent of instructor.

39.9N3 Urban/Regional Research Seminar (4 q.h.)
Prep. 12 q.h. of Urban /Regional Economics.

39.9P1 Economic Development

A study of the prospects of economic growth in less developed areas. Measure-
ment and theories of economic development. Role of human and natural re-
sources, education, technology, and capital formation in national, regional, and
sectoral development. Changes in institutions.

39.9P3 Regional Development.

Intra-regional dynamics, dualism, and spontaneous polarization. Growth poles,
dispersion, and spread effect; inter-regional factor migration and social cost;
regional structural change and dynamic analysis; public policies and planning;
socio-economic variables and measurements; feasibility and simulation in short-
run analysis. Examples of regions at county, province, state and "area" level;
differentiation between political and economic boundaries; bootstrapping vs.
outside source approach. Application of the FS and UN multiregional models.

39.9P6 Comparative Economic Development

Comparison of economic systems in differing stages of economic development
as exemplified by Yugoslavia, Southern Italy, Turkey, the Middle East, and China,

39.9Q1 Development Finance

Sources of investment finance in developing countries; role of taxation and tax
structure reform; development of financial institutions and capital markets;
private and official finance from abroad and debt-service problems; problems of
monetary management and export instability.

39.9R1 Seminar in Development Planning

Planning techniques at the national, regional project and plan level. Planning
for system of regions; interindustry economic programming; interdependence,
resource use, and structural change. Application of input-output and linear and
non-linear optimal decision techniques to short-run planning and long-run pro-
jection. Evaluation of discontinuities, linkages, and "openness." Planning in
closed and open economy. The role of the private sector and the governments,
limits, sequence, and optimality in planning. Application of techniques to em-
pirical examples. Prep. Consent of instructor.

39.9S1 Monetary Theory

A study of money, money flow models and theories of the demand for money
and velocity. Prep. 39.9B1 co-requisite.

39.9S3 Monetary Policy

The interrelationships among financial markets, central banking and monetary
policy.

39.9T1 Public Policy and Finance

Techniques of fiscal policy, fiscal policy norms, public sector debt; tax policy;
federal tax reform; the conflict between social implications of price stabilization
and full employment; public expenditure policy and the interrelationship be-
tween monetary and fiscal controls. Prep. 39.9B1 co-requisite.

ECONOMICS / 67

39.9T5 Capital Markets

Primary sources of savings and demand for financial assets; role of financial
intermediaries; banking system and government lending agencies. Demand for
funds and real investment — mortgage, corporate and government securities
markets; interdependence of rate structures. Flow of funds data in relation to
national income accounts.

39.9V1 Seminar in money, credit, and banl^ing.

Prep. Consent of instructor.

39.9Z1 IVIaster's Thesis Seminar (maximum 6 q.h.)

Thesis supervision by members of the department; approval of graduate adviser

required.

39.9Z2 Readings in Economics (1 q.h.)

Supervised reading in selected topics in economics. Prep. Consent of instruc-
tor and approval of graduate adviser.

39.9Z5 Doctoral Dissertation Seminar (no credit)
Prep. Approval of graduate adviser required.

english

Assistant Professors

Samuel J. Bernstein, Ph.D.
Gerald Griffin, Ph.D.
Norma Kroll, Ph.D.
James Nagel, Ph.D.
Martin L. Robbins, Ph.D.
Kinley E. Roby, Ph.D.
Donald Roemer, Ph.D.
Joseph E. Westlund, Ph.D.
Richard Yoder, Ph.D.

Professors

Paul C. Wermuth, Ph.D.,

Chairman
Arthur J. Weitzman, Ph.D.,

Director of Graduate Studies
James T. Barrs, Ph.D. (Emeritus)
Victor E. Howes, Ph.D.
Samuel French Morse, Ph.D.
Joseph Price, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Robert J. Blanch, Ph.D.
Raymond E. Blois, Ph.D.
M. X. Lesser, Ph.D.
Jane A. Nelson, Ph.D.
Herbert L. Sussman, Ph.D.
Stanley J. Trachtenberg, Ph.D.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

The Department of English offers a program leading to the M.A.
degree. The courses emphasize training in research and criticism in
the fields of English and American literature, and they provide the
student the comprehensive background necessary for a career as a
scholar, teacher, and writer.

Admission

Applicants are judged favorably if they do superior work in their
undergraduate preparation and do significantly better than average in
the verbal and advanced sections of the Graduate Record Examination,
the scores of which are required before an application will be con-
sidered. An applicant is expected to have had at least 24 semester
credits in English beyond the freshman level and have achieved a 3.0
average in English courses on a 4 point scale. Recommendations should
be submitted by former English professors. An applicant who is deficient
in any one of these areas may be admitted as a provisional student.

The category of special student is provided for those nondegree
students who wish to take a summer course or those already enrolled

ENGLISH / 69

in a graduate program in another institution who wish to transfer credit.
A holder of a graduate degree in English may also enroll as a special
student.

Program

Forty-two quarter hours of academic work are required. The course
work must include 30.8A1, Bibliography and Literary Historiography,
which should be taken as soon as the student enters the program.
Required also are three hours from courses in Group II; three hours
from courses in Group III; and three hours from courses in Group IV;
three hours from courses in Group V; and fifteen hours in designated
seminars, which are limited in enrollment to twelve students. The
remaining twelve hours may be elected from any courses in the
program.

Transfer Credit

A student may transfer from another institution no more than 12
quarter hours (9 semester hours) of graduate credit in English. Within
this limit, graduate courses in other fields may also be transferred if
their relevance to the student's specialized interest can be demon-
strated. In every case, a petition for graduate credit must be sent to the
Director of the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences with a copy of
an official transcript.

Thesis

A thesis is optional. A student wishing to write a master's paper must
secure the approval of a graduate faculty member and write the thesis
under the supervision of his advisor. Six credits in lieu of course work
are allowed. The student must enroll in 30.9Z1, Thesis, to obtain credit.
Papers must conform to the guidelines laid down in the MLA Style
Sheet.

Comprehensive Examination

A three-hour comprehensive examination is required. It will be given
during the spring quarter. Copies of previous examinations are avail-
able in the graduate director's office. A student must accrue 30 quarter
hours of credit before he is eligible to take the examination. The ex-
amination may be taken only twice.

Language Requirement

Normally a degree candidate must pass a reading examination in
French or German or Latin. Substitutions must have the approval of the
graduate director. Exemption from the examination may be obtained
by submitting evidence of having passed with at least a grade of C an
advanced undergraduate language course carrying six credits.

70 / ENGLISH

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

GROUP I
(three quarter hours required)

30.8A1 Bibliography and Literary Historiography

Materials and techniques of researcii in English and American literature;
bibliography, form, and content of papers and theses; problems of literary
history.

GROUP II
(three quarter hours required)

30.8B1 Theories of Criticism

Modern critical theories including New Critical, psychoanalytic, Marxist and
structuralist. Course may not be used to satisfy group requirement.

30.8C1 Historical Linguistics I

Written records; the classification of language; phonetics and phonetic change;
the comparative method; dialect geography.

30.8C2 Historical Linguistics II

Continuation of 30.8C1. Fluctuation; analogic and semantic change; cultural,
intimate, and dialect borrowing. Prep. 30.8C1.

30.8C4 Semantics

The relation between language and behavior; the concept of change, variety,
and uniqueness; symbols; levels of abstraction; habits of evaluation of linguistic
phenomena; and modification of such habits in the direction of human adjust-
ment, understanding, and survival.

30.8C5 History of the English Language I

The nature and origin of language; ancestry and early growth of English;
phonetics, sound-change, and history of English sounds; history of English
inflections; sources of the vocabulary; the making of words.

30.8C6 History of the English Language II

Semantic change; syntax and usage; dictionaries, spelling, pronunciation, varia-
tions, and usage. Prep. 30.8C5.

30.8D1 Introduction to Old English

30.8D6 Chaucer I

Troilus and Criseyde; Fragment 1, 2, and 7 of the Canterbury Tales, with particu-
lar attention to the tales of the Knight, the Shipman, the Prioress, and the Priest.

30.8D7 Chaucer II

Fragments 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, and 10 of the Canterbury Tales, with particular atten-
tion to the tales of the Wife of Bath, the Clerk, the Merchant, the Pardoner,
and the Manciple. Prep. 30.8D6.

ENGLISH / 71

GROUP III
(three quarter hours required)

30.8E1 Tudor Literature

Wyatt and Surrey, Sidney, Raleigh and the beginnings of Prose Fiction.

30.8E4 Renaissance Drama

Twelve representative Elizabethan and Jacobean comedies and tragedies.

30.8F1 Seventeenth-Century Literature

Major prose and poetry of the seventeenth century, excluding drama: Bacon,
Hobbes, Browne, Bunyan, Donne, Herbert, Jonson, Marvell, and others.

GROUP IV
(three quarter hours required)

30.8G1 Restoration and Early Eighteenth-Century

A critical study of neoclassical poetry and criticism: Dryden, Pope, Swift, and
Gay.

30.8G6 Age of Johnson

Johnson, Boswell, and the Club: Burke, Goldsmith, and Gibbon; poetry of
Cowper, Gray, and Burns.

30.8H1 Romanticism

General introduction to English Romanticism as an intellectual and artistic
movement.

30.8J1 Victorian Literature

General survey touching upon major genres of Victorian literature: such writers
as Arnold, G. M. Hopkins; Dickens, Eliot; Carlyle, Ruskin, Pater.

30.8K1 Twentieth-Century British Literature

Theme and structure in the work of several dramatists from Shaw to Osborne
and of several novelists from Conrad to Anthony Powell with an emphasis on
major trends in the novel and in drama during the present century. Course may
not be used to satisfy group requirement.

GROUP V
(three quarter hours required)

30.8L1 Colonial American Literature

A survey of two centuries of American literature from the founding of the colo-
nies to the emergence of the new republic, from Bradford to Cooper.

30.8M1 Nineteenth-Century American Literature

A critical examination of major works of this period including Cooper's Patii-
finder, Emerson's Nature, Hawthorne's l\/larble Faun, Thoreau's Walden, Melville's
Moby Dicl<, Whitman's Drum-Taps, and James's Portrait of a Lady.

30.8N1 Twentieth-Century American Literature

Chance collisions: Adams, Dreiser, Crane, Dos Passes, Fitzgerald, Cozzens,
Faulkner. The beginnings and development of Naturalistic fiction.

72 / ENGLISH

SEMINARS

(Fifteen quarter hours of seminar courses are required, of which three

credits must be in a pre-nineteenth-century period.)

30.9B1 Critical Schools

The subject of this year's seminar will be archetypal criticism: C. G. Jung, Maud
Bodkin, and Northrop Frye.

30.9B3 English Prose

30.9B5 Comic Drama

The Comic Spirit and its manifestations in dramatic literature and performance.
The nature and forms of comic playwriting from Aristophanes to the present.
An examination of the theater's comic forms: farce, comedy, satire, parody.

30.986 Tragic Drama

This course will consider important theories of tragedy and certain plays in an
effort to consider the relation, if any, which exists between theory and practice
of the tragic genre.

30.987 Theatrical Styles

An examination of modern dramatic expression and theory. The course will give
particular attention to absurdist drama, existentialist drama, and Brecht's
theatre of alienation.

30.9C1 Phonetics and Dialectology

Mastering of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and of a standard pho-
nemic alphabet; their application to practical work in recording and studying
both standard speech and dialects.

30.9C2 Descriptive Linguistics

Intonation (stress, pitch, juncture); phonemics; morphemes and morphology;
syntactic devices; the process of communication; variation in speech; etc. ,
Prep. 30.9C1.

30.9C5 Transformational and Generative Grammar of English

Deep and surface structures and transformations necessary to generate the
latter; graphic representations of structure; deep-structure nature of adjectives,
pronouns, prepositions, auxiliaries, possessives, etc.; comparison with tradi-
tional grammar.

30.9D1 Beowulf i

Prep. 30.8D1

30.9D2 Old English Poetry

Prep. 30.8D1

30.9D5 Middle English Lyrics and Drama

Prep. 30.8D6 or 30.8D7.

30.9D8 Studies in Fourteenth-Century Literature

Major works in Middle English including Sir Gawaine and The Green Knight, :
The Pearl, and Piers Plowman.

ENGLISH / 73

30.9E1 Studies in Renaissance Poetry

Shakespeare, Marlowe, Jonson et al.

30.9E4 Jacobean Drama

About ten plays, mostly tragedies (except for Jonson); the course presumes a
knowledge of Shakespeare's late tragedies and romances.

30.9E5 Shakespeare's Histories

The English history plays from Richard III to Henry V, plus Titus Andronicus,
Julius Caesar, and Troilus and Cressida.

30.9E6 Shakespeare's Tragedies

Eight Plays from Richard II to Antony and Cleopatra.

30.9E7 Shakespeare's Comedies

Eight plays from Comedy of Errors to The Tempest.

30.9E8 Problems of Shakespearean interpretation

Present and historical approaches will be considered for the light they shed on
several Shakespearean works; a general knowledge of Shakespearean drama
and poetry is presumed.

30.9F1 IVIetaphysical Poetry

Analysis of the structure and texture of poems by Donne, Herbert, and Marvel!
to determine the distinguishing characteristics of the metaphysical approach to
poetry.

30.9F4 Seventeenth-Century Thought

Discussion of seventeenth century theories on science, religion, politics, and art
as expressed in Bacon, Burton, Browne, Locke, and Hobbes.

30.9F6 Paradise Lost

A study of Milton's epic primarily from the standpoint of diction with exercises
in stylistic analysis.

30.9F7 IVIilton's Lyrics

A study of Milton's shorter poems primarily from the standpoint of genre with
exercises in comparative criticism.

30.9G2 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Drama

Plays of Etherege, Wycherley, Dryden, Vanburgh, Congreve, Gay, Lillo, Gold-
smith, and Sheridan.

30.9G3 Augustan Literature

Images of London: ambivalence and satire in urban literature; a survey of novels,
essays, plays and poetry treating of life in an urban milieu.

30.9G5 Intellectual Prose of the Eighteenth-Century

Jonathan Swift.

30.9G7 Eighteenth-Century Fiction

Novels by Defoe, Fielding, Richardson, Smollett, Sterne and Austen.

30.9G8 Individual Eighteenth-Century Novelist

Henry Fielding.

74 / ENGLISH

30.9H1 Romantic Poetry I

The First Generation: Wordsworth and Coleridge.

30.9H2 Romantic Poetry II

The Second Generation: Byron, Keats, and Shelley.

30.9H3 Problems of Romanticism

Theoretical and historical concepts of Romanticism; defining imagination; the
transition to Romanticism; critical readings of the Romantic poets.

30.9J1 Victorian Poetry I

Close study of Tennyson, Browning, Arnold.

30.9J2 Victorian Poetry II

The Pre-Raphaelite circle, the movement toward modernism: D. G. Rossetti,
Swinburne, G. M. Hopkins, Hardy, Wilde.

30.9J5 Intellectual Prose of the Victorian Age

The relation between ideas and literary form in the major works of such writers
as Carlyle, Newman, Arnold, Darwin, Ruskin, Pater, Carroll, Wilde.

30.9J7 Victorian Novel

Close study of major works by Dickens, Eliot, the Brontes, Hardy.

30.9J8 Individual Victorian Novelist

Recent critical approaches to the novels of Charles Dickens.

30.9K1 Early Twentieth-Century British Poetry

Twentieth-century poets whose work has shaped the modern tradition, or
extended our understanding of the traditions of the past: Hardy, Yeats, Law-
rence, Muir, Auden, Owen, Thomas.

30.9K2 Contemporary British Poetry

Graves, Larkin, Hughes, ef a/.

30.9K3 Individual Modern British Poet

W. H. Auden. A study of Auden's achievement as poet, critic, dramatist, and
translator, in the context of his age.

30.9K4 Twentieth-Century Irish Renaissance

Special attention to Yeats, Synge, O'Casey and other major writers of the Irish
revival.

30.9K7 Twentieth-Century British Fiction

Major figures of the modern and the contemporary periods: Conrad, Joyce,
Cary, Orwell, Beckett, Compton-Burnett, Braine, Burgess, Fowles.

30.9K8 Individual Modern British Novelist

C. P. Snow

30.9L1 Puritanism

Edward Taylor and Jonathan Edwards.

30.9L2 Eighteenth-Century American Literature

The beginning of the American literary tradition in poetry, fiction, and drama,
from Freneau to Brown.

ENGLISH / 75

30.9M1 Transcendentalism

From religious or metaphysical idealism to theories of self-transformation, with
emphasis on Emerson and Thoreau and consideration of related figures such
as Kant, Coleridge, Carlyle, William James, Mumford, Jung.

30.9M2 Nineteenth-Century American Poetry

The legacies of Whitman and Dickinson, with reports on the poetry and poetics
of lesser figures in the period from Bryant to Robinson and Frost.

30.9I\/I7 The Romance in America

A close study of Hawthorne's themes and techniques as found in his short
fiction, with particular emphasis on the earlier works and some minor concen-
tration on the problems of his short fiction apocrypha.

30.9M8 The Rise of Realism

An examination of Local Colorism, Realism, and Naturalism in the works of
Twain, Howells, James, Dreiser, Norris, and readings in European Realism.

30.9N1 Twentieth-Century American Poetry

Twentieth-century poets who have struggled to establish a tradition for Amer-
ican poetry and whose examples have dominated poetry up to the present:
Robinson, Frost, Stevens, W. 0. Williams, M. Moore, Eliot, Pound, Crane, Cum-
mings, and the Fugitives. Some contemporary poets will also be studied.

30.9N2 Individual Modern American Poet

Robert Frost.

30.9N3 Contemporary American Poetry

Ammons, Berryman, Corso, Dickey ef al.

30.9N7 Modern American Novel

Comic Resistance: West, Ellison, Mailer, Hawkes, Barth. The exhaustion of
possibilities and the post-modern idea of self.

30.9N8 Individual American Novelist

Saul Bellow.

30.9N9 Modern American Drama

Philosophic and aesthetic trends among such playwrights as O'Neill, Williams,
Miller, Albee, Simon, and others.

30.9P5 Literature of the American South

A study of the southern literary experience from early nineteenth century to
mid-twentieth, from Simms to Faulkner.

30.9R1 Creative Writing I

Prose fiction.

30.9R2 Creative Writing II

Prose fiction.

30.9Z1 Thesis (maximum: 6 q.h.)
By arrangement.

30.9Z2 Directed Research

By arrangement.

history

Professors

Raymond H. Robinson, Ph.D.,

Chairman
Philip N. Backstrom, Jr., Ph.D.
Wallace P. Bishop, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Martha E. Frangois, Ph.D.
Norbert L. Fullington, Ph.D.
Donald M. Jacobs, Ph.D.
Stanley R. Stembridge, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Donald R. Allen, Ph.D.
Ruth T. Anderson. Ph.D.

Charmarie J. Blaisdell, Ph.D.
Ballard C. Campbell, Ph.D.
William M. Fowler, Ph.D.
Gerald H. Herman, M.A.
John D. Post, Ph.D.

Lecturer

Helen S. Frothingham, M.A.

Instructors

Martin R. Ring, M.A.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE
Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants
must have had a program which includes at least 15 semester hours of
history. Applicants for the fall quarter who submit their application and
all supporting documents by March 15 will be notified on or about April
1. Students who are interested in financial assistance must file all ma-
terial by March 15.

Program

Forty-two quarter hours of academic work are required. Full-time
students take four courses each quarter, thereby completing 36 quarter
hours during the fall, winter, and spring quarters. The remaining cred-
its may be taken during the summer sessions preceding or following the
normal academic year.

All students must take the following courses:

23.800 Methodology and Theory
either 23.801 European Historiography or 23.900 American Historians

Two courses specifically labeled "seminar", except that students writing
theses need take only one seminar.

Students must complete 23.800 prior to enrolling in seminars, and
grades of at least B must be obtained in the seminars.

HISTORY / 77

Students must complete at least one course (three quarter hours) in
each of three areas: Group I, Europe; Group II, United States; and
Group III, Other Regions.

Group requirements will not be satisfied by the historiography
courses, 23.801 and 23.900, or by 23.896, 23.897, 23.898, and 23.899.
Courses are identified by group in the course list below.

With the approval of the faculty adviser, a maximum of nine quarter
hours may be elected from graduate courses in other departments and
a maximum of 12 quarter hours may be elected from advanced under-
graduate courses in history.

A thesis is optional with the approval of the chairman of the depart-
ment. If approved, a thesis carries nine quarter hours of credit.

Comprehensive Examination

Ail degree candidates must pass a comprehensive examination.

Language Requirement

Proficiency must be demonstrated in a foreign language approved
by the department.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

23.800 Methodology

The objectives, methods, and resources of the historian.

23.801 European Historiography

The development of historical writing from ancient times to the present.

23.802 Ancient Greece (Group I)

Selected topics in the history of ancient Greece.

23.803 Ancient Rome (Group I)

Selected topics in the history of Rome in the period of the Republic or the
Empire.

23.806 Intellectual History of Europe, 1688-1789 (Group I)

The broad spectrum of eighteenth-century thought, with emphasis on scientific,
religious, and political ideas.

23.807 Intellectual History of Europe, 1789-1870 (Group I)

The great age of liberal and nationalistic thought. Social problems created by
industrialism and various proposals to solve these problems will be examined.

23.808 Intellectual History of Europe, 1870-1950 (Group I)

The intellectual developments which have brought Europe to its present position
in world affairs. Topics considered include theories of evolution, scientism,
radical socialism, and fascism.

23.809 Seminar in European Intellectual History (Group I)
Research and writing on special topics in European intellectual history.

78 / HISTORY

23.810 Social History of Europe, 400-1350 (Group I)

A study of society in the "Age of Faith," with special emphasis on aspirations,
way of life, and cultural achievement.

23.811 Social History of Europe, 1350-1650 (Group I)

A study of social structure, standards of living, aspirations and frustrations, and
cultural achievement in an age of Black Death, Renaissance, and religious con-
troversy.

23.812 Social History of Europe, 1650-1850 (Group I)

Exploration of social development and cultural achievement in an age of revolu-
tions— intellectual, political, agricultural, and industrial.

23.813 Economic History of Europe since 1850 (Group I)
Topical analysis of the economic development of modern Europe.

23.817 Medieval Institutions (Group I)

Political, economic, and religious institutions in England and France from the
fourth to the thirteenth centuries.

23.818 Seminar in the Renaissance (Group I)

Research and writing in topics concerning the Renaissance.

23.819 Seminar in the Reformation (Group I)
Research and writing concerning the Reformation.

23.820 The Renaissance (Group I)

European political and cultural life from the thirteenth to the seventeenth cen-
turies, with attention to Humanism and to the rebirth of classicism in literature
and the arts.

23.821 The Reformation (Group I)

The development of the Christian Church from the thirteenth to the seventeenth
centuries, with attention to the conflict between church and state, the impact
of the Renaissance, the rise of the Protestant sects, and the wars of religion.

23.822 European Urban History to 1750 (Group I)

A study of urban places from Roman times to 1750 with special consideration
of origins; layouts; political, economic, and social life; and the effects of towns
on society.

23.823 European Urban History since 1750 (Group I)

A study of urban places since 1750 with attention to the growth of population,
industrialization, and bureaucratization and attendant problems.

23.826 English Medieval Constitutional History (Group I)

A study of the traditions and institutions which contributed to the development
of common law and parliamentary government from the time of Alfred through
the reign of Henry VIII.

23.827 Seminar in England, 1558-1660 (Group I)

A study of political, religious, social, and economic problems from Elizabeth I
to the Restoration.

23.830 Britain, 1688-1815 (Group I)

Topics include constitutional evolution, political parties, social and economic
change, religious and intellectual developments, cultural achievements, and
Scotland and Ireland.

HISTORY / 79

23.831 Britain, 1815-1914 (Group I)

Aspects of nineteenth-century Britain,' including reform of parliament, liberal-
ism and socialism, the Irish question, imperialism, and Victorian ideals and
attitudes.

23.832 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Britain (Group I)

The seminar will focus on British political parties in the 1930's, with special
emphasis on the development of their foreign policies.

23.833 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Britain (Group I)

Liberalism, conservatism, and the progress of the English people will be the
theme of the seminar.

23.835 France, 1180-1661 (Group I)

The history of France from the time of Philip II to the majority of Louis XIV with
special emphasis on the problems of cultural, political, and economic unity and
the effects of the Renaissance and the Reformation.

23.836 France, 1661-1830 (Group I)

A study of the "Old Regime," including an examination of the reign of Louis
XIV, the decline of the French monarchy in the eighteenth century, and the
general effects of the Enlightenment; an analysis of the revolutionary period,
1789 to 1830.

23.840 France and Germany, 1870-1918 (Group I)

Selected comparative topics in the Third French Republic and Wilhelmian
Germany.

23.841 France and Germany since 1918 (Group I)

Selected comparative topics in French and German history since the First
World War.

23.842 Seminar in Modern France (Group I)

Research and writing on a special topic or period in modern French history.

23.845 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Europe (Group I)
Research and writing in European history from 1850 to 1900.

23.850 Seminar in Russian History (Group I)

A narrow period or special topic in Russian history. The course presupposes a

basic knowledge of Russian history and will require extensive work on a research

paper.

23.855 European Socialist Thought (Group I)

Studies in the history of socialism from the early nineteenth-century Utopias to

the New Left.

23.860 Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1914 (Group I)

The foreign policies of the chief European powers, with emphasis on changing

alliances and alignments, imperialistic rivalries, and efforts at international

cooperation.

80 / HISTORY

23.862 Twentieth-Century Europe (Group I)

The political history of Europe since 1900, with attention to World War I, the
rise of Communism and Fascism, the struggle for security in the western democ-
racies, World War II, and the Cold War.

23.863 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Europe (Group I)

A study of a selected controversy in contemporary European History.

23.870 China to 1800 (Group III)

History of Chinese civilization from antiquity through Confucianism to the
period of Western impact.

23.871 l\/lodern China (Group ill)

Revolution and institutional change in China from the nineteenth century to 1927.

23.872 Communism in China (Group III)

A study of the Chinese Communist movement from its origins in the 1920s to the
present.

23.873 Japan to 1600 (Group III)

A survey of early Japanese history with special emphasis on the social, politi-
cal, intellectual, and literary history of the medieval period.

23.874 Japan, 1600-1868 (Group III)

A study of the Tokugawa period, emphasizing the problems of late feudal con-
trol, urban and rural developments, social, intellectual, and literary history.

23.875 Modern Japan (Group III)

The history of Japan since the fall of the Tokugawa, emphasizing political and
economic developments, especially after World War II.

23.881 Modern Africa (Group III)

A topical approach to the history of Africa since 1850.

23.883 History of the Islamic Peoples (Group III)

A study of the history, culture, and religion of the followers of Muhammad from
600 to 1800.

23.884 Modern Middle East (Group III)

A study of the Middle East in the twentieth century.

23.895 Approaches to World History

An interdisciplinary examination of the study of civilization emphasizing various
methodologies and theories and testing them by studying specific historical
periods and cultures.

23.896 Psycho-History

An introduction to the concepts, scholarship, problems, and directions of psycho-
historical studies.

23.897 Seminar in the Teaching of History

Topics include the use of media and fiction, the selection of textbooks and sup-
plemental materials, and various classroom techniques in the teaching of history.

HISTORY / 81

23.898 Population in History

An application of demographic theory to history.

23.899 Studies in Comparative History

The American image in Europe in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

23.900 American Historians

The writing of American history by Americans from colonial times to the present
with emphasis on changes in both form and substance.

23.901 Recent Interpretations of American History (Group II)

The literature of American history since 1945.

23.905 Colonial America: The Seventeenth Century (Group II)

Exploration of the New World, settlement of the English North American main-
land colonies, and the adaptation of European institutions and ideas to New
World conditions.

23.906 Colonial and Revolutionary America: The Eighteenth Century (Group II)
The expansion of the English colonies in the New World, the development of
political and social institutions, and the sources of friction with England.

23.909 Seminar in Colonial and Revolutionary America (Group II)
Research and writing on some topic in American history prior to 1789.

23.910 American Social History, 1607-1815 (Group II)

The ethnic foundation of American society; the ways Americans made their
living, and the ways in which they lived during the colonial and early national
periods.

23.911 American Social History, 1815-1900 (Group II)

The King Cotton society of the South, the ferment of reform and industrialism
in the North, the Civil War, and the materialistic civilization of the late nine-
teenth century.

23.912 American Social History, 1900-1950 (Group II)

The transformation of the naive and idealistic America of the early twentieth
century to life in a world in which technology has far outstripped man's mental
and moral capacity to cope with it.

23.913 American Intellectual History, 1750-1865 (Group II)

American attitudes toward the individual and toward government during the
Enlightenment, the romantic movement, and the slavery controversy.

23.914 American Intellectual History since the Civil War (Group II)

The adaptation of the ideas of an agricultural society to the conditions of an
urban and industrial society.

23.915 Seminar in American Intellectual History (Group II)

The seminar will focus upon a single figure in American intellectual history.
His writings and writings about him will be analyzed.

23.918 Seminar in American Cultural History (Group II)
Research and writing on some aspect of American culture.

82 / HISTORY

23.920 Seminar in American Urban History (Group II)

The political, economic, and social history of America's major cities, with
special emphasis on Boston's last century.

23.921 American Social Structure (Group II)

An analysis of the changing composition of American Society.

23.924 Topics in American Reform (Group II)

Selected studies of movements to change aspects of American Society.

23.925 Seminar in American Economic History (Group 11)

The development of the American economy from 1800 to the present, with
special attention to the history of transportation. Topics include the develop-
ment of highways, canals, railroads, and airlines, with an examination of the
roles of private enterprise and government.

23.930 The Westward IVIovement in the United States in the Nineteenth
Century (Group II)

Westward migration into the various geographic provinces will be traced, with
emphasis upon its causes, processes, and its economic and political influences.
Economic aspects stressed will be those relating to the land: agriculture,
mining, lumbering, and grazing.

23.931 IMan and Land in the United States in the Twentieth Century (Group II)
Aspects of land use in America since the closing of the frontier, with attention
to agriculture and mining and to conservation programs.

23.935 Seminar in Recent American History (Group II)

Special topics from the period 1896 to 1960 will be studied in detail, and

students will present a research paper on a major person, action, or movement.

23.937 American Politics, 1787-1892 (Group II)

The political history of the United States from the Constitution to Populism.

23.938 American Politics since 1892 (Group II)
Party alignments in the twentieth century.

23.939 Seminar in American Political History (Group II)
Research and writing on some aspect of American politics.

23.941 American Diplomatic History, 1775-1889 (Group II)

The history of American foreign policy and foreign relations from the American
Revolution to 1889.

23.942 American Diplomatic History since 1889 (Group II)

The United States in the age of world involvement and responsibility; the im-
perialistic episode; the world wars; international organizations and alliances.

23.943 Seminar in American Diplomatic History (Group II)

Research and writing on selected topics in the history of American foreign
relations.

23.967 Afro-American History I (Group II)

The history of Afro-Americans to 1900, with emphasis on the role of black people

in slavery and freedom.

HISTORY / 83

23.968 Afro-American History II (Group II)
The history of Afro-Americans since 1900.

23.969 Seminar in Afro-American History (Group II)
Research and writing on some aspect of Afro-American history.

23.970 The United States and the Caribbean Region (Group II)

The Caribbean policy of the United States from the Monroe Doctrine to the
present.

23.971 Mexican History (Group III)

The making of modern Mexico from its Indian and Spanish beginnings to the
present.

23.973 South America to 1900 (Group III)

The European impact on South America, the movements for independence, and
the nineteenth-century history of the new republics.

23.974 South America since 1900 (Group ill)

The internal developments of the South American republics and their relations
with one another and with other nations in the twentieth century.

23.975 Seminar in South American History (Group III)

Research and writing on special topics in the history of the South American
republics.

23.990 Assigned Reading in History (1 q.h.)
Assigned reading under supervision of a faculty member.

23.991 Thesis (9 q.h.)

Thesis supervision by members of the department.

mathematics

Professors

David I. Epstein, Ph.D.

Chairman
Robert A. Bonic, Ph.D.
Bohumil CenkI, D.Sc.
Holland C. Filgo, Jr., Ph.D.
Arshag Hajian, Ph.D.
Flavio B. Reis, Ph.D.
Gabriel Stolzenberg, Ph.D.
Harold L. Stubbs, Ph.D.
Jack Warga, Ph.D.

Assistant Professors

Samuel J. Blank, Ph.D.
Mark Bridger, Ph.D.
Harriet Fell, Ph.D.
John Frampton, Ph.D.
Charles J. Freifeld, Ph.D.
Eugene Cover, Ph.D.
Lawrence C. House, M.A.
Clyde Schechter, Ph.D.
Betty Stark, Ph.D.
WilbertWils, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Alberto R. Galmarino, Ph.D.
Maurice E. Gilmore, Ph.D.
Robert D. Klein, M.S.
Nancy J. Kopell, Ph.D.
Richard A. Rasala, Ph.D.
Thomas O. Sherman, Ph.D.
Victor R. Staknis, Ph.D.

Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants
should have a background which includes courses in linear and modern
algebra and mathematical analysis.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE
Full-Time Program

Forty hours of course work are required for the degree. The following
courses are required.

Credits

10.9A1 Basic Analysis and Topology 4

10.9A2 Algebra A 4

10.9A3 Integration 3

10.9A4 Algebra B 3

10.9A5 General Topology 3

10.9A6 Complex Variables 4

10.9A7 Geometry 4

25
The remaining 15 credits required for the master's degree may be
selected from any graduate mathematics courses with the approval of

MATHEMATICS / 85

the Student's faculty adviser. In some cases, courses in other depart-
ments may be approved.

A full-time candidate for the master's degree will normally take the
courses listed above in the first year of graduate study, according to the
following schedule:

Fail Quarter Credits Winter Quarter Credits

10.9A1 Basic Analysis and 10.9A3 Integration 3

Topology 4 10.9A4 Algebra B 3

10.9A2 Algebra A 4 10.9A5 General Topology . . 3

Spring Quarter Credits

10.9A6 Complex Variables . 4
10.9A7 Geometry 4

Part-Time Program

Students in this program may progress according to their abilities and
the time available. If students are deficient in any of the mathematics
courses required for admission to the degree program, they will be re-
quired to satisfy their deficiencies by taking courses given for this pur-
pose. Such courses will carry graduate credit, but the credit will be in
addition to the regular degree requirements. The following courses are
required:

Total Credits

10.8C1 General Topology I 2

10.8D1, 10.8D2 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I, 11 4

10.8J1, 10.8J2, 10.8J3 Theory of Functions of a Complex

Variable I, II, III 6

10.8P1, 10.8P2, Algebra I, II 4

The remaining 24 quarter hours may be selected from graduate mathe-
matics courses. With the approval of the department, a maximum of 10
of these elective credits may be selected from courses in other depart-
ments in the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences or the Graduate
School of Engineering.

Other Requirements

There is no comprehensive examination and no language requirement
for the master's degree. A thesis is not required but may in some cases
be substituted for an elective course with the approval of the department.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

Admission

Students who have completed the first year of the full-time master's
degree program or who have obtained a master's degree at another

86 / MATHEMATICS

institution are eligible for admission to the doctoral program. A student
who wishes to earn the doctor's degree should inform the chairman of
the graduate committee of his desire to be a doctoral candidate.

Residence Requirement

The residence requirement is satisfied by one year of full-time grad-
uate work.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
graduate school regulations.

Qualifying Examination

A doctoral candidate will be required to do some sort of independent
work during his second year of graduate study (see below). A candi-
date's performance in course work and in independent work will be
used to judge whether he should continue in the doctoral program. After
the second year, a student's adviser and the graduate faculty in general
will monitor his work. He will be permitted to remain a doctoral candi-
date as long as his progress is satisfactory.

Course Requirements

The course requirements, in addition to the minimum master's degree
requirements of 40 quarter hours of credit, are established by the de-
partmental graduate committee for each candidate. In most cases, 40
quarter hours of additional work will be required.

Independent Work

A doctoral student in his second year of graduate study will be re-
quired to do some kind of independent project. The aim of the project is
to start a student on independent work and to give him a practical way
to learn research techniques. The student should, with the help of his
adviser, choose a topic he wants to investigate. In studying his topic,
a student should read texts and journal articles and learn what to read
and what not to read. In addition, he should try to solve problems,
compute examples, modify proofs, and see whether or not the known
results can be extended. A student should report on his work either in
seminars or by giving a special lecture or writing up a short paper. The
work of the project can in some cases be done in conjunction with
departmental seminars or courses.

IVIinor Specialty

Each doctoral candidate will select some specific mathematical sub-
ject of an advanced nature and by means of reading, lecture courses,
and/or seminars master the equivalent of one full year's course work

MATHEMATICS / 87

in this area. Approval of the area in which the student intends to work
should be obtained in advance from the Ph.D. committee. The topic
must be reasonably unrelated to that area in which the student plans to
write a dissertation.

Language Requirements

Ability to read and translate mathematical texts and journals in two
foreign languages must be established by each candidate. The lan-
guages may be chosen from French, German, and Russian; any other
choice requires special approval. The student should notify the chair-
man of the departmental graduate committee when he is prepared to be
examined on each language. At least one language examination must be
passed before beginning work on the dissertation. The examinations
are conducted by members of the faculty of the mathematics depart-
ment.

Teaching Requirement

Some teaching experience is required. This requirement may be
satisfied by at least one year of service as a teaching assistant or by
suitable teaching duties.

Dissertation

After the successful completion of his independent work, each stu-
dent shall select a dissertation adviser under whose guidance he will
write his doctoral dissertation. If the student wishes it, the departmental
graduate committee will assist him in the selection of a dissertation
adviser. The dissertation itself must represent an original solution of a
problem in the chosen area of mathematics which makes some con-
tribution to mathematical knowledge.

Final Oral Examination

This examination on the dissertation will be held in accordance with
the graduate school regulations.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

The following courses are offered for those who wish to enter the master's
degree program in mathematics, but who fail to satisfy the admission require-
ments in algebra and/or analysis. These courses will be taken in addition to the
required course work in mathematics.

10.8B1, 10.8B2, 10.8B3 Abstract Algebra I, II, III (2 q.h.)

Groups, subgroups, normal subgroups, rings, ideals, integral domains, and

fields. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus.

88 / MATHEMATICS

10.8B4 Advanced Calculus I (2 q.h.)

Functions of one independent variable; limits, continuity, differentiability.
Properties of continuous functions on a closed bounded interval. Roile's theo- |
rem and the mean-value theorem. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus. j

10.8B5 Advanced Calculus II (2 q.h.) {

Functions of several independent variables. Distance and open sets; limits,
continuity. Properties of continuous functions on a closed bounded set. Differ-
entiability and differentials, mean-value theorem, implicit function theorems,
Jacobians and transformations. Prep. 10.8B4.

10.8B6 Advanced Calculus III (2 q.h.)

Sequences, sequences of functions, uniform convergence, series. Integration,

line and surface integrals. Prep. 10.8B5.

The following courses may be used toward the degree requirements in
mathematics.

10.8C1, 10.8C2 General Topology I, 11 (2 q.h.)

Sets and maps, metric spaces, topological spaces, separation axioms, compact-
ness, connectedness. Prep. 10.8B6 or equivalent.

10.8D1 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I (2 q.h.)

Lebesgue measure on real line, measurable functions, Lebesgue integral, con-
vergence theorems, bounded variation, absolute continuity. Prep. 10.8C1.

10.8D2 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable II (2 q.h.)

Classical Banach spaces, integration theory on abstract measure spaces, signed

measures, Radon-Nikodym theorem, product measure, Fubini theorem. Prep.

10.8D1.

10.8E1 Advanced Differential Equations I (2 q.h.)

First order differential equation; existence and uniqueness theorems; depend-
ence of solution on parameter. Stability theory. Periodic solutions. Prep 10.886.

10.8E2 Advanced Differential Equations 11 (2 q.h.)
Systems of first order differential equations. Prep. 10.8E1.

10.8E3 Advanced Differential Equations III (2 q.h.)

Selected topics, including asymtotic behavior of situations. Prep. 10.8E2.

10.8E4 Partial Differential Equations I (2 q.h.)

Partial differential equations of first order; Cauchy-problem; Cauchy-Kowalewski

theorem. Method of characteristics. Prep. 10.886.

10.8E5 Partial Differential Equations II (2 q.h.)

Classification of second order equations. Well-posed problems. Emphasis on

hyperbolic equations. Prep. 10.8E4.

MATHEMATICS / 89

10.8E6 Partial Differential Equations III (2 q.h.)
Emphasis on elliptic equations. Prep. 10.8E5.

10.8E7 Nonlinear Differential Equations (2 q.h.)

Nonlinear differential equations of the first order; systems of differential equa-
tions; singular points and stability; second-order nonlinear equations; results of
Poincare and Lyapunov; problems in nonlinear mechanics. Prep. 10.8E3.

10.8E8, 10.8E9 Integral Equations I, II (2 q.h.)

Equations of Volterra and Fredholm. Symmetric kernals. Orthogonal systems of

functions. Applications. Prep. 10.8B6 or equivalent.

10.8F1 Difference Equations (2 q.h.)

Formulation and solution of difference equations; approximate solution of engi-
neering problems by finite-difference methods; relaxation techniques; stability
and convergence of approximate methods; applications. Prep. 10.8B6 or
equivalent.

10.8F3, 10.8F4 Calculus of Variations I, II (2 q.h.)

The concept of the first variation of a functional; the simplest variational
problem; Euler's equation. Generalization to several variables. Hamilton-Jacobi
theory. Sufficient conditions for extrema. Fields of extremals. Direct methods in
variational problems. Prep. 10.8B6.

10.8G1 Probability I (2 q.h.)

Fundamentals of probability theory; discrete and continuous probability distri-
butions, including binominal, Poisson, and normal; law of large numbers and
central limit theorem. Prep. Differential and Integral Calculus.

10.8G2 Probability II (2 q.h.)

Further study of probability distributions for one or more random variables.

Special topics such as occupancy problems and Markov chains. Prep. 10.8G1.

10.8G4 Mathematical Statistics I (2 q.h.)

Fundamental statistical methods. Tests of significance and estimation based on
large or small samples; simple correlation and linear regression. Prep. 10.8G1
or equivalent.

10.8G5 Mathematics Statistics II (2 q.h.)

Analysis of variance; further topics in statistical inference. Prep. 10.8G4.

10.8G6 Estimation Theory I (2 q.h.)

Review of probability with application to multidimensional random vectors.
State space approach to dynamic systems with uncertainties. Estimation theory
for static and dynamic linear systems based on Bayesian, maximum likelihood,
minimum variance, Kalman-Bucy, and weighted least squares methods. Deter-
mination of optimal filter, predictor, smoother for discrete linear systems. Prep.
10.8A4 and 10.8G1.

90 / MATHEMATICS

10.8G7 Estimation Theory II (2 q.h.)

Determination of optimal filter, predictor, smoother for continuous linear systems.
Review of stochastic processes with application to estimation theory. Estimation
theory for static and dynamic nonlinear systems. Introduction to hypothesis
testing. Prep. 10.8G6.

10.8G8 Stochastic Processes I (2 q.h.)

Probability spaces for an infinite family of random variables. Gaussian processes.
Processes with independent increments. Strict and wide sense stationary proc-
esses. Ergodicity. Random harmonic analysis. Prep. 10.8G2.

10.8G9 Stochastic Processes II (2 q.h.)

Markov chains with discrete and continuous time parameter. Markov processes.

Counting processes. Renewal processes. Queuing problems. Prep. 10.8G8.

10.8J1 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable I (2 q.h.)

Geometry of the complex plane, analytic functions, Cauchy's theorem. Prep.

10.8C1 (may be taken concurrently).

10.8J2 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable II (2 q.h.)

infinite sequences and series, singularities, residues, applications. Prep. 10.8J1.

10.8J3 Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable III (2 q.h.)

Meromorphic functions, Mittag-Leffler theorem, conformal mapping. Prep.

10.8J2.

10.8L1 Numerical Analysis I (2 q.h.)

Solutions of systems of linear algebraic equations by reduction and iterative

methods. Solutions of algebraic and transcendental equations. Prep. 10.8B6 or

equivalent.

10.8L2 Numerical Analysis II (2 q.h.)

Approximation and interpolation. Use of difference techniques in interpolation
and quadrature. Approximation by series of orthogonal functions; rational ap-
proximation. Prep. 10.8L1.

10.8L3 Numerical Analysis III (2 q.h.)

Numerical solution of ordinary and partial difference equations with emphasis

on stability and accuracy of solutions. Prep. 10.812.

10.8L4 Linear Numerical Analysis I (2 q.h.)

Vector space, Jordan canonical form, norms and seminorms, direct solution of
linear systems, special systems, error analysis, iterative methods. Prep. 10.8B1
and 10.8B6.

10.8L5 Linear Numerical Analysis II (2 q.h.)

Acceleration of iterative methods, the eigenvalue and eigenvector problem.

Prep. 10.8L4.

MATHEMATICS / 91

10.8L6 Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations (2 q.h.)
Applications of linear numerical analysis to the solution of partial differential
equations. Prep. 10.8L5.

10.8M1, 10.8M2 Approximation Theory I, II (2 q.h.)

Various techniques for the approximation of given functions, including inter-
polation, rational approximation, and orthogonal functions. Applications to such
problems as numerical integration and solution of differential equations. Prep.
10.8B6.

10.8M4 Interpolation and Approximation (2 q.h.)

Review of Taylor's theorem, elementary interpolation formulas, difference tables,
Newton's formulas, lozenge diagram. Uniform approximation, Weierstrass
theorem, Chebychev polynomials. Rational approximation, Pade table, Maehly's
methods. Prep. 10.8B6 or equivalent.

10.8M5 Approximation and Quadrature (2 q.h.)

Least-squares approximation, orthogonal functions, properties of orthogonal
polynomials. Trigonometric approximation, filtering and smoothing. Numerical
integration schemes, including Newton-Cotes, Gaussian and Romberg methods.
Introduction to Monte Carlo methods and evaluation of higher dimensional
integrals. Prep. 10.8M4.

10.8M6 Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations (2 q.h.)
Existence of solutions of differential equations, direction field plots. One-step
methods: Euier's method, second-order methods, Runge-Kutta schemes; multi-
step methods: predictor-corrector methods, stability, automatic error control,
results of Dahlquist, Butcher, Stetter, and Gragg. Higher-order equations and
systems of equations. Introduction to boundary-value problems. Prep. 10.8M5.

10.8P1, 10.8P2, 10.8P3 Algebra I, II, III (2 q.h.)

The content of these courses is the same as 10.9A2 and the first part of 10.9A4.

Prep. 10.8B2 or equivalent.

10.8T1 Matrix Analysis I (2 q.h.)

Solutions of systems of linear equations by direct and iterative methods; matrix

inversion, characteristic values, canonical forms. Prep. 10.886 or equivalent.

10.8T2 Matrix Analysis II (2 q.h.)

Discussion of Hermitian, orthogonal, and unitary matrices and their physical

significance. Functions of matrices and matrix calculus. Prep. 10.871.

10.8T3 Tensor Analysis I (2 q.h.)

Tensor algebra; review of three-dimensional point and vector spaces in the
setting of tensor analysis. Linear algebra and n-dimensional affine space. The
coordinate tensor, tensor products, invariants, physical components. Prep.
10.8B6 or equivalent.

10.8T4 Tensor Analysis II (2 q.h.)

Symmetric and alternating tensors, rank and support, duality. The metric tensor.

Tensor Calculus: curvilinear coordinates, tangent spaces. Prep. 10.8T3.

92 / MATHEMATICS

10.815 Tensor Analysis III (2 q.h.)

Tensor fields, covariant derivative. Riemannian geometry, geodesies, curvature

tensor. Parallel displacement, linear connections, exterior forms. Prep. 10.874. '

10.9A1 Basic Analysis and Topology (4 q.h.)

Sets and functions. Metric spaces with examples. Continuous functions. Notions ;
of compact, complete, paracompact spaces. Function spaces, especially Banach
and Hilbert spaces. Multilinear maps. Coordinate-free calculus, inverse and Im-
plicit function theorems, Taylor formula, first-order differential equations.

10.9A2 Algebra A (4 q.h.)

Theory of groups: Examples of groups. Subgroups and homomorphisms. Permu-
tation groups, actions, orbits, stabilizer groups, index formulas, quotient spaces,
conjugacy, geometric examples. Simplicity of the alternating group. Free groups
and groups defined by generators and relations. Sylow theorems and the syste-
matic study of groups of small order. Structure of finitely generated abelian
groups. A brief study of the classical linear groups.

10.9A3 Integration (3 q.h.) ■

Measure spaces. Abstract Lebesgue integral. Convergence theorems. Construe- i
tion of Lebesgue measure on R". Radon-Nikodym theorem. Product measure]
theorem. Fubini's theorem. j

10.9A4 Algebra B (3 q.h.) |

Polynomial functions and formal polynomials. Polynomial rings and unique '
factorization. Construction of extension fields. Splitting fields of polynomials.
Theory of fields and Galois theory. Examples.

10.9A5 General Topology (3 q.h.)

General topological spaces. Moore-Smith convergence. Compactness and con-
nectedness. Separation properties. Products. Quotient spaces. Inductive and
projective limits. Function spaces. Elementary homotopy. Some of the functorial
viewpoint.

10.9A6 Complex Variables (4 q.h.)

Elementary properties of holomorphic functions, harmonic functions, maximum
modulus principle, approximation theorems, conformal maps, zeroes of holo-
morphic functions, analytic continuation.

10.9A7 Geometry (4 q.h.)

Fundamental group, covering spaces, simplicial complexes, manifolds, orienta-
tion, linear group manifolds. Some attempt to tie up algebra and topology.

10.9B3 Constructive Algebra (4 q.h.)

A constructive development of some of the old familiar areas of algebra: prin-
cipal ideal domains, Dedekind domains, factorial domains, Noetherian rings.

10.9B9 Seminar: Constructive Analysis (4 q.h.)

Topics in classical mathematics and analysis of them from the constructive

standpoint.

MATHEMATICS / 93

10.9C1, 10.9C2 Functional Analysis A, B (4 q.h.)

Topological vector spaces, Banach spaces, Hilbert spaces, algebras of opera-
tors, representations.

10.9E1 Advanced Differential Equations (4 q.h.)

The material of 10.8E1 and 10.8E2 is covered as a unit in 10.9E1. Prep. 10.9A1.

10.9E3, 10.9E4 Partial Differential Equations A, B (4 q.h.)

Treats a selection of the material of 10.8E4, 10.8E5, and 10.8E6. Prep. 10.9A1

and 10.9A6.

10.9E6 Integral Equations (4 q.h.)

Covers material from 10.8E8, 10.8E9. Prep. 10.9A1.

10.9G1 Probability (4 q.h.)

Probability spaces. Probability laws of families of random variables. Distribution
functions and characteristics functions on R'. Strong limit laws of sums of inde-
pendent random variables. Central limit theorem. Conditional expectations.

10.9H1 Mathematical Statistics (4 q.h.)

This course embodies the material in 10.8G4 and 10.8G5. Prep. 10.8G1 or

equivalent.

10.9M5, 10.9M6 Lie Groups and Fourier Theory A, B (4 q.h.)
Certain questions in analysis take on a special simplicity due to the benevolent
presence of an algebraic structure. Starting with simple classical examples, the
course will work toward a deeper and more contemporary vision of Lie groups
and Fourier theory. Ideas will outweigh proofs.

10.9N1 Advanced Mathematics A (4 q.h.)

Legendre and Bessel functions, Laplace transforms, Fourier integrals, boundary-
value problems, introduction to matrix algebra. Prep. Differential Equations.
: Not to be used for credit toward the program in mathematics.

10.9N2 Advanced Mathematics B (4 q.h.)
I. This course embodies the material in 10.8A3 and 10.8A4. Prep. 10.9N1.
Not to be used for credit toward the program in mathematics.

10.9P0 Seminar: Classical Groups (up to 4 q.h.)
Topics in classical groups as chosen by participants.

10.9P1 Representations of Groups (4 q.h.)

A basic course in group representations and character theory.

10.9Q1 Homological Algebra (4 q.h.)

Maps, sums, tensor products, exact sequences, homology, derived functors and

adjoints, applications to algebra and topology.

10.9Q2 Module Theory (4 q.h.)

Techniques of commutative and homological algebra applied to modules and

ideals. Applications to regular and Gorenstein rings.

94 / MATHEMATICS

10.9Q6 Ring Theory (4 q.h.)

A survey of ring theory: Commutative algebra and how to interpret an algebraic
statement geometrically. Semi-simple rings and modules with structure and |
splitting theory and Brauer group. The analogous splitting theory for field j
extensions. |

I
10.9U1, 10.9U2 Algebraic Topology A, B (4 q.h.) |

Topics from: Homology groups, homology sequences, fiber spaces, sheaves, j
products in homology and cohomology, cohomology algebra, Kunneth theorems,
Steenrod operations, Poincare duality, higher homotopy groups and the
Hurewicz theorem, characteristic classes.

10.9W1, 10.9W2 Dynamical Systems A, B (4 q.h.)

Structural stability and qualitative theory of dynamical systems,

10.9W9 Seminar: Dynamical Systems (up to 4 q.h.)
Topics in dynamical systems as chosen by participants.

10.9Z1 Master's Thesis (up to 6 q.h.)

10.9Z2 Readings in Analysis (4 q.h.)

10.9Z3 Readings in Algebra (4 q.h.)

10.9Z4 Readings in Topology (4 q.h.)

10.9Z5 Doctoral Dissertation

10.9Z6 Seminar in Analysis (up to 4 q.h. per quarter)

10.9Z7 Seminar in Algebra (up to 4 q.h. per quarter)

10.9Z8 Seminar in Topology (up to 4 q.h. per quarter)

physics

Assistant Professors

Evangelos M. Anastassakis, Ph.D.
Irvin M. Asher, Ph.D.
Robert I. Boughton, Ph.D.
David R. Bowen, Ph.D.
David Earles, Ph.D.
William L. Faissler, Ph.D.
James L. Sigel, Ph.D.
Jeffrey B. Sokoloff, Ph.D.
Allan Widom, Ph.D.
Chian-Yuan Young, Ph.D.

Research Associates

John K. Lawrence, Ph.D.
Huan Lee, Ph.D.
Robert P. Perrin, Ph.D.
Douglas M. Potter, Ph.D.
Edward I. Shibata, Ph.D.
Giulia Srivastava, Ph.D.
Yau Wu Tang, Ph.D.
Neal E. Tornberg, Ph.D.

Professors

Ronald Aaron, Ph.D.

Acting Chairman
Michael J. Glaubman, Ph.D.

Chairman
Petros N. Argyres, Ph.D.
Richard L. Arnowitt, Ph.D.
Alan H. Cromer, Ph.D.
Marvin H. Friedman, Ph.D.
Marvin W. Gettner, Ph.D.
Walter Hauser, Ph.D.
Giovanni Lanza, Ph.D.
Bertram J. Malenka, Ph.D.
Clive H. Perry, Ph.D.
Eugene J. Saletan, Ph.D.
Carl J. Shiftman, Ph.D.
Roy Weinstein, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Lowell Dworin, Ph.D.
David A. Garelick, Ph.D.
Hyman Goldberg, Ph.D.
Bernard A. Gottschalk, Ph.D.
Robert P. Lowndes, Ph.D.
Pran Nath, Ph.D.
James E. Neighbor, Ph.D.
Yogendra N. Srivastava, Ph.D.
Michael T. Vaughn, Ph.D.
Eberhard von Goeler, Ph.D.
Fa Yueh Wu, Ph.D.

Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants
must have had a program which includes 12 semester hours of physics
beyond general physics, and mathematics through differential equations.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE
Program

Forty-two quarter hours of academic credit are required. The regis-
tration of full-time students will be approved by a faculty adviser. Be-
cause of the general increase in the level of undergraduate and graduate
courses in recent years, it is recommended that students who are weak
in mechanics, electricity and magnetism, or modern physics take one
or more of the following sequences.

96 / PHYSICS

11.200, 11.201 Mechanics I, II

1 1 .208 Mathematical Physics

11.210, 11.211 Electricity and Magnetism I, II

11.230 Modern Physics

11.240, 11.241 Quantum I, II

These courses carry credit toward the master's degree at the rate of
three quarter hours of graduate credit for a four quarter-hour under-
graduate course. A maximum of nine quarter hours of graduate credit
may be earned in undergraduate courses. Course descriptions will be
found in the catalogue of the College of Liberal Arts.

A thesis option is available for a full-time student with the approval of
the department. If approved, a thesis carries six quarter hours of credit.
The program may be completed on a part-time basis, and the student
may progress according to his ability and time available.

All students will be required to complete the required courses listed
below.

Total Credits
Mathematical Physics

11.811, 11.812, 11.813; or 11.825, 11.836* 6

Classical Mechanics

11.821, 11.822, 11.823; or 11.824, 11.826 6

Electromagnetic Theory

11.831, 11.832, 11.833; or 11.834, 11.835 6

Quantum Theory

11.841, 11.842, 11.843 12

30
* NOTE: 11.836 is the third quarter of Electromagnetic Theory.

In addition to these 30 quarter hours of required courses, 12 more
quarter hours must be taken. These may be elected from any course in
physics, mathematics, engineering, chemistry, or biology, for which the
student has the necessary preparation.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

Admission

A student's eligibility to take the Ph.D. qualifying examination is
decided by a committee of the department on the basis of the student's
overall performance. Full-time students will be notified of their status
sometime in their second year of study. Students enrolled in the part-
time master's degree program who wish to qualify for Ph.D. candidacy
may so indicate by petition to the graduate committee of the depart-
ment. The petition should include a timetable for completing the addi-
tional 33 (30 if he has had 11.836) quarter hours of required courses
listed below and for taking the qualifying examination.

PHYSICS / 97

Residence Requirement

After a student has completed the required 60 quarter hours of course
work and has passed his qualifying examination, he becomes a doctoral
degree candidate and must satisfy the residence requirement by one

year of full-time graduate work.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general grad-
uate school regulations.

Qualifying Examination

The qualifying examination consists of a written and an oral part.
The written examination covers the material in the required courses for
the M.S. and Ph.D. programs. This examination is given twice a year,
once in September and once in February. A student must take this
examination during the next fall quarter following the quarter in which
he became eligible to take it. If the examination is failed, it may be
repeated the next time it is given.

Course Requirements

The course requirements, in addition to the 30 quarter hours of re-
quired courses for the masters' degree, are:

Credits

11.836*

Electromagnetic Theory C . .

11.844

Quantum Theory D

11.867,

11.868, 11.869 Introduction to

Particle and Nuclear Physics .

11.874,

11.875 The Physics of Solids .

11,827,

11.828, 11.829 Statistical

Mechanics

33
Dissertation

The student should have made arrangements for a dissertation adviser
by the time he wishes to take the oral part of the qualifying exami-
nation. An outline of the dissertation must be approved by the depart-
mental graduate committee at least eight months before the dissertation
examination.

Teaching Requirement

Some teaching experience is required. This requirement may be
satisfied by at least one year of service as a teaching assistant or by
suitable teaching duties.

* If a student has had 11.836 for his M.S. course requirement, the additional
course requirements add up to only 30 q.h.

98 / PHYSICS

Final Oral Examination

This examination will be held in accordance with the graduate school
regulations.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

11.804, 11.805, 11.806 Advanced Solid State A, B, C (4 q.h.)
Adiabatic approximation and theory of lattice vibrations of perfect crystals; op-
tical phonons and polaritons; phonons in imperfect crystals; neutron scattering;
photon absorption and scattering; recoilless emission; phonon-phonon inter-
action; second sound. One-electron approximation and theory of Bloch elec-
trons; Bloch electrons in external fields. Screening and plasmons; excitons;
electron-phonon interaction; polarons; quantum theory of transport; supercon-
ductivity; electronic and lattice conduction; ultrasonic attenuation. Ferromag-
netism and antiferromagnetism; magnons; magnetic resonance; alloys, amor-
phous semiconductors; liquid solutions. Prep. 11.829 and 11.875.

11.807, 11.808, 11.809 Quantum Fiefd Theory, A, B, C (4 q.h.)
The content of the above three courses provides a study of the quantum me-
chanical, one-particle wave equations for electrons, nucleons, neutrinos, and
mesons, symmetric and antisymmetric multiparticle systems, second quantiza-
tion, free relativistic boson fields, fermion fields and electromagnetic fields,
relation to the description of various elementary particles, theory of interacting
fields and particles, formal scattering theory, Feynman diagrams, renormaliza-
tion procedures, application to scattering, production and decay phenomena,
quantum electrodynamics efiects, recent formal developments, group theoreti-
cal methods. The third quarter will be devoted to special topics. Prep. 11.844

11.811, 11.812, 11.813 Mathematical Physics I, II, III (2 q h.)

An introduction to mathematical methods of theoretical physics. Topics to be
covered include vector spaces, eigenfunction expansions, special functions of
mathematical physics, theory of functions of a complex variable, differential and
integral equations, generalized functions, Green's functions, partial differential
equations, perturbation theory, and selected applications.

11.814 Mathematical Physics A (4 q.h.)

11.815 Mathematical Physics B (3 q.h.)

These two courses cover essentially the same material as 11.811, 11.812, 11.813.
Prep. 11.814.

11.821, 11.822, 11.823 Classical Mechanics I, 11, III (2 q.h.)
Newton's laws of motion, constraints and D'Alembert's principles, Lagrange's
equations, Hamilton's variational principle, central force motion, Hamilton's
canonical equations, coupled oscillations, rigid body motion, Hamiltonian formu-
lation of mechanics, canonical transformations, Hamilton-Jacobi theory, action-
angle variables, classical perturbation theory.

11.824, 11.826 Classical Mechanics A, B (3 q.h.)

The content of these two courses is essentially the same as 11.821, 11.822,

11.823.

PHYSICS / 99

11.825 Mathematical Physics (3 q.h.)

Linear spaces, inner product, ortinogonaiity and completeness, operators and
linear transformations, eigenvalue problems. Hilbert spaces, approximation of a
function by polynomials (Weierstrass theorem), Fourier series and transforms.
Analytic functions of a complex variable, complex integration, residue theorem,
Hilbert transforms. Green's functions, testing functions and generalized func-
tions. Domain of a differential operator, the adjoint differential operator, Green's
functions and delta function. Solution of differential equations in up to three
dimensions.

11.827, 11.828, 11.829 Statistical Mechanics A, B, C (3 q.h.)
A study of the basics of thermodynamics, density matrix and partition function
for the canonical and grand canonical ensembles and their connection with
thermodynamic functions, application to specific examples, fluctuations, and
irreversible processes. Prep. 11.843 (may be taken concurrently).

11.831,11.832,11.833 Electromagnetic Theory I, II, III (2 q h.)

Electrostatics, boundary value problems. Green's functions and orthogonal func-
tion expansion, electrostatics of dielectric media, magnetostatics, time varying
fields, Maxwell's equations, energy and momentum of the electromagnetic field,
boundary conditions, plane waves, Fourier analysis, radiation of electromagnetic
waves.

11.834, 11.835 Electromagnetic Theory A, B (3 q.h.)

The content of these two courses is the same as 11.831, 11.832, 11.833.

11.836 Electromagnetic Theory C (3 q.h.)

Irreducible multipole expansion of the electromagnetic field; introduction to
special relativity, radiation from high-speed particles. Prep. 11.835.

11.837 Electromagnetic Theory D (3 q.h.)

Advanced topics in electromagnetic theory such as problems involving radiation
reaction, energy, momentum, and the equations of motion of a high-speed par-
ticle, Cerenkov radiation, the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulation of electro-
magnetism. Prep. 11.836. Offered biennially. Fall qtr. 1974

11.838, 11.839 General Relativity A, B (3 q.h.)

A brief survey of differential geometry, physical basis of the Einstein equations,
simple solutions and experimental tests, cosmology, asymptotic properties of the
Einstein equations (radiation, energy, momentum), quantization of the theory.
Prep. 11.837; and 11.823 or 11.826.

11.841 Quantum Theory A (4 q.h.)

Experimental basis of quantum theory, Schroedinger equations, and probability
interpretation. Uncertainty principle, one-dimensional problems, operator
methods for harmonic oscillator, orbital angular momentum, central force
problem. Fall qtr.

11.842 Quantum Theory B (4 q.h.)

Scattering problems. Born approximation, phase shift analysis, introduction to
S-matrix theory, general vector space formulation of quantum mechanics. Prep.
11.841. Winter qtr.

100 / PHYSICS

11.843 Quantum Theory C (4 q.h.)

Time-independent perturbation theory (nondegenerate and degenerate), time-
dependent perturbation theory, semiclassical theory of radiation, Pauli wave
equation. Prep. 11.842. Spring qtr.

11.844, 11.845 Quantum Theory D, E (3 q.h.)

A study of the special topics in nonrelativistic and relativistic quantum me-
chanics, Dirac wave equations, addition of angular momentum problems. Prep.
11.843.

11.854, 11.855, 11.856 Particles and Fields (4 q.h.)

The course begins with a study of second quantized systems of spin zero, spin
one half and spin one fields. It continues with a discussion of the properties of
baryons, mesons, leptons, and resonant states. A general phenomenologica!
framework of the fundamental interactions between these elementary particles is
developed and comparison of predictions of the theory with experiment is made.
The basis for the construction of the theory depends upon those ideas which are
well established as well as current advancements as they appear in the litera-
ture. Prep. 11.843.

11.857, 11.858, 11.859 Many-Body Theory A, B, C (4 q.h.)

An introduction to some many-body problems and the mathematical techniques
used in dealing with them. The following topics are discussed: Theory of linear
response and correlation functions. Hartree-Bock and random phase approxima-
tion. Many-body perturbation theory. Landau-Fermi liquid theory. Applications to
solid-state problems. Superconductivity. Superfluidity. Introduction to the meth-
od of Green's functions. Prep. 11.843 and 11.827 (may be taken concurrently).
Offered biennially.

11.867, 11.868, 11.869 Introduction to Particle and Nuclear Physics (4 q.h.)
An introduction to nuclear physics and elementary particle phenomena. Discus-
sion will include such topics as properties of two nucleon system, nuclear forces,
shell model, phenomenology of baryons, mesons and leptons, electron-proton
scattering, symmetries, weak interactions. Prep. 11.843.

1 1 .874, 1 1 .875 The Physics of Solids A, B (3 q.h.)

Crystal structure and macroscopic properties of solids; lattice dynamics; band
theory of solids; transport theory and the Boltzmann equation; the Fermi surface;
magnetism; dielectric properties. Prep. 11.842 and 11.827 (may be taken con-
currently).

11.881 Quantum Theory of Fields A (3 q.h.)
For description see 11.883.

Prep. 11.836 and 11.844 (may be taken concurrently).

11.882 Quantum Theory of Fields B (3 q.h.)
For description see 11.883.

Prep. 11.881 and 11.845 (may be taken concurrently).

11.883 Quantum Theory of Fields C (3 q.h.)

Prep. 11.882.

The content of the above courses provides a study of the quantum mechanical,

one-particle wave equations for electrons, nucieons, neutrinos, and mesons.

PHYSICS / 101

symmetric and antisymmetric multiparticle systems, second quantization, free
relativistic boson fields, fermion fields and electromagnetic fields, relation to
the description of various elementary particles, theory of interacting fields and
particles, formal scattering theory, Feynman diagrams, renormalization proce-
dures, application to scattering, production and decay phenomena, quantum
electrodynamics effects, recent formal developments.

11,990 Special Topics in Physics (maximum: 4 q.h.)

A discussion of special topics in physics to be chosen by the instructor. Prep.

Consent of the instructor.

11.992 Special Problems in Physics (maximum: 4 q.h.)

Theoretical or experimental work under individual faculty supervision. Prep.

Consent of faculty member.

11.995 Doctoral Dissertation

Experimental and theoretical work for Ph.D. candidates.

political science

Professors Assistant Professors

R. Gregg Wilfong, Ph.D. James A. Medeiros, Ph.D.

Chairman David G. Pfeiffer, M.A.

David W. Barkiey, M.P.A., Ph.D. David E. Schmitt, Ph.D.

Associate Professors Lecturers

George E. Berkley, Ph.D. Joseph F. Courtney, M.P.A., J.D.

L. Gerald Bursey, Ph.D. Robert E. Curtis, M.G.A.

Robert L Cord, Ph.D. Richard Gladstone, M.A., M.C.P.

Minton F. Goldman, Ph.D. Demeter J. Kollias, M.P.A.

Walter S. Jones, Ph.D. Robert H. McClain, Jr., M.P.A.

Steve Worth, Ph.D. George J. Nolfi, M.P.A., Ph.D.

John A. Wolaver, M.B.A., M.U.A.

Richard Underwood, M.S., LL.B.

Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants
for the Master of Arts program should have had a background which
includes at least 15 semester hours of political science or government.
All applicants must take the Graduate Record Examination.

Applicants for the Master of Public Administration program should
demonstrate a clear and strong interest in public administration. All
applicants for admission must furnish a statement that supports his or
her interest in public administration and provides reasons for wishing to
enter this program. Although it is anticipated that most candidates for
this program will come with a major concentration in the social sci-
ences, this is not mandatory, and applicants from other fields such as
engineering, law, the sciences, and business administration will be con-
sidered for candidacy.

THE IVIASTER OF ARTS DEGREE
Program

Forty-two quarter hours of academic work are required. With the
approval of the faculty adviser, a maximum of nine quarter hours may
be elected from graduate courses in other departments and a maximum
of eight quarter hours may be elected from advanced undergraduate
courses.

102

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 103

A thesis is optional with thQ approval of the chairman of the depart-
ment. If approved, a thesis carries six quarter hours of credit.

Comprehensive Examination

This examination will be held in accordance with the general graduate
school regulations. Every candidate for the degree must pass examina-
tions in two fields as prescribed by the department. Choice may be
made from the following fields: American Government, Comparative
Government, International Relations, Political Theory, or Public Ad-
ministration.

THE MASTER OF PUBLIC ADIVIINISTRATION DEGREE

Program

Forty-two hours of academic work are required. All students must
complete the following five courses:

22.872 Public Fiscal Management

22.874 Functions and Techniques of Public Management

22.878 Research Methods in Public Administration

22.880 Survey of Public Administration

22.882 Public Personnel Administration

At least five additional courses must be selected from courses
designated public administration electives. Not more than four courses
may be selected from other graduate courses offered by the University,
and these must have the approval of the faculty adviser.

Comprehensive Examination

A candidate for the degree must pass a general examination in the
field of public administration as a whole which will test both mastery
of the literature and the ability to apply concepts in the field to con-
crete problems of government.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.
All courses are seminars.

22.800 American Government

Analysis in depth of selected problems in American government. Examples of
problems are: transition of American political parties, legislative reapportion-
ments, and the decline of Congress as a law-making body. M.P.A. elective.

104 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.810 Models of Political Systems.

A detailed examination and critique of current models of political systems.

22.820 Legislative Process

Study of Congress and of the influence of the President, administrative bureauc-
racy, parties, interest groups, and public opinion on the development of legis-
lative policy. Comparisons will be made with legislative process in the states.
M.P.A. elective.

22.824 The Presidency

Examination of the place and function of the chief executive in the formulation
and execution of public policy. M.P.A. elective.

22.826 American Electoral Behavior

The theoretical and methodological assumptions of election studies of the
American political system will be analyzed and the substantive conclusions
carefully reviewed.

22.827 Campaigns and Elections.

A study of campaign tactics and strategies. Field Work required.

22.828 The Judiciary

Analysis of the role of the judiciary in the American governmental process.
Special attention is given to those areas of constitutional law where the Court's
decisions have a profound impact on the basic structure of American politics
(apportionment, economic regulation, federalism, etc.).

22.830 Civil Rights

Examination of the doctrine of constitutionalism illustrated and amplified by
a study of the substance and process of the Bill of Rights as developed in
decisions of Federal courts, and Congressional enactments.

22.831 Procedural Due Process in the United States

An analysis of procedural rights under the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth
Amendment, utilizing such juridical sources as judicial decisions, and analytical
writings.

22.832 Intergovernmental Relations

An institutional-behavioral analysis of the changing relationship between the
various levels of American government — national, state, and local — relating the
pattern of change to the social and economic forces which underlie it. M.P.A.
elective.

22.834 Constitutional Law

A case development in the basic structural aspects of the American constitu-
tional system including an evaluation of federalism, separation of powers, and
the formal and informal processes of amendment and constitutional change.

22.835 Administrative Problems in Criminal Justice

An examination of the criminal justice system in the United States with par-
ticular emphasis on political and administrative factors. Emphasis on the role of
police, courts, judges, juries, parole, probation and incarceration. M.P.A.
elective.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 105

22.836 Federal Bureaucracy

Examination of dynamic and structural aspects of the national government, with
attention to the place of the national administration in the federal system.
M.P.A. elective.

22.838 Bureaucracy and Public Control

An analysis of problems of democratic control in American administration.
Topics include technological change, size and complexity, executive-legislative
relations, interest groups, and political culture. Stress upon problems for ad-
ministration in dealing with the multiple pressures of a complex, democratic
political system. M.P.A. elective.

22.840 Problems In State Government

Appraisal of the problems of contemporary state government in the U.S.
Particular emphasis is given to the state government of Massachusetts. Indi-
vidual research is stressed. M.P.A. elective.

22.842 Urban Planning

A study of the history and techniques of city planning, stressing the elements of
planning. M.P.A. elective.

22.843 The Politics of Urban Planning

An investigation of the relationships of planning to other governmental func-
tions with stress on practical processes, particularly at the municipal govern-
ment level. M.P.A. elective.

22.844 Urban Government

The contemporary crisis in urban government — problems of political inde-
pendence, government finance and administration, rapid growth of suburban and
metropolitan areas, and decline and decay of the core city are stressed. Par-
ticular emphasis is given to the Boston metropolitan area. Individual research
is stressed. M.P.A. elective.

22.845 Problems of Municipal Administration

Selected case problems and topics in municipal administration including
organization, financial management, personnel and labor relations, municipal
services, and public and political relations. Individual research is stressed.
M.P.A. elective.

22.846 Problems of Regional and Urban Development

An examination of the role of government and politics in the planning, pro-
gramming, and administration of regional and urban development in the United
States. Consideration is given to urban renewal; interurban and interregional
competition; interstate compacts; public authorities; T.V.A., Appalachia, and
New England regional development; anti-poverty programs; and conflicts be-
tween public and private interests. Individual research is stressed. M.P.A.
elective.

22.847 The Politics of Transportation

Examination of the role of politics, governmental mechanisms and public policy
in the transportation planning process. Particular attention is given to political
interest groups and the manner in which they affect transportation policy on the
federal, state and local levels. M.P.A. elective.

106 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.848 Problems of Urban Renewal

Examination of the role of government, politics, and public policy in the urban
renewal process and related problems of housing in the United States. M.P.A.
elective.

22.849 Urban Management and Systems Planning

A non-technical, step-by-step application of systems and computer technology to
problems in urban management. M.P.A. elective.

22.850 Comparative Politics I

Comparative analysis of politics and political systems with special attention to
fundamental problems of theory and practice. The chief focus is on contem-
porary political systems and contemporary theories in the field of comparative
politics. Traditional models are also treated, but more briefly. Particular atten-
tion will be paid to British and American political experience.

22.851 Comparative Politics II

Extends and intensifies the comparative analysis of politics undertaken in Com-
parative Politics I by examining a broader range of institutional experience.
Special attention will be given to European political experience, particularly that
of France and Germany. Prep. 22.850.

22.854 Totalitarianism

An analysis of totalitarianism and dictatorship including study of historical
background; fundamental characteristics; theories of origin, nature, and sig-
nificance; and evaluation of techniques, ideologies, policies, and instruments
of power. Special attention will be given to the government and politics of the
Soviet Union.

22.856 Government and Politics of France

A study of governmental organization and political behavior in France today.
Special attention is given to the role of the presidency, executive-legislative
relations, and the political party system.

22.858 Government and Politics of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Northern Ireland

An analysis of government organization and political behavior in the United
Kingdom. Special attention will be given to executive-legislative relations, the
political party system, and the politics of Northern Ireland.

22.872 Public Fiscal Management

A study of the interrelationships in public administration between systems of
finance and the achievement of program objectives. Emphasis is placed upon
those aspects of the budgetary process that bear on fiscal policy and appro-
priations.

22.873 Systematic Analysis and Public Finance

A conceptual examination of the Planning, Programming and Budgeting System
(PPBS) and its application to the decision-making and budgetary processes in
the public sector. An overview of the elements of the system and their applica-
tion in determining optimum allocation of public funds. Specific examples will
be discussed. M.P.A. elective.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 107

22.874 Functions and Techniques of Public Management

An introduction to problems in public management and techniques for dealing
with them. This will include functions of middle management, supervision, ad-
ministration of staff activities (e.g. planning, personnel, budget), organization
and methods, public relations, managerial use of computer-based techniques,
and tactics and strategies of management.

22.876 Administrative Behavior

An analysis of the sociological and psychological aspects of organization and
management. Topics include: bureaucratic leadership; interaction of individual
and organization; dynamics of the small group; pathology of bureaucratic
behavior. M.P.A. elective.

22.877 Public Policy and Environmental Control

Consideration of the legal, political, administrative, and intergovernmental fac-
tors involved in the formulation of public policy and the exercise of public
power in regulating the use of the environment. Individual research is stressed.
M.P.A. elective.

22.878 Research in Public Administration

Development and application of research designs in public administration.
M.P.A. elective.

22.879 Science, Technology, and the Administration of Public Policy

An analysis of central administrative and policy issues raised by the interrela-
tionships of science and public affairs. Some issues to be discussed: effects of
technological development upon the development of policy alternatives and their
implementation; national policy for support of science and technology; the ad-
ministrative role of the expert. M.P.A. elective.

22.880 Survey of Public Administration

Introduction to the literature and the major topics in public administration with
special attention given to the interrelationships of politics and administration.

22.882 Public Personnel Administration

Technique, practice, and organization of personnel functions in public adminis-
tration, including recruitment, compensation, training, discipline, and relations
with employee organizations.

22.883 Comparative Public Administration

A comparative study of the approaches to public administration in selected
democratic governments in the United States and Europe. M.P.A. elective.

22.884 Comparative Metropolitan Government and Politics

An examination of structure, administration, and politics of selected major
European cities in the context of the metropolitan problem in the United States
with special emphasis on problem solution and comparative administration.
M.P.A. elective.

22.885 Quantitative Methods in Public Administration

Application of statistical techniques to Public Administration. M.P.A. elective.

108 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.888 Administrative Law

Study of rule-making, adjudication (formal and informal), administrative finality
and judicial review, administrative procedure, scope of administrative powers,
and enforcement techniques.

22.890 Research Seminar in Public Administration

Will require each student to develop and report upon an individual research
project in public administration. This seminar will normally be taken in the last
quarter of study for the M.P.A. degree.

22.900 Ancient and IVIedieval Political Thought

The development of political thought from Greek antiquity to the end of the
Middle Ages. Both historical and analytical approaches will be utilized. Atten-
tion is also paid to the cultural, social, and intellectual context within which
political theories develop.

22.910 IVIodern Political Thought

Examination of political thought from Machiavelli to Marx.

22.920 Contemporary Political Theory

The main currents of political thought in the latter half of the nineteenth and
the twentieth centuries with special emphasis on the relations between political
theory, philosophy, and political science.

22.922 The Measurement of Political Events

The purpose of this course is to acquaint political science majors with some
analytical and mathematical tools appropriate for use in studying politics.

22.924 Strategy in Politics

An examination of formal theories of political behavior, stressing elements of
strategy and their implications. Relationships between political actors, patterns
in political processes, bargaining, decision making, and voting will be covered.

22.926 Trends in American Political Thought

Examination of intellectual concepts and movements that have informed and
influenced American political life with emphasis upon those relating to the
making and execution of public policy. M.P.A. elective.

22.928 Organization Theory

An in-depth study of the major organization theories including the scientific
basis for organization theory; models and ideal types; decision-making; applica-
tion of game theory; systems analysis. M.P.A. elective.

22.930 Positive Political Theory

An examination of the works of Anthony Downs, William Riker, and others in
this current school of political analysis.

22.942 Asia and the Politics of Development

This course is an investigation of the character of political development in
general and of the problems it poses for Asian political systems in particular.
The focus will be on China, Vietnam, and Thailand.

POLITICAL SCIENCE / 109

22.943 The Governments and Politics of Latin America

This course investigates contemporary Latin American politics with particular
emphasis on militarism, revolution, executive dominance, and social change,
it then focuses on three representative nations such as Mexico, Argentina, and
Cuba.

22.944 Nationalism

The evolution and role of nationalism in both theory and practice. Representa-
tive nationalistic movements and theories are analyzed.

22.946 The Politics of Revolution and Change

Analysis of the nature of political change with attention to both theory and
practice. Topics discussed are revolution, major trends in contemporary politics,
and the relationship between political change and technological, scientific, or
social change.

22.948 Government and Politics of North Africa and the Middle East

Comparative analysis of the political systems and foreign policies of African
states north of the Sahara. Also stressed is the relationship of this area with
the Middle East.

22.950 United States-Soviet Relations

The relations between the United States and the Soviet Union from 1917 to
the present. Topics stressed are: the "nonrecognition" period, the breakdown
of the World War II "Grand Alliance," and the nature of the present power
conflict.

22.951 United States-Far Eastern Relations

American diplomacy in the Far East, with primary concentration on Japan since
World War II, the two Chinas, and Southeast Asia.

22.952 Communist China's Foreign Policy

A study of the Peking government's relations with Afro-Asia, the Soviet orbit,
and the West. Attention is given to policy objectives, strategy, tactics, and the
method of decision making in both the party and state apparatus.

22.954 Soviet Relations with Eastern Europe

An analysis of Soviet policy in Eastern Europe, especially Russian efforts after
World War II to develop communism and maintain a position of pre-eminence
in this region.

22.956 Government and Politics in Sub-Saharan Africa

Comparative analysis of the political systems and foreign policies of selected
African states south of the Sahara. Special attention is given to the Republic
of South Africa and its policy of apartheid.

22.958 The Formulation and Conduct of American Foreign Policy

The governmental mechanism for foreign policy formulation and its conduct.
Problems in decision making and execution are emphasized.

22.959 American Foreign Policy

Examination in depth of selected issues concerning the role of the United
States in world affairs since 1945.

110 / POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.960 Problems of World Order I

Emphasizes such topics as appraisal of diverse systems of public order, ap-
proaches of international law and international organization to the problem of
world order, and the problem of world peace enforcement.

22.961 Problems of World Order II

Continuation of 22.960: political problems of world order are stressed. Repre-
sentative topics considered are arms control, disarmament, strengthening the
United Nations, and evaluation of world government proposals. Prep. 22.960.

22.964 The United Nations

Selected topics on the "non-political" work of the United Nations: human rights;
economic, social, health and related problems; decolonization and the trustee-
ship system.

22.966 International Law

Examination of selected topics in International Law not covered in 22.960 and
22.961.

22.967 Regional Organization

A study of international organization at the regional level, concerned with
examining the capability of institutions to foster integration of policy and author-
ity, and with the effect of this progress upon broader international cooperation.

22.968 The Atlantic Community

A topical analysis of European-American diplomacy from the Marshall Plan to
the present, with attention to security matters. United States policy regarding
the European integration movement, the Anglo-American "special relationship,"
the Franco-American discord, and the German dilemma. Continuing focus will
be upon Europe as part of the global diplomacy of a superpower as world
politics assumes a multipolar configuration.

22.969 The United States and the United Nations

A study of the pursuit of American foreign policy through the United Nations,
with emphasis on the uses and effects of parliamentary diplomacy.

22.990 Assigned Reading (maximum: 6 q.h.)
Assigned reading under supervision of a faculty member.

22.991 Thesis (6 q.h.)

Thesis supervision by individual members of the department.

psychology

Professors

John C. Armington, Ph.D.
Richard I. Lanyon, Ph.D.
Bertram Scharf, Ph.D.
Murray Sidman, Ph.D.
A. Bertrand Warren, Ph.D.
Harold S. Zamansky, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Edward A. Arees, Ph.D.
Roger F. Brightbill, Ph.D.
Charles Karis, Ph.D.
Harry A. Mackay, Ph.D.
Helen S. Mahut, Ph.D.
Michael Terman, Ph.D.
Acting Chairman

Assistant Professors

Isaac M. Colbert, Ph.D.
Thomas Corwin, Ph.D.
Alexander A. Skavenski, Ph.D.
C. William Tyler, Ph.D.

Research Associate

Jiuan S. Terman, Ph.D.

Admission

In addition to the admission requirements listed on page 23, applicants
are expected to have had at least 15 semester hours of psychology, in-
cluding experimental psychology and statistics. This requirement may
be waived in some cases. The Miller Analogies Test is desirable but not
required. All application materials must be submitted prior to February
1 of the year in which the applicant plans to begin study. The Graduate
Record Examination should be taken by December 15 to insure com-
pletion of admissions credentials by February 1.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

The master's degree is usually taken en route to the Ph.D. Require-
ments for this degree are 42 quarter hours of academic work including
research for six quarter hours of credit, and passing the written quali-
fying examination as outlined below. The academic work, planned as
an integral part of the doctoral program, is outlined on the following
pages.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE
Residence Requirement

The residence requirement is satisfied by one year of full-time gradu-
ate work after admission to doctoral candidacy.

Ill

112 / PSYCHOLOGY

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general grad-
uate school regulations.

Qualifying Examination

The qualifying examination consists of evaluation of written mate-
rials based upon proseminar discussions.

Course Requirements

A minimum of 27 quarter hours of academic work beyond those re-
quired for the master's degree is required. The nature and number of
courses must be approved by the adviser and the departmental gradu-
ate committee. Approved courses may be taken in other departments.

Dissertation Requirement

A student may start his dissertation during his first year of doctoral
work. A dissertation committee will be appointed by the chairman of the
department upon the recommendation of the departmental graduate
committee. The dissertation committee will be responsible for initial
approval of the dissertation in its final form.

Language Requirement

A reading knowledge of one foreign language is required. Normally
the language selected will be French, German, or Russian. Other lan-
guages may be selected by petition to the departmental graduate com-
mittee. Proficiency in a language will be determined in a manner
prescribed by the departmental graduate committee. The student must
take the language examination during his first two years of study.

Teaching Requirement

Some teaching experience is required. This requirement may be
satisfied by at least one year of service as a teaching assistant or by
suitable teaching duties.

Final Oral Examination

The final oral examination is taken after completion of all other re-
quirements for the degree. This examination will not be held until at
least two weeks after the dissertation has been accepted by the
departmental graduate committee and must be passed at least two
weeks before the commencement at which the degree is to be awarded.

The final oral examination will deal with the subject matter of the
doctoral dissertation, significant developments in the field of the disser-
tation, and subject matter as required by the examining committee.

PSYCHOLOGY / 113

Program

The program will normally be taken in accordance with the following
pattern:

I FIRST YEAR

Fall Credits Winter Credits

19.808 Quantitative 19.809 Quantitative

Methods I 3 Methods II 3

19.817 General Experimen- 19.818 General Experimen-
tal Psychology I ... 4 tal Psychology II . . . 4

19.886 Departmental 19.887 Departmental

Research Seminar I 2 Research Seminar II 2

9 9

Spring Credits

19.810 Quantitative

Methods III 3

19.819 General Experimen-
tal Psychology III . . 4

19.888 Department

Research Seminar III 2

SECOND YEAR

Six quarter hours of research and at least 9 quarter hours of elec-
itives must be taken during the second year.

All course work beyond the first year is elective and is determined by
fthe student and his adviser with the approval of the graduate committee.

:« DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

'19.807 Mathematical Psychology

'Several theories which generate quantitative predictions of behavior are
ipresented.

19.808, 19.809, 19.810 Quantitative Methods I, II, III

A survey of the quantitative methods used in experimental psychology, empha-
sizing applications of computer programming, theory of functions and relations,
curve fitting, probability functions, set theory, and analysis of variance.

19.814 Information-Processing Models in Psychology

Sensory systems considered as information-flow channels, with emphasis on the
visual system. Topics to be discussed include: Selection and encoding of sen-

114 / PSYCHOLOGY

sory information, the effects of neural inhibition and feedback, and applications
of linear systems analysis to sensory systems.

19.815 Signal Detection Theory Seminar

This seminar is directed towards the general theory of signal detectability and
its application to psychophysical experiments. First, the seminar will consider
the general theory of signal detectability at its current state of development.
Then, it will consider appropriate procedures for data collection and analysis
in order to fit them into the signal detection context.

19.817, 19.818, 19.819 General Experimental Psychology I, II, III (4 q.h.)
The Departmental proseminar. Student presentations and discussions of the ;
experimental literature relating to faculty research interest areas. Includes units
on scientific method, learning, sensory processes, physiological variables, per-
sonality and developmental variables, and applications of basic research.

19.828, 19.829 Modern Psychophysics 1, 11

Evaluation and practice of scaling procedures developed by Stevens, and con-
sideration of neuro-physiological evidence supporting the power law.

19.833 Perception

A detailed consideration of research in such areas as form, space and pattern
perception, recognition, and the effects of set and motivation on perception.
Physiological concomitants of perceptual phenomena will be considered.

19.835, 19.836, 19.837 Learning and Behavioral Analysis I, II, III

These seminars cover contemporary research in operant conditioning, with
emphasis on relating the techniques of behavioral analysis to problems of rein-
forcement, comparative psychophysics, and physiological psychology.

19.838 Human Learning and Cognition

Critical evaluation of current problems in human learning, including concept
learning, directed thinl<ing, attention, memory, probability learning, serial and
paired-associate learning.

19.844, 19.845, 19.846 Physiological and Comparative Psychology I, II, III

Seminars: a shared background, key concepts, and central issues of the field of
physio'ogical and comparative psychology.

19.847, 19.848 Mammalian Neuroanatomy

A study of the anatomy of the nervous system including its embryological devel-
opment. Major emphasis will be given to the central nervous system including
its ultrastructure.

19.860, 19.861, 19.862 Vision I, II, III

Seminars: classical and modern problems in vision. Recent journal articles will
provide primary source materials for discussion. Consideration will be given to

PSYCHOLOGY / 115

problems of stimulus specification, retinal structure, photochemistry, and psycho-
physical measures of sensitivity, color vision, and electrophysioiogy.

19.870, 19,871, 19.872 Cognition and Psycholinguistics I, II, III

Seminars: current research and theory in such areas as concept attainment,
problem solving, long and short term memory, language acquisition, perception
of language, transformational grammars, and linguistic competence.

19.880, 19.881 Sensory Psychophysiology I, M

Concentration on the anatomy and physiology of the various sensory systems,
and correlation of these data with psychophysical and perceptual concepts.
Laboratory work will be included.

19.886, 19.887, 19.888 Departmental Research Seminar I, II, III (2 q.h.)
Weekly colloquia devoted to the presentation of current research by members
of the faculty, graduate students, and invited guests.

19.901, 19,902, 19.903 Personality Theory and Research I, II, III

A survey of representative theoretical formulations of the normal personality
and its development, and an examination of experimental evidence bearing upon
relevant concepts and assumptions (e.g. anxiety, repression, aggression, cog-
nitive styles, etc.).

19.808, 19.809, 19.810 Quantitative Methods I, II, III

19.912, 19.913, 19.914 Behavior Modification I, II, III

Survey and demonstrations of applied behavior analysis, with emphasis on
behavior therapies, retardate training techniques, and classroom behavior
modification.

19.908, 19.909, 19.910 Measurement of Complex Human Behavior I, II, III

Examination of quantification procedures for complex human behavior, including
statistical concepts, procedures for traditional personality assessment, intellect-
ual ability and skills.

19.920, 19.921 Social Psychology I, II

Group phenomena and the influences of the group upon the thought and be-
havior of the individual. Such topics as social interaction, perception, opinions,
attitudes, leadership, and social conflict will be discussed.

19.940, 19.941 Experimental Child Psychology I, II

Selected topics in child behavior and development with emphasis on current
research.

19.980, 19.981, 19.982 Research Methods I, II, III

Instrumentation and laboratory techniques through instruction and participation
in ongoing laboratory projects.

116 / PSYCHOLOGY

19.990 Special Topics in Psychology (maximum: 9 q.h.)

19.991 Thesis (6 q.h.)

Experimental worl< for the master's degree requirement.

19.995 Dissertation

Experimental and theoretical work for Ph.D. candidates.

sociology and
anthropology

Professors Assistant Professors

Norman Kaplan, Ph.D., Marcia Garrett, Ph.D.

Chairman Patricia Golden, Ph.D.

Blanche Geer, Ph.D. Jane Hilowitz, D.Phil.

Frank F. Lee, Ph.D. Lila Leibowitz, Ph.D.

Earl Rubington, Ph.D. Jack Levin, Ph.D.

„ , Jack Stauder, Ph.D.

Associate Professors

Morris Freilich, Ph.D. Other Faculty

(on leave 72-73) John D. Herzog, Ph.D.,

Elliott A. Krause, Ph.D. Professor of Social Science in

Morton Rubin, Ph.D. Education, College of Education

(on leave 72-73) Stephen Schafer,

D. Jur., Prof. Agrege,

Professor of Criminology,

College of Criminal Justice

Admission

The general procedures and requirements are set forth on page 23.
Students will normally be admitted to begin their graduate work in the
fall quarter only. Applications received after March 15 will usually not
be considered. Each application will be reviewed on its own merits. Any
questions concerning the adequacy of the undergraduate background
in sociology or anthropology will be considered individually. In some
cases, students may be asked to make up certain deficiencies before
proceeding to the basic requirements. Exceptions will be made with
respect to procedural or substantive requirements on an individual
basis if the circumstances seem sufficiently compelling.

In addition to examining the catalog and course offerings, all prospec-
tive candidates are urged to learn something about the scholarly inter-
ests and writings of our faculty and to talk with graduate students now
in residence to ascertain whether or not we have something to offer
in terms of their capabilities, needs, and interests.

THE MASTER'S DEGREE

The department offers graduate programs that lead to a master of
arts degree in sociology or social anthropology. Forty-two quarter hours
of B or better academic work are required for the degree. Certain
advanced undergraduate courses offered by the department may be

117

118 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

taken for graduate credit with the approval of the department. Students
must maintain a better than B average.

In general, students are encouraged to fashion a program of studies
best suited to their needs and capabilities instead of following any
single set of rigid requirements. To this end, all entering students
should consult with members of the faculty and make a tentative choice
of faculty adviser before registering for courses.

For the Master of Arts in Sociology, students are generally required
to take three quarter courses in theory (usually 21.805, 21.806, and
21.807) and two in methodology (usually 21.810 and 21.811). The statis-
tics requirement may be satisfied by achieving at least a B in 21.814 or
its equivalent. All students are strongly advised to take some work in
social anthropology.

For the Master of Arts in Social Anthropology, students are generally
required to take two quarter courses each in theory (usually 20.801
and 20.802) and methodology. Other requirements will be individually
determined. All students are strongly advised to take some work in
sociology.

Students who can demonstrate proficiency in any of the requirements
need not take those particular courses.

A master's paper is required and earns four quarter hours of credit.
This paper may be based on empirical or library research, and must
be of publishable quality. It is expected that the full-time student will
complete his master's paper no later than the end of his second year.
Students planning to go on for the Ph.D. are urged to take the qualify-
ing examination during their second year of residence as the results
will be a major determining factor in deciding whether to encourage
the student to try to go on or not.

Deadlines for Submission of Master's Paper

A student must have substantially finished his master's paper as
certified by his first reader on or before April 1 of the year in which he
expects to be awarded the degree. Those who miss the April 1st dead-
line will normally have to wait until the subsequent fall quarter, and
should not expect that a defense can be set up much before November
1st of that quarter.

THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE

The department offers the Ph.D. in sociology. A limited number of
students will be enrolled in the Ph.D. program so as to provide highly
personalized study and research training with individual supervision.

Admission

Applicants to the doctoral program should apply for admission not

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 119

later than March fifteenth of the, year in which they expect to complete
the requirements for the master's degree.

Students seeking admission whose master's degree is not in soci-
ology will be considered on an individual basis. A tentative evaluation of
the probability of advanced standing will be made at the time the
student is admitted with the final determination after the qualifying
examination has been completed.

Students completing their master's at Northeastern will be considered
for admission to the doctoral program only after the results of their
qualifying examination have been evaluated. Students completing their
master's at another institution are admitted with the expectation
that they will take the qualifying examination at the first available
opportunity.

Residence Requirement

The university's residence requirement can be satisfied by one year
of full-time graduate work, or its equivalent, beyond the Master of Arts
degree. If the M.A. has not been in sociology, a longer period of resi-
dence will undoubtedly be essential. Most students should expect to
spend approximately two years or the equivalent in full-time graduate
study beyond the requirements of the master's degree.

Degree Candidacy

Degree candidacy is established in accordance with the general
regulations of the graduate school.

Qualifying Examination

Students will be examined on their basic knowledge of sociology,
especially theory and research methods. The main purpose of this test
is diagnostic and should help both the department and the student
evaluate strengths and weaknesses and chart a course for the future
in the light of these results. Excessive weaknesses and lack of sufficient
depth will lead to a recommendation to consider pursuing other alterna-
tives elsewhere.

Students completing their master's work at Northeastern must take
the qualifying examination before being admitted to the doctoral pro-
gram. Students entering the program with a master's degree from an-
other institution should take the qualifying examination at the earliest
opportunity after enrolling at Northeastern University.

Course Requirements

Generally, forty-two hours of academic work beyond the master's
degree are required. However, the actual number needed by any par-
ticular student will be specially determined in each case. Depending
on background, experience, and performance, a greater or lesser

120 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

number of formal courses may be required. Decisions on special cases ii
will be made by the Committee on Graduate Studies (COGS), acting i
in conjunction with the student, his adviser, and the chairman of the »i
department. Students entering from another university may be required I
to take certain basic courses before proceeding with the doctoral I'
program.

Language Requirements

A reading knowledge of French and German is required. Petitions to
substitute any other language in which there is substantial sociological
literature will be considered. Petition for such substitutions must be
submitted for approval to COGS. The language requirements must be
satisfied before admission to the comprehensive examination. Statistics
and/or advanced mathematics as well as languages needed primarily
for field research are considered an integral part of the training of
students specializing in such directions, and are therefore not the
equivalent of the general language requirement.

Comprehensive Examination

During the period of doctoral degree candidacy, each student must
pass a comprehensive examination. This will cover sociology (including
theory and methods) and social anthropology. The comprehensive ex-
amination must be passed at least nine months before the commence-
ment at which the Ph.D. is to be awarded.

Doctoral Dissertation

The student must submit a prospectus describing the topic of his
doctoral dissertation, his methods of research, and the theoretical rele-
vance of his problem. This prospectus is to be discussed with and
approved by the dissertation committee consisting of the major adviser,
two readers within the department and at least one reader from
outside the department. The revised prospectus is then filed with the
department.

Deadlines for Considering a Doctoral Dissertation

The chairman of the dissertation committee should be fully satisfied
that a dissertation is substantially complete on or before April 1 of the
year in which the candidate expects to defend.

Final Oral Examination

The dissertation will be defended after completion of all other re-
quirements for the doctoral degree. This oral defense will be held
approximately four weeks after the dissertation has been accepted by
the dissertation committee, and at least two weeks before the com-
mencement at which the degree is to be awarded. j

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 121

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

All courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

Many undergraduate courses in the 20.200 series may be offered for graduate
credit. Students should check the current course announcements to fa/re ad-
vantage of these offerings.

20.801, 20.802 Theory I, II

History of major contemporary orientations: evolutionary approaches, culture
area, cultural ecology, functionalism, structuralism, and analysis of current
status of these and related theories.

20.805, 20.806 Field Work I, II

Data collection through participant observation and related anthropological
methods. Data analysis and reports.

20.815 Tribal Societies and Culture

The structures and institutions of bands, tribes, and chiefdoms: comparative and
functional studies of tribal societies and the dynamics of change under contact

situations.

20.820 Peasant Society and Culture

Institutions of peasant society. The structure of traditional civilizations and the
interrelations between urban and local communities: comparative and functional
analysis of the peasant community and the dynamics of change from peasant to
post-peasant and industrialized societies.

20.825 Language and Communication

Human communication, including language. Theories of the evolution of lan-
guage and the application of models derived from the study of language to
other aspects of behavior.

20.830 Individual and Culture

Examination of current theory and method in the study of the interplay betv^^een
personality and culture. Contributions by various disciplines are discussed.

20.835 Kinship and Social Structure

A variety of kinship systems and their terminological and structural components
and the way in which their systems articulate with other social institutions.

20.836 Family in Evolutionary Perspective

The emergence of family from pre-human patterns, its biological and behavioral
components, and its cross-cultural variations examined from an evolutionary

perspective.

20.840 Urban Anthropology

Selected problems in anthropological studies in urban societies.

122 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

20.850 Religion and Myth

Nature and institutionalization of primitive, ancient, and contemporary religions.
Exploration of religious concepts and movements in relation to social, religious,
and political organization.

20.860 Cultural Ecology

Examines man's adaptation to environment and the effect of different human
adaptations on natural systems.

20.870 Evolution of Society

The development of political and economic institutions: specialization, social
stratification and the emergence of civilization.

20.880, 20.881, 20.882, 20.883, 20.884, 20.885

Ethnographic area courses (India, Africa, Mediterranean and others) will be j
offered as resources permit.

20.950, 20.951, 20.952 Directed Study in Social Anthropology (maximum: 9 q.h.) |
Reading and empirical research in social and cultural anthropology supervised \
by members of the anthropological staff. I

20.980 Contemporary Issues in Social Anthropology i

Contemporary issues in the field of anthropology. Supervised readings and j
written reports on special problems. |

20.990 Seminar (maximum: 9 q.h.) j

Discussion of selected topics in the field of anthropology. .

20.991 Master's Paper in Social Anthropology

Empirical or library research meeting the criteria for publication in a profes-
sional journal. Supervision by members of the department.

SOCIOLOGY

21.189 Essentials of Statistical Theory

This course reviews concepts essential to an understanding of statistical theory
relevant for sociologists. It will include a review of measures of central tendency
and dispersion, elementary probability theory, standard probability distributions |
(Normal, Chi-square, F distribution, student's T distributions, binomial, Poisson,
etc.), sampling theory, sampling distribution, and the theory of hypothesis test-
ing. It may be used to remedy deficiencies in prior statistical training but it does
not carry graduate credit.

21.805, 21.806 Foundations of Social Theory I and II

The classic theorists (Durkheim, Weber, Marx, Simme, and others) will be
considered intensively.

21.807 Contemporary Sociological Theories

Analytic treatment of major contemporary theories such as functionalism, con-
flict, neo-Marxism, and others. Prep. 21.806.

21.808 Recent Developments in Sociological Theory

New horizons in theory and the relation of theory to research. Topics to be
selected each year and announced by the instructor. Prep. 21.807.

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 123

21.810 Introduction to Research Methods I

Methods of empirical social research including survey techniques, interviewing,
questionnaire construction, sampling procedures, experimental design, and
content analysis.

21.811 Introduction to Research Methods II

A continuation of work begun in 21.810. Students will conduct individual re-
search projects.

21.812 Current Issues in Social Research

Selected topics will be examined.

21.813 Statistical Methods for Sociologists

This course is a detailed introduction to statistical methods most relevant to
sociology. Topics include tabular analysis, non-parametric statistics, analysis of
variance, regression analysis, path analysis, measures of association, estima-
tion and univariate and multivariate hypothesis testing. The approach will
presume a knowledge of elementary statistical theory — especially of sampling
distribution and the effects of sampling procedure and samples size on their
characteristics. Laboratory work including computer processing will be required.

21.814 Mathematical Models and Advanced Statistical Methods for Sociologists

This course will include selected topics in advanced sociological statistics: in-
troduction to Markov chains, factor analysis, multiple classification analysis, and
model building. The orientation will be toward the more advanced students and
the approach will be somewhat mathematical. Some mathematical aptitude or
at least one previous college course in mathematics is suggested. Graduate
statistics (21.813) is a prerequisite.

21.817 American Society

Study of the development of and the changes in the institutional structure of
American society in comparison with certain other social systems.

21.820 Sociology of Deviant Behavior

Applications of sociological concepts and principles to some problems of social
disorganization in industrial societies. Analysis of such problems as suicide,
prostitution, physical handicaps, unemployment, alcoholism, sexual deviance,
and gambling. Prep. 21.806.

21.827 Sociology of Delinquency

Social and psychological factors of delinquency and their implications for pre-
vention, rehabilitation, and treatment.

21.830 Penology and Corrections

Police, court, corrections. The penal system and its treatment methods. Prison.
Capital punishment. Probation and conditional sentencing. The inmate society.
Parole. After-care. Social consequences of crime.

21.835 Theories of Criminology

Theories and philosophies, underlying various correctional systems. Schools of
thought in criminology and penology. Theoretical approaches to the crime and
delinquency problem from the beginnings of criminology to current thinking

124 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

21.837 Sociology of Law

Fundamentals of law. The concept of social control. Order and Law. Consensus
and conflict. Analysis of the normative-formative influences of law. Mores and
morals. The concept of justice. Analysis of some legal institutions.

21.840 Sociology of Medicine

Social aspects of illness and medicine, historically and cross-culturally. Illness
and the medical profession in modern society and their structural settings: the
community, the hospital, the medical school. Research studies in the field will
be examined critically and problems for future research will be specified.

21.843 Sociology of Education

The structure and functioning of educational institutions. Student, faculty, and
administrative perspectives. Emphasis will be placed on the role of education
In processes of socialization, social mobility, social change, and social control.

21.847 Forma! Organizations

Analysis of the goals, functions, and consequences for the individual in modern
organizations. Aspects of bureaucratization will be examined within business
firms, public institutions, and private associations.

21.850 Sociology of Occupations and Professions

The relations between the occupations and professions and society. Special
topics may include occupational stratification, professional group behavior, re-
cruitment and socialization of occupations and professions, and political activism.

21.855 Political Sociology

Sociological analysis of power relations and power systems with special atten-
tion to the bases of political power, processes of change in power, and the
part played by violence and revolutionary movements.

21.857 Economic Sociology

The role of economic factors in the social process. Consideration will be given
to both classic economic theory and its impact on classic social theory, and the
potential interrelations between modern economic theory (especially model-
building approaches) and general sociological problems.

21.860 Intergroup Relations

The relations between various racial, nationality, cultural, and religious groups
with emphasis on historical development. Particular attention will be paid to
American society with its specific problems of adjustment and assimilation.

21.863 Sociology of Religion

A sociological analysis of religious institutions and experiences in their histori-
cal and contemporary content. Religion and political content will be considered.

21.865 Sociology of Knowledge

The relationship between the social base of a society and its intellectual
products. The view points of authors such as Marx, Weber, Mannheim, G. H.
Mead, the Neo-Marxian, and other modern schools will be considered. Prep.
Three terms of graduate theory.

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY / 125

21.870 The Family

Social structure and social functions of the family as a social institution. Rela-
tions between the family and other institutions in society will be examined
comparatively and historically.

21.873, 21.874 Childhood and Adolescence I, II

Growth and development of the child in the social context. Primary socialization
in the family including the transmission of role expectations, values, and the
development of self concept. Secondary group socialization in school, neighbor-
hood, and peer group.

21.877 Theories of Socialization

A critical examination of the major theories in the field. Attention will be focused
on the work of Freud, Piaget, Cooley, Mead, Parsons, and Merton.

21.880 Community Analysis

Ecological theories of man's relation to his physical environment. Development
of the concept, and discussion of methods for community study. Comparison
between rural communities and urban neighborhoods. Discussion and evalua-
tion of community action programs.

21.885 Urban Sociology

Theories of the development of urban life. Comparisons between pre-industrial
and industrializing urban areas. Methods for the study of urban social structure
and change. Evaluation of contemporary metropolitan action programs.

21.886 Seminar in Urban Social Research Issues

Social science theories and methods are evaluated from the perspectives of
urban affairs research. Consent of instructor.

21.890 Middle East Area Study

Socio-cuitural analysis of the Middle East. Ecological, structural, institutional,
and normative factors in nomadic, rural, and urban life. Comparative regional
analysis.

21.895 Latin American Societies

Study and analysis of selected Latin American societies with particular atten-
tion to such countries as Cuba, Mexico, Peru, and Brazil. Emphasis on urban-
ization and industrialization, social and political change.

21.900 Issues in Social Psychology

Human behavior and theories of self from a sociological and psychological per-
spective. Special consideration of interpersonal relations, socialization, and
symbolic interaction.

21.910 The Sociology of Science

Selected topics dealing with interactions between science and society. Con-
sent of instructor.

21.912, 21.913 Experimental Methods in Social Research I, II

This course covers experimental design and laboratory methods in sociology.
The small groups laboratory is treated as a setting for testing sociological theory.

126 / SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 1

j
The emphasis is upon techniques and problems in the creation and manipulation |
of social variables in the laboratory situation, although the techniques of the
natural experiment are also considered.

21.915 Seminar in Symbolic Interaction

The social psychology of groups as found in the works of Mead, Becker, Blumer,
Goffman, and others. I

21.916,21.917 Seminar in Qualitative Analysis I, II I

First Quarter: Social Structure process and meaning in interacting groups. Each
student studies a face-to-face group by means of participant observation using
symbolic interaction concepts. Second Quarter: Situational analysis of field data.
The relation of method and theory.

21.920 Social Stratification

Theories of inequality between groups in historical perspective, from classical
to modern industrial times. Discussion and evaluation of sociological research
in social stratification in regard to different social and cultural groups.

21.930, 20.930 Social and Cultural Change S, A

Two-quarter course, in coniunction with Anthropology.

Analysis of the changing patterns in social, economic, and political institutions.

Modern social trends are discussed.

21.940, 21.941 Social Control I, II

Seminar in research, theories, and methods in the sociology of social control.

21.950, 21.951 Seminar in Social Structure I, II

Seminar relating current theories and research in sociology, social psychology,
and social anthropology.

21.960,21.961,21.962 Seminar on Socialization I, II, III

I. Instructor reviews theories and findings in organizational socialization. II. i
Students design studies in organizational socialization. III. Students present '■
results of their studies. Not open to first year students.

21.980 Contemporary Issues in Sociology

Contemporary issues in sociology. Supervised readings and written reports on
special problems. i

21.990 Seminar (maximum: 9 q.h.)

Discussion of selected topics in the field of sociology.

21.991 Master's Paper in Sociology

Supervision by members of the department. Empirical or library research meet-
ing the criteria for publication in a professional journal.

21.992, 21.993, 21.994 Directed Study in Sociology (Maximum: 9 q.h.)

Reading and research under the direction of a faculty member.Open to doctoral

candidates with the consent of the graduate committee.

21.995 Doctoral Dissertation

index

Academic calendar, 5-6
Academic Council, 13
Address of University, 1
Administration

University, 10-12

Graduate, 14
Admission, 24 (see also Courses)

Doctor's degree, 29-31

Master's degree, 28-30
Applications, 23
Assistantships, 33

Biology, 36

Courses, 40-47

Faculty, 36

Programs, 36-40
Board of Trustees, 9
Buildings, 20-22

i c

Calendar, 5-6

Campus description and location, 20
Map, 4
, Center for Continuing Education, 19
Chemistry, 48

Courses, 51-55
Faculty, 48
Programs, 48-51
Plinical Chemistry
Program, 55-56
Courses, 57-58
Class hours, 26

Colleges (undergraduate), 127
Committee of the Graduate School of

Arts and Sciences, 16
Cooperative Plan of Education, 18

(see also Courses)
: Corporation, 7-9
: Courses

Anthropology (see Sociology)
Biology, 36
Chemistry, 48

Clinical Chemistry, 55
Economics, 59
English, 68
History, 76
Mathematics, 84
Physics, 95
Political Science, 102

Psychology, 111
Sociology, 117
Credits, 26

Degree programs, 27-31

(see also Courses)
Doctor of Philosophy degree

Admission, 28

Comprehensive examination, 29

Course requirements, 29

Dissertation, 29

Final oral examination, 29

Foreign language, 29

Interdisciplinary programs, 30-31

Qualifying examination, 29

Registration, 30

Residence requirement, 29

Time limitation, 28

Transfer credit, 28

Economics, 59

Courses, 63-67

Faculty, 59

Programs, 59-62
English, 68

Courses, 70-75

Faculty, 68

Program, 68-69
Evening programs (see Courses)
Executive Council, 12

Faculty Senate, 13

Fees, 32-33

Fellowships, 33-34

Fields of Study (see Courses)

Financial aid, 33-35

Grading system, 25-26
Graduate School of Arts and
Sciences, 23

Fields of study, 36-126
Registration, 5, 25
Regulations, 23-27

Henderson House, 22
History, 76

Courses, 77-83

127

128 / INDEX

Faculty, 76
Program, 76-77

Interdisciplinary programs, 30-31

Library, 20-21

Loan program, 34-35

Map of campus, 4

Marine Science Institute, 22

Mathematics

Courses, 87-94

Faculty, 84

Programs, 84-87
Master's degree
(see also Courses)

Admission, 27

Comprehensive examination, 27

Language requirement, 28

Thesis, 28

Time limitation, 28

Transfer credit, 28

NDEA loan program, 34

Part-time programs
(see Courses)

Physics, 95

Courses, 95, 98-101
Faculty, 95
Programs, 95-98

Political Science, 102

Courses, 103-110

Faculty, 102

Program, 102-103
Programs of study, 27-31

(see Courses)
Psychology, 111

Courses, 113-116

Faculty, 111

Programs, 111-113

Registration, 25

Regulations

For doctor's degree, 28-30
For master's degree, 27-28
General, 23-27

Research activities, 19

Residence requirement, 25, 29

Sociology and Anthropology, 117

Courses, 121-126

Faculty, 117

Programs, 117-120
Student center, 20
Suburban campus, 21

Tuition, 32
Trustees, 9

University Council, 12

University Graduate Council, 14-15

Withdrawals, 26

UNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES

Offering full-time day curricula on the Cooperative Plan leading to baccalaureate
degrees

Boston-Bouve College

College of Business Administration

College of Criminal Justice

College of Education

College of Engineering

College of Liberal Arts

College of Nursing

College of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions

Lincoln College

Offering part-time curricula during late afternoon and evening hours leading to
associate and baccalaureate degrees

Lincoln College
University College

lortheastern
jniversity

Graduate

School

business

\dministration

973-74

northeastern
university

Graduate

School

Business

Administration

1973-74

NEA

Northeastern University

224 Hayden Hall

360 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 02115

Telephone (617) 437-2714

niiiik

■■c.

".{i

contents

4 Academic Calendar

5 University Holidays

7 The Governing Boards and Officers of the University

19 The University, Graduate Level Programs, and Research Activities

21 Buildings and Facilities

21 Main Campus Facilities

22 Suburban Facilities

25 The Graduate School of Business Administration

25 Full-Tlme Internship

26 Full-Time Non-internship

26 Full-Time Assistantship

27 Part-Time Study

28 General Regulations
33 Financial Information

37 The Faculty

41 Master of Business Administration Curriculum

47 Description of Courses

61 Undergraduate Universities Attended by Students

62 Faculty Office and Telephone Directory

63 Index

64 Campus Map

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1973-1974

Fall Quarter 1973

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Burlington

Boston
interview period for new students by

appointment*
Classes begin
Last day to drop a course
Examination periodt

Wednesday-Thursday
Monday-Thursday

Wednesday-Thursday

Monday

Saturday

Monday-Friday

Sept. 5-Sept. 6
Sept. 10-Sept. 13

Sept. 5-Sept. 13
September 24
November 24
Dec. 10-Dec. 14

Winter Quarter 1973-1974

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Burlington

Boston
interview period for new students by

appointment*
Classes begin
Last day to drop a course
Examination periodt

Tuesday
Monday-Thursday

Monday-Thursday
Wednesday
Saturday
Monday-Friday

November 27
Dec. 3-Dec. 6

Dec. 3-Dec. 6
January 2
March 2
Mar. 18-Mar. 22

Spring Quarter 1974

Registration period (1:00-3:00 and 5:30-8:00 p.m.)

Burlington

Tuesday

March 5

Boston

Monday-Thursday

Mar. 11-Mar. 14

Classes begin

Monday

April 1

Last day to file commencement card

for spring commencement

Monday

April 1

Last day to pay fee for

spring commencement

Monday

April 29

Last day to drop a course

Saturday

June 1

Final grades due in Registrar's

Office for June graduates taking

third quarter course

Friday

May 31

Examination periodt

Monday-Friday

June 10-June 14

Spring commencement

Sunday

June 16

'Appointments for interviews with new students must be made at least four days before

the date of the interview.
tExaminations for day classes will be held in accordance with the undergraduate

examination schedule.

UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1973-1974

Columbus Day

Monday

October 8

Veterans' Day

Monday

October 22

Thanksgiving Recess

Thursday-Sati

jrday

Nov. 22-Nov. 24

Christmas Vacation

Monday-Tuesday

Dec. 17-Jan. 1

Washington's Birthday

Monday

February 18

Patriots' Day

Monday

April 15

IVIemorial Day

Monday

May 27

Independence Day

Thursday

July 4

Labor Day

Monday

September 2

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing
equal opportunity for all. In all matters involving admission,
registration, and all official relationships with students, in-
cluding evaluation of academic performance, the University
insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern Univer-
sity is also an equal opportunity employer; it is institutional
policy that there shall not be any discrimination against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
religion, sex, age or national origin. In addition. Northeastern
takes affirmative action in the recruitment of students and
employees.

1
1 r'

K"V|

IL i I: _

r'^^^^Hnp': >r f.

,1,

-r^

the governing boards

and officers

of the university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T. Alexander
0. Kelley Anderson
'Diana J. Auger

Allen G. Barry
'Lincoln C. Bateson

Thomas P. Beal
'Roy H. Beaton
'F. Gregg Bemis

Beverly Ann Bendekgey

Edward L. Bigelow

Robert D. Black

Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.

Raymond H. Blanchard

S. Whitney Bradley

Rexford A. Bristol

Edward W. Brooke
'George R. Brown

Martin Brown

William L. Brown

John L. Burns

Hyman H. Burstein

Victor C. Bynoe

'Louis W. Cabot
*Norman L. Cahners
Charles W. Call, Jr.

Henry F. Callahan
Erwin D. Canham
'Richard P. Chapman
Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Carl W. Christiansen
'David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.
Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
'Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
"William R. Driver, Jr.

*Carl S. Ell
•Byron K. Elliott
•William P. Ellison

Joseph A. Erickson

Robert Erickson

'Frank L. Farwell
James V. Fetchero
Joseph F. Ford

Member of the Board of Trustees

Thomas J. Galligan, Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
'Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.

Allan M. Hale

William Hellman
'Ernest Henderson III

Walter F. Henneberry

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
•Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

Eli Jacobson
'Robert L. Johnson
* Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
*Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
*Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler

Maurice Lazarus
'Kenneth A. Loftman

Edward A. Loring
'John Lowell

Ralph Lowell

Diane H. Lupean

'Lawrence H. Martin
'J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick

Percy M. Mcintosh

Andrew J. McNeill

Dominic Meo, Jr.

William C. Mercer

Don G. Mitchell
tEdward R. Mitton
'Harold A. Mock

Frank E. Morris

James A. Morris
'James A. Morton

William B. Moses, Jr.
'Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

'Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

•Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou

'Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
'Francis J. Quirico

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.
'Frank L. Richardson
'Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

Leverett Saltonstall
David T. Scott

'Member of the Board of Trustees
* 'Honorary Trustee
tEdward R. Mitton, deceased June 24, 1973

Donald W. Seager
Sydney Shaftman
James L. Shanahan
Donald B. Sinclair
Philip A. Singleton
'Donald W. Smith
'Farnham W. Smith
•George A. Snell
Bernard Solomon
John V. Spalding
Robert C. Sprague
'Russell B. Stearns
'Earl P. Stevenson
David B. Stone
'Robert G. Stone
George B. Storer

Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson

*D. Thomas Trigg

Xhaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Eustis Walcott
Martin F. Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
'Robert H.Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II

Vincent C. Ziegler
'Alvin C. Zises

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Wee Chairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Wee Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Wee Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Wee Chairman

Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer

Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary

Philip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

Class of 1973

Lincoln C. Bateson
Norman L. Cahners
Richard P. Chapman
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Ernest Henderson III
Stephen P. Mugar
Joseph G. Riesman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

Class of 1974

David H. Cogan
°CarI S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
Henry C. Jones
J. Edwin Matz
Harold A. Mock
Farnham W. Smith
George A. Snell
Russell B. Stearns
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler

•Member of the Board of Trustees
"President Emeritus of the University

Class of 1 975 Class of 1 976

Roy H. Beaton Diana J. Auger

F. Gregg Bemis George R. Brown

Louis W. Cabot William R. Driver, Jr.

Byron K. Elliott Harold D. Hodgkinson

Donald B. Guy Robert L. Johnson

Kenneth A. Loftman Mrs. John B. Kenerson
John Lowell (Frances Comins)

Lawrence H. Martin James A. Morton

Augustin H. Parker Amelia Peabody

Francis J. Quirico Thomas L. Phillips

Earl P. Stevenson Robert G. Stone

Robert H. Willis
*Asa S. Knowles, ex officio; Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Trustee

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Chairman; Alvin C. Zises, Wee Chairman

George R. Brown Harold A. Mock

Norman L. Cahners Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

William R. Driver, Jr. Donald W. Smith

'Carl S. Ell Farnham W. Smith

Byron K. Elliott Russell B. Stearns

Frank L. Farwell Earl P. Stevenson

Donald B. Guy Robert G. Stone

Lawrence H. Martin Chaplin Tyler
Robert H. Willis, *Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., Sc.D. in Bus.Ed., President

Carl S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus

Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President

Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for Cooperative
Education

Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Wee President for Business

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Wee President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Wee President for Student Affairs

•President of the University
"President Emeritus of the University

Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Development

and Director of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Wee President for Finance
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning

Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Affairs and Associate
Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Dean of Boston-Bouve College and

Director of Boston-Bouve Graduate Sctiool

Sidney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of Administrative

Services of the Division of Cooperative Education

Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and

Dean of University College
Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and

Assistant to the President

Alvah K. Borman, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Graduate Placement Services
Lydia Bosanko, B.A., B.S., M.A., Assistant Dean of Nursing

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of

Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., M.A., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Business

Administration
John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services, Assistant to the
Executive Vice President, and Acting
Dean of Admissions
Michael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Director of the Suburban Campus and
Assistant Dean of Adult Education

Martin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research

Joseph M. Goiemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director

of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration

Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty

Israel Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of the Center for Continuing Education

LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions
and Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions
Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students

Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and

Director of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences

John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Business Administration and
Director of tfie Graduate Scfiooi of Business
Administration
William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering and

Director of Lincoln College
Philip LaTorre, B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Academic Services and Director of

Environmental Healtti
Juanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., Dean of Nursing

Helene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Healtfi Professions
Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and

University Registrar
Melvin Mark, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education
Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic Colleges
Thomas E. McMahon, B.S., M.Ed., Executive Officer and Associate Dean of ttie

Division of Cooperative Education
Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of tfie University Library
Rudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of University Administration
Edmund J. Mullen, B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of University Administration

and Associate University Registrar
John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., LL.B., Dean of tfie Sctiool of Law
Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Acting Dean of the Department of

Cooperative Education
Gregory T. Ricks, B.A., M.C.P., Dean of the Afro-American Institute and

Assistant Dean of Students
Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of CriminalJustice
Philip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., M.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

and Director of the Graduate
School of Education
Carl E. Staab, Assistant Dean of Academic Services
Robert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts

Donald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges
Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Kenneth G. Ryder, Wee Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Lincoln C. Bateson Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes

Roy L. Wooldridge

The Academic Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Vice Cliairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Catherine L. Allen
Kenneth W. Ballou
Geoffrey Crofts
Philip T. Grotty, Jr.
John A. Gurry
Martin W. Essigmann
Joseph M. Golemme
George W. Hankinson
James S. Hekimian
Sidney Herman
Israel Katz
LeRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
Robert H. Ketchum
William F. King

Juanita A. Long
Helene A. Loux
Gilbert G. MacDonald
Alan A. Mackey
Melvin Mark
Frank E. Marsh, Jr.
Roland H. Moody
Rudolph M. Morris
John C. O'Byrne
Paul M. Pratt
Norman Rosenblatt
Philip J. Rusche
Kenneth G. Ryder
Robert A. Shepard
Roy L. Wooldridge

The Faculty Senate

Israel Aluf
'Kenneth Ballou

Samuel Bernstein

Robert L. Cord

Charlotte M. Chamberlain

Alan H. Cromer

Robert S. Curtin

Flora DeScenza

Charles H. Dufton

John F. Dunn

Ramona H. Edelin

James M. Feldman

Robert G. Finkenaur
'Arthur E. Fitzgerald

Norbert L. Fullington

Robert J. Hehre
•James S. Hekimian

Conrad M. Jankowski

Maurice Kaufman
"Christopher Kennedy

Robert Klein
*Melvin Mark

Edward S. Marshall

Robert Miller

Richard G. Natoli

Irene Nichols
*Paul M. Pratt

Benjamin M. Rabinovici

John R. Reinhard
*Daniel J. Roberts

J. Spencer Rochefort
* Norman Rosenblatt
*Kenneth G. Ryder

Eugene Saletan

Kathryn Shaffer
•Robert Shepard

Ruth E. Sullivan

Roy Weinstein

Paul Wermuth

M. Delaine Williamson

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles

Arthur E. Fitzgerald

•Appointed by the President

ORGANIZATION OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOLS

Administration

Catherine L. Allen, Ed.D., Ph.D., Director of Boston-Bouve College
Graduate School

Francis W. Casey, B.A., Registrar of the Graduate Schools

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., M.A., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of

Business Administration

Joseph M. Golemme, M.A., Director of the Graduate School of Professional
Accounting

George W. Hankinson, M.S., Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

Linda D. Johnson, B.A., Assistant Registrar of the Graduate Schools

John W. Jordan, M.Ed., Director of the Graduate School of
Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Ph.D., Director of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences

John J. McKenna, M.A., Assistant Director, Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Philip J. Rusche, Ed.D., Director of the Graduate School of Education

Richard E. Sprague, M.B.A., Ed.M., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of

Engineering

Henry G. Tritter, M.Ed., Coordinator of Admissions, Graduate School of Education

Janice Walker, A.B., Assistant Director of the Graduate School of Education

University Graduate Council
1972-1973

The Council determines broad policies and regulations governing the con-
duct of graduate work. All new graduate programs must be approved by the
Council.

OFFICERS

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Chairman, Wee President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty
John L. Neumeyer, Vice Chairman, Chairman of the Executive Committee

of the Graduate Council
Sidney Herman, Secretary, Associate Dean of Faculty

Administrative Members

Catherine L. Allen, Dean of Boston-Bouve College and Director of
Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

Philip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Dean of Business Administration

George W. Hankinson, Director of tfie Graduate Schiool of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

John W. Jordan, Assistant Dean of Business Administration and Director of tfie
Graduate School of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Director of tfie Graduate Scfiool of
Pliarmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Director of tlie Graduate Scliooi of Arts and Sciences

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Dean of Education

Philip J. Rusche, Associate Dean of Education and Director of tfie Graduate
Scfiool of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Elected Faculty Members

Ernest M. Decicco, Associate Professor of Economics

Katherine Carlisle, Snell Professor of Health Care and

Chairman of the Department of Physical Therapy

Carl S. Christensen, Professor of Physical Education and Chairman of
the Department

Paul V. Croke, Associate Professor of Management

David I. Epstein, Professor of t^athematics and Chairman of the Department

Janis Z. Gabliks, Associate Professor of Biology

Blanche Geer, Professor of Sociology

Bernard M. Goodwin, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering

Thomas Harrington, Jr., Associate Professor of Counseling Education

Robert C. Lieb, Assistant Professor of hAanagement

Mervin D. Lynch, Associate Professor of Education

Wesley W. Marple, Jr., Coordinator, Finance Group, and Professor of Finance

Albert H. McCay, Professor of Recreation Education and Chairman of
the Department

Harold Miner, Associate Professor of Science Education

John L. Neumeyer, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry

Welville B. Nowak, Professor of Mechanical Engineering

Hjordis G. Ohberg, Associate Professor of Special Education

John D. Post, Assistant Professor of History

Robert F. Raffauf, Professor of Ptiarmacognosy and l\^edicinal Ctiemistry

John F. Reinhard, Professor of Ptiarmacology

Sarah M. Robinson, Assistant Professor of Pfiysicai Education

Jayantilal Satia, Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering

Richard J. Scranton, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering

Albert H. Soloway, Professor of Medicinal Cfiemistry and Chairman of
tfie Department

Yogenda N. Srivastava, Associate Professor of Physics

Herbert L. Sussman, Associate Professor of English

Michael Terman, Associate Professor of Psychology and Acting Chairman
of the Department

Dharmendra Verma, Associate Professor of Marketing

Robert N. Wiener, Associate Professor of Chemistry

R. Gregg Wilfong, Professor of Political Science

Administrative Committee of the Graduate Schools

Sidney Herman, Chairman, Associate Dean of Faculty

Francis W. Casey, Secretary, Registrar of the Graduate Schools

Catherine L. Allen, Director of Boston-Bouve College Graduate School

Alvah K. Borman, Dean of Graduate Placement Services

Carl S. Christensen, Professor of Physical Education and Chairman of
the Department

Geoffrey Crofts, Director of the Graduate School of Actuarial Science

Philip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Dean of Business Administration

Joseph M. Golemme, Director of the Graduate School of
Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, Director of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration

John W. Jordan, Assistant Dean of Business Administration and Director of the
Graduate School of Business Administration

LeRoy C. Keagle, Director of the Graduate School of
Pharmaceutical Sciences

Robert H. Ketchum, Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and Director of the
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences

Alan A. Mackey, Associate Dean of University Administration and University
Registrar

Melvin Mark, Dean of Engineering

Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean of Education

Edmund J. Mullen, Assistant Dean of University Administration and
Associate University Registrar

John C. O'Byrne, Dean of the Scfiool of Law

Philip J. Rusche, Director of the Graduate School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, Dean of Liberal Arts

Ex Officio
Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Dean of Faculty
Rudolph M. Morris, Dean of University Administration
Loring M. Thompson, Dean of Planning

Committee of the Graduate School of Business Administration 1973-1974

Joseph M. Golemme, Cochairman, Professor of Accounting, and Director
of the Graduate School of Professional Accounting

John W. Jordan, Cochairman, Assistant Dean and Director of the Graduate
School of Business Administration

James S. Hekimian, Dean of the College of Business Administration

Paul V. Croke, Associate Professor of Management

Joseph R. Curran, Associate Professor of Accounting

Harold Fletcher, Assistant Professor of Finance

Victor Godin, Assistant Professor of Business Administration

Daniel J. McCarthy, Professor of Management

Ralph C. Porter, Assistant Professor of Cooperative Education

Dharmendra T. Verma, Associate Professor of Marketing

W ' V

the university

Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a pri-
vately endowed nonsectarian institution of tiigher learning under the
General Laws of Massachusetts. The State Legislature by special enact-
ment has given the University general degree-granting powers. The
University is governed by a Board of Trustees elected by and from the
Northeastern University Corporation, which is composed of 170 dis-
tinguished business and professional men and women.

A distinctive feature of Northeastern University is its Cooperative Plan,
initiated by the College of Engineering in 1909 and subsequently adopted
by the Colleges of Business Administration (1922), Liberal Arts (1935),
Education (1953), Pharmacy (1962), Nursing (1964); Boston-Bouve Col-
lege (1964); the College of Criminal Justice (1967); and by Lincoln Col-
lege's daytime Bachelor of Engineering Technology program (1971).
This educational method enables students to gain valuable practical
experience as an integral part of their college program and also pro-
vides the means by which they may contribute substantially to the
financing of their education. The Plan has been extended to the gradu-
ate level in engineering, actuarial science, rehabilitation administration,
professional accounting, business administration, and law.

In the field of adult education, programs of study have been devel-
oped to meet a variety of needs. University College offers evening
courses — offered by the University since 1906 — and adult-day
courses leading to the bachelor's degree. In addition to offering day
undergraduate programs in Electrical Engineering Technology and
Mechanical Engineering Technology, Lincoln College offers evening/
part-time certificate, associate, and bachelor degree programs in tech-
nological areas. All formal courses of study leading to degrees through
part-time programs are approved by the Basic College faculties con-
cerned.

GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS

The nine graduate and professional schools of the University offer day and
evening programs leading to the degrees listed.

20 / THE UNIVERSITY

The Graduate School of Actuarial Science offers the degree of Master of
Science in Actuarial Science.

The Graduate School of Arts and Sciences offers the degrees of Master of
Arts, Master of Science, Master of Science in Health Science, Master of
Public Administration, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Boston-Bouve College offers the degree of Master
of Science.

The Graduate School of Business Administration offers the degree of
Master of Business Administration.

The Graduate School of Education offers the degree of Master of Education
and the Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study.

The Graduate School of Engineering offers the degrees of Master of Science,
Engineer degree, Doctor of Engineering, and Doctor of Philosophy.

The School of Law offers the degree of Juris Doctor.

The Graduate School of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions offers the
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.

The Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers the degree of Master
of Science in Accounting.

CENTER FOR CONTINUING EDUCATION

The Center for Continuing Education was established in 1960 to relate
the University to the needs of its community in a period of accelerated
change. Adult education programs offered by the Center and University
College have since been consolidated. Its programs are composed of
seminars, conferences, institutes, forums, and a wide variety of special
courses designed to serve specific needs. The Division of Special Pro-
grams, working cooperatively with trade associations and professional
societies, offers a wide variety of programs dealing with current needs
and problems. Through its Division of Community Services, working
with governmental agencies and community organizations, the Center
is becoming increasingly involved in social problems on both the local
and national level.

Many of these programs are conducted at Henderson House, North-
eastern University's conference center in Weston, Massachusetts.

RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

The facilities of the University are engaged in a wide variety of basic
research projects in business, science, social science, pharmacy, and
engineering. These are coordinated by the Dean of Research, whose
services are University-wide and available to the faculties of all the
Colleges.

Although Northeastern is primarily concerned with undergraduate
and graduate instruction, the University believes that the most effective
teaching and learning take place in an environment characterized by
research activities directed toward extending the frontiers of knowledge

buildings and facilities

MAIN CAMPUS

The main campus of Northeastern University is located at 360 Hun-
tington Avenue in the Back Bay section of Boston. Many of the city's
famous cultural, educational, and philanthropic institutions are situated
in the Back Bay, including the Museum of Fine Arts, Symphony Hall,
Horticultural Hall, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, the Harvard
teaching hospitals, the Boston Public Library, and many schools and
colleges. Most are within walking distance of Northeastern University.

Ell Student Center

Libraries

The University library system consists of the Dodge Library, which is
the main library; the Suburban Campus Library at Burlington; the School
of Law Library; and divisional libraries for Physics and Electrical Engi-
neering, Chemistry and Biology, Mathematics and Psychology, and
Health, Physical and Recreation Education, and Physical Therapy.
There are additional subject collections for the Center for Management
Development at Andover, Massachusetts, and the Marine Science Insti-
tute in Nahant.

22 / BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES

The library collections number 250,000 volumes supplemented by
some 356,000 titles in microprint, microfilm, and microfictie forms. The
collection includes, in addition, some 1,800 periodical titles, 90,000
documents, and 3,700 sound recordings.

Cabot Physical Education Center

The Godfrey Lowell Cabot Physical Education Center is one of the
best equipped in New England. The large gymnasium contains four
basketball courts. In addition, the Center consists of an athletic cage,
a small gymnasium, and a rifle range, as well as administrative offices
for the Department of Athletics and for the Physical Education Depart-
ment of Boston-Bouve College.

A recent addition to the center, the Barletta Natatorium, houses a
105-foot swimming pool, a practice tank for the crew, handball courts,
and shower and dressing facilities.

Dockser Hall

Charles and Estelie Dockser Hall, completed in 1968, houses a large
gymnasium, dance studio, motor performance laboratory, college li-
brary, community recreation laboratory, folk arts center, dark and music
rooms, recreation resources area, locker rooms, offices, classrooms,
conference room and lounge, storage facilities, and a research
laboratory.

Apartments for Graduate Students

The University maintains a 100-apartment housing unit which accom-
modates 279 people. Two-, three-, and four-party apartments are avail-
able which vary in size from two to four rooms plus bath. Apartments are
furnished with beds, chairs, desks, stove, refrigerator, and kitchen table.
The cost includes all utilities.

SUBURBAN FACILITIES
Suburban Campus

The Suburban Campus, located near the junction of Routes 128 and
3 in Burlington, Massachusetts, was established to meet the needs of
individuals and of industry in the area.

In addition to graduate courses in engineering, physics, mathematics,
business administration, science, education, and the arts, portions of
undergraduate programs leading to the associate and bachelor's de-
grees, special programs for adults, and noncredit state-of-the-art pro-
grams are offered.

BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES / 23

Warren Center

The Warren Center is a practical laboratory for Boston-Bouve Col-
lege in outdoor education and conservation, in group practicum, and in
camping administration, programming, and counseling. At this Center in
Ashland, completed in 1967, there are tennis courts, field hockey and
lacrosse fields, waterfront for swimming and boating, overnight camp
sites, fields and forests, heated cottages, the Hayden Lodge with a
recreation hall, library, crafts shop, dining facilities, and conference
accommodations.

Henderson House

The University's conference center, Henderson House, is located in
Weston, Massachusetts. The Center for Continuing Education conducts
short-term courses, seminars, and special institutes for business, pro-
fessional, and research groups. Henderson House is 12 miles from the
main campus.

Marine Science Institute

The Marine Science Institute at Nahant, Massachusetts, is a research
and instructional facility primarily engaged in studies of marine biology
and oceanography. The Institute is operated all year, and is about 20
miles northeast of Boston. Many of the courses at this institute are
applicable toward an advanced degree in biology or health science.

Brockton, Nashua, and Framingham Campuses

For students residing in southeastern Massachusetts and northeastern
Rhode Island, the Graduate School of Business Administration offers
a major portion of its M.B.A. Program at facilities in Brockton, Massa-
chusetts. These facilities, made available by the Veterans Administration
Hospital, are conveniently located just off Route 24.

Students residing in the southern New Hampshire area may take a
major portion of the M.B.A. Program at facilities in Nashua, New Hamp-
shire. These facilities are furnished by Sanders Associates, Inc. and are
located in their headquarters on Route 3, just over the Massachusetts
line.

For students in the Framingham-Worcester area, a major portion of
the M.B.A. Program may be taken at classroom facilities located in
Framingham, Massachusetts.

«ftWWWi«6W^®^

graduate school of
business administration

The Graduate School of Business Administration at Northeastern
University offers a program leading to the degree of Master of Business
Administration. Broad in concept, the program is aimed at preparing the
student for a career in administration rather than for an immediate or
particular position. The curriculum and teaching methods center around
the development of basic skills and knowledge appropriate to administra-
tion, rather than upon specialized functional techniques. Although the case
method of study is used extensively, a variety of teaching methods is
employed that is consonant with particular course objectives. The basic
objectives of the program are: to confront the student with meaningful
learning experiences, to increase skills and knowledge in basic disciplines
underlying administrative practice, and to develop judgment and skills of
problem analysis and decision making in complex organizations.

The student may choose one of four methods of securing an M.B.A.
degree: full-time internship, full-time non-internship, full-time assistantship,
and part-time study.

FULL-TIME STUDY
Internship

A feature which makes the Northeastern M.B.A. Program unusual in
graduate education is the management internship. Following the philoso-
phy that a balanced exposure to theory and practice is the most effective
approach to management education, the two-year program affords excel-
lent opportunity in each area. Class work begins with basic disciplines
vital to sound progress in a management-oriented course. The functional
areas of business are treated next, with process courses and electives
following.

This program encompasses nine months of work experience in the world
of business and management and 12 months of classroom study. The work
periods of three and six months' duration may be scheduled to meet the
ongoing needs of individual employers and students alike. The intern works
in an administrative capacity in a realistic organizational environment from

26 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

which a major source of funds may be obtained for continuance of the
program. The nature of the job assures ample opportunity to observe,
research, and report upon some aspect, element, or problem of the
organization. The experience entails a report which will be considered
within the academic portion of the program.

Because of economic, academic, and individual variables, the Graduate
School cannot guarantee placement; however, the University has a full-time
experienced staff to assist the student in obtaining his internship. A student
is also encouraged to investigate employment opportunities on his own
in order to facilitate final placement by the intern coordinator.

An illustration of term sequence within the two-year internship program
is shown below.

1st Year 2nd Year

FALL QUARTER In Class Management Internship

WINTER QUARTER In Class Management Internship

SPRING QUARTER Management Internship In Class

SUMMER QUARTER In Class

During each academic quarter the student normally carries six courses
(18 hours of course work).

Thus, the full-time internship blends one full calendar year of academic
study with nine months of coordinated work as an intern in a business
or nonprofit organization. This combination of theory and practice gives
the intern excellent preparation for a career in management.

Non-internship

The full-time, non-internship allows students wide latitude in determin-
ing their pace toward the M.B.A. degree. They may elect to take four, five,
or six courses each quarter, enabling them to complete the degree
requirements in a period from one calendar year to two academic years.

Assistantship

Under the full-time assistantship, students combine their studies with
academic experience in the College of Business Administration. A student
may be a teaching assistant, a graduate administrative assistant, or a tuition
assistant. Appointees to these positions work directly with members of
the faculty and staff of the College of Business Administration. This work
affords the student interested in developing a college or university career
the opportunity to explore and gain experience in teaching, research, or
administration.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 27

Teaching assistants and graduate administrative assistants receive re-
mission of tuition and a stipend of $2,600 in return for devoting their time
respectively to assisting directly in the teaching process or in administrative
duties within the College. These appointees must not take less than a
half-time academic load In the M.B.A. Program. Assistants who are in the
second year of study and receive a reappointment are paid a stipend of
$2,800.

Tuition assistants receive remission of tuition in return for sharing in
the administrative work of the College. These awards are normally given
to full-time, non-intern students in their first year of graduate work. Tuition
assistants devote eight hours a week to their assigned administrative work.

PART-TIME STUDY

Part-time students may continue their full-time employment while acquir-
ing the background, skills, and knowledge that will help them advance
their career in administration.

These students normally take two courses per quarter and may complete
the degree program in three to four years, depending upon whether course
work is taken during the summer quarter. All degree requirements may
be completed at the Boston or suburban campuses.

Students maintaining a satisfactory academic standing may petition the
Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration for permission
to take more than two courses per quarter.

Thus, part-time students have the advantage of attending classes in the
late afternoon and evening to learn the theory behind the practical applica-
tion of their employment.

APPLICATION INFORMATION AND PROCEDURE

All applicants should address inquiries to the Graduate School of
Business Administration. Application forms and reference blanks will be
mailed to them. This material, together with one official transcript, the
Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business (ATGSB) scores, and the
results of the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL, required
by all applicants whose native language is not English), should be returned
to:

Northeastern University
Graduate School of Business Administration
224 Hayden Hall
Boston, Massachusetts 02115

Applications for the ATGSB Examination can be obtained by writing to:

Educational Testing Service

Box 966

Princeton, New Jersey 08540

28 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Applications for the TOEFL Examination can be obtained by writing to:

Educational Testing Service

Box 899

Princeton, New Jersey 08540

Full-time non-internship, internship, and assistantship applications should
be submitted by April 1:

Applications for part-time study must be completed no later than two
weeks prior to the registration period for the quarter in which the applicant
plans to enter the M.B.A. Program.

To be admitted for graduate work in the College of Business Administra-
tion, applicants must have completed undergraduate work of high quality
and must have obtained a bachelor's degree from a recognized institution
of higher learning. The overall quality of undergraduate achievement is
considered to be of more importance than the particular field of specializa-
tion. Official transcripts of all previous undergraduate and graduate work
must be submitted to the Graduate School of Business Administration
before admission can be considered or an evaluation made.

Applicants are also required to submit three letters of reference from
individuals who are familiar with their qualifications for graduate study in
business administration.

The basic criteria considered in the admissions procedure are: under-
graduate grades, previous graduate work, the score on the Admission Test
for Graduate Study in Business, job experience, and present job level.
An overall impression of strength, past success, and motivation to succeed
in the Graduate School is sought in the applicants for the program.

Although the M.B.A. Program presumes no particular level of competence
in the areas of accounting, economics, statistics, mathematics, and behav-
ioral science, prospective applicants are advised to acquire some back-
ground in these areas in their undergraduate work.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

The general regulations and minimum requirements for all graduate
programs are established by the Northeastern University Graduate Council.
In some matters the committee of each graduate school is allowed discre-
tion to establish regulations within limits defined by the Council. The
regulations and academic requirements which follow have been formulated
in accordance with this general policy.

Academic Requirements

In order to qualify for the M.B.A. degree, an average grade of B must
be obtained in the total credit hours required for graduation. No more
than three extra courses or repeated courses may be taken in order to I
satisfy this grade requirement.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 29

Any Student who receives a grade of less than B in four or more degree
credit courses may be withdrawn from the program by action of the
Committee of the Graduate School of Business Administration.

Within the above limitations, a required course for which a grade of
I or F is received must be repeated with a grade of C or better, and may
be repeated only once. If a grade of I or F is received in an elective
course, that course may be repeated once with a grade of C or better,
or another elective course may be substituted for it. If a grade of C is
received in a required course, that course may be repeated once to obtain
a grade of B or better.

The continuing development of the Graduate School forces frequent
revision of curricula. In every new bulletin some revisions are indicated.
When no hardship is imposed on the student because of changes, and
when the facilities of the school permit, the student is expected to meet
the requirements of the latest bulletin.

Application for the Degree

If a commencement card is not filed with the Registrar's Office before
the date appearing on the calendar, there is no assurance that the degree
will be granted in that particular year, even though all other requirements
have been met. Prompt filing of the commencement card also assures
that the name appears correctly on the diploma.

Classifications

Students initially entering the M.B.A. Program are classified into one
of two groups depending upon their admission credentials.

Regular Students are those individuals who meet in full all admittance
criteria based on the standards established by the Committee on Graduate
Study in Business Administration.

Special Students must meet the same admission criteria as regular
students and are allowed a maximum of four courses (12 quarter hours)
in the program. Special students accruing any deficiencies will not be
allowed to continue. This classification is reserved for individuals who
already hold an M.B.A. degree.

Continuity of Program

Students are expected to maintain continuous progress toward a degree.
Any student who does not attend Northeastern for a period of one quarter
without notifying the program director will be classified as inactive.

All inactive students must submit a written petition to the director of
the program in order to be readmitted to graduate study. Petition forms
may be obtained in Room 224 Hayden Hall.

30 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ^

Credits and Class Hours

All credits at Northeastern University are entered as quarter-hour credits,
with a quarter hour of credit being equivalent to three fourths of a semester
hour: i.e., 12 semester hours equal 16 quarter hours.

All classes in the Graduate School of Business Administration meet on I

a quarter basis, v^lth an academic quarter being defined as a term of '
approximately 12 weeks' duration. In the summer quarter, classes meet

in two six-week sessions. The academic calendar at the front of this bulletin .

should be consulted to determine the opening dates of each quarter. I

Grading System

The performance of students in graduate courses will be recorded by
the instructor by use of the following grades:

A Excellent \

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the course !
has been of very high graduate caliber.

B Satisfactory i

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the course \
has been at a satisfactory level. !

C Fair

This grade is given to those students whose performance in the course
is not at the level expected In graduate work.

F Failure
This grade is given to those students whose performance in the course i
is unsatisfactory.

In addition, the following letter designations are used:

I Incomplete
This grade is given to those students who fail to complete the work
of the course.

S Satisfactory without quality designation.

U Unsatisfactory without quality designation.

These grades are used for the first quarter of a two-quarter sequence
in which the grade for the second quarter applies to both the first and
second quarters of the sequence.

The designation I will be changed to a grade upon removal of the
deficiencies which caused the grade of I to be reported. Deficiencies must
be made up within the quarter following that for which the grade of I is
received, unless the instructor grants an extension of time. However, such
extension may not exceed two additional consecutive calendar quarters.

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION / 31

A make-up final examination period will be scheduled by the Graduate
School of Business Administration during the sixth week of each quarter.
Any student who wishes to take a make-up examination must obtain
permission of the Director of the Graduate School of Business Administra-
tion by the second week of the quarter succeeding that in which the
examination was missed. The make-up examination must be taken in that
succeeding quarter unless circumstances warrant the Director's permission
to defer it to one of the next two quarters.

Registration

Part-time students must register during the periods listed on the school
calendar. Dates of registration are specified by letter for students accepted
for full-time study.

Residence

All work for advanced degrees must be completed in residence at the
University, unless approval has been obtained from the Director of the
Graduate School of Business Administration for work taken elsewhere.
Students who are in residence and are using the facilities of the University
must register for such work.

Time Limitation

Course credits earned in the program of graduate study, or accepted
by transfer, are valid for a maximum of seven years.

Transfer Credit

A maximum of 15 quarter hours of graduate credit obtained at another
institution may be accepted toward the master's degree, provided that the
credits transferred carry grades of A or B, have been earned at a recognized
institution, have not been used toward any other degree, and are relevant
to the M.B.A. Program. Students should petition the Graduate School of
Business Administration in writing for all transfer credit. Petition forms may
be obtained in Room 224 Hayden Hall. Grades on transfer credit are
excluded in the computation of the academic average necessary for the
completion of the degree requirements.

(Waiver of Courses

Certain required courses may be waived if a student can demonstrate
that the course material would be a repetition of previous academic training.
Course waivers are subject to faculty approval and do not entitle a student
to transfer credit. An elective must be substituted for each required course
which is waived. Questions concerning course waivers should be directed
to the Director of the Graduate School of Business Administration prior
to quarterly registration.

32 / GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Withdrawals

In order to withdraw from a course, a student must fill out an official
withdrawal form obtained at the Registrar's Office or at the Suburban
Campus Main Office. Withdrawals may be made through the ninth class j
meeting of the quarter. Students are withdrawn as of the date on which i
they fill out the form. Ceasing to attend a class or notifying the instructor i
does not constitute an official withdrawal. I

Petitions for withdrawal from a course after the ninth class meeting of |
the quarter must be submitted to the Director of the Graduate School, I
and may be approved to avert unusual hardships on a student. Petition |
forms may be obtained in Room 224 Hayden Hall. !

financial information

FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS

Tuition

Tuition for master's degree candidates and special students is $51.00
per quarter hour of credit. Since each graduate course is three credit
hours, the cost for each course is $153.00.

Tuition statements are mailed to students by the Bursar's Office and
are payable by check to Northeastern University on or before the date
specified.

Fees

All applications must be accompanied by an application fee (nonrefund-
able) of $15.00. No applications will be processed until the fee has been
received by the Graduate School of Business Administration. Checks
should be made payable to Northeastern University and sent directly to
the Office of the Graduate School of Business, 224 Hayden Hall.

Upon notification of admission, all full-time applicants are required to
pay a tuition deposit of $51.00. This deposit is credited to the student's
tuition, and is not refundable for those who do not register.

Other fees include: a charge of $10.00 for late payment of tuition; a
final examination make-up fee of $5.00; and a fee of $25.00 for all degree
candidates, payable before commencement by the applicable date listed
jOn the academic calendar.

For full-time students there is a charge of $12.50 per quarter for the
services available in the Student Center. The fee for tuition assistants,
teaching assistants, and administrative assistants is $6.25 each quarter.
All part-time students on the Huntington Avenue Campus are charged $.75
a quarter.

All full-time students will pay a nonrefundable University Health Services
fee of $75.00 each year. This fee provides Blue Cross-Blue Shield coverage
and entitles the student to the medical care furnished by the University
Health Services.

All financial obligations to the University must be discharged before
graduation.

34 / FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Refunds

Tuition refunds are granted only on the basis of the date appearing
on the official withdrawal form filed by the student. Nonattendance does
not constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should be
discussed with the Bursar's Office.

Refunds will be granted in accordance with the following schedule:
Official Withdrawal Filed Within Percentage of Tuition Refunded

First week of quarter 100

Second week of quarter 75

Third week of quarter 50

Fourth week of quarter 25

FINANCIAL AID

Although the Graduate School of Business Administration grants finan-
cial aid only in the form of assistantships and internships (which are
described in detail in the section on Application Information and Procedure,
page 27). Northeastern University also has a limited amount of financial
aid for full-time students enrolled in the Graduate School of Business
Administration. Information in addition to that below, and application forms,
are available from the Northeastern Office of Financial Aid. These forms
are not available in the Graduate School of Business Administration Office.

Dormitory Proctorships

A number of proctorships in men's dormitories on or near the Huntington
Avenue Campus is available each year. Appointments carry a minimum
compensation of room and board. Further information and application
forms may be obtained from the Office of University Housing.

Higher Education Loan Plan

Educational assistance loans may be available from certain banks in
the student's home town. These loans, guaranteed by state agencies, carry
an interest charge of seven percent, three percent of which is paid by
the Federal government. Graduate students may borrow up to $1,500 for
each year of study up to a maximum of $7,500 for both undergraduate
and graduate work. Monthly repayment begins nine to 12 months after
completion of study and extends up to five years.

Martin Luther King, Jr., Fellowships

A limited number of full- and half-time Martin Luther King, Jr., Fellowships
are available. Holders of these appointments devote full or half time to
graduate work.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION / 35

National Defense Student Loan Program

Under the provisions of an act of the Federal government, students
carrying an academic load of one half or more are entitled to loans up
to $2,500 for one school year and up to a total of $1 0,000 for undergraduate
and graduate work. The actual amount of any award will be determined
on the basis of need and academic promise.

The repayment period begins nine months after the borrower ceases
to carry a half-time load and extends 10 years from that point. Cancellation
of up to 50 percent of National Defense Loans, including interest, is allowed
for graduates who enter the field of teaching. Up to 100 percent may be
cancelled for service in certain areas. Additional information and applica-
tion forms are available from the Office of Financial Aid. The application
deadline is September 1 for full-time students and one month prior to the
start of the quarter for which aid is requested for other students.

faculty

Robert F. Abbanat, Lecturer In Business Administration; B.S., M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology; MB. A., DBA., Harvard University
Dean S. Ammer, Director. Bureau of Business and Economic Research, and Professor of Management:

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; MB. A., Ph.D., New York University
Harley H. Anderson, Assistant Dean. Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern

University; J.D., Suffolk University
Thomas C. Anderson, Assistant Professor of Management: B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Candidate, University of

Minnesota
Warren G. Briggs, Associate Professor of Management: B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology;

M.B.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Robert H. Caplan. Professor of Management: B.C.E., Cornell University; MB. A., D.B.A., Harvard

University
Clairmont P. Carter, Assistant Professor of Accounting: B.A., Pennsylvania State University; MB. A.,

Akron University; D.B.A., Kent State University
John J. Castellano, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: B.S., University of New Hampshire;

M.B.A., St. Louis University; Ph.D. Candidate, State University of New York at Buffalo
Saverio Cerullo, Associate Professor of Finance: B.S., MB. A., Boston University
Wallace Clausen, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: B.A., Swarthmore College; MB. A.,

Ph.D. Candidate, Harvard University
Charles J. Collazzo, Jr., Professor of Marl^eting: B.A., Northeastern University; M.C.S., M.A., Boston

University; Ph.D., Columbia University
Paul v. Croke, Associate Professor of Management: A.B., MB. A., Boston College; Ph.D., Rensselaer

Polytechnic Institute
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., Associate Dean, College of Business Administration, and Associate Professor

of Management: A.B., Holy Cross College; A.M., Harvard University; M.B.A., Ed.D., Boston University
Joseph R. Curran, Associate Professor of Accounting; B.S., M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D.,

Columbia University
Stephen Duckworth, Assistant Professor of Business Administration; B.S., U.S. Naval Academy; M.B.A.,

D.B.A., Harvard University
Charles H. Dufton, Coordinator, Marketing Group, and Professor of Marketing: A.B., Yale University;

M.A., University of Michigan
*James W. Earley, Lecturer in Business Administration; A.B., Holy Cross College; B.S., State College

at Fitchburg; M.B.A., Northeastern University
Paul R. Egan, Lecturer in Business Administration; B.S., St. Mary's College; M.B.A., Xavier University
Edwin F. Estle, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., Purdue University; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton

University
Robert H. Farrar, Assistant Professor of Accounting and Management: B.S.B.A., M.B.A., Northeastern

University; Ph.D. Candidate, University of Massachusetts
Michael Fetters, Assistant Professor of Business Administration; B.S., Ohio State University; M.B.A.,

Ph.D. Candidate, University of Wisconsin
Ralph W. Fingar, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., Union College; Ph.D., University of Texas
Angelo Fiumara, Associate Professor of Business Law; A.B., J.D., Boston College
Harold Fletcher, Assistant Professor of Finance: B.S , Western Kentucky University; M.A., University

of Kentucky; Ph.D., University of Illinois
Victor Godin, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: A.B., B.S., Columbia University; M.S.,

Massachusetts Institute of Technology; D.B.A., Harvard University
Joseph M. Golemme. Professor of Accounting, and Director. Graduate Sctiool of Professional Account-
ing: B.S., Northeastern University; M.A., Boston University; C.P.A.

38 / FACULTY

Steven B. Grossman, Assistant Professor of Accounting: B.S., M.A., Northeastern University; Pti.D.,

Tufts University
Carlo E. Gubellini, Coordinator, Accounting Group, and Professor of Management: B.S., Norttieasterni

University; MB. A., Boston University I

Robert J. Hehre, Associate Professor of Finance and Accounting: B.S., M.S., Columbia University;!

MB. A., DBA., Indiana University; C.P.A. f

James S. Hekimian, Dean of Business Administration and Professor of /Management: A.B., M.B.A.,

D.B.A., Harvard University
Richard B. Higgins, Professor of /Management: A.B., Tufts University; Ph.D., Columbia University
Christine L. Hobart, Associate Professor of Management: A.B., Radcliffe College; D.B.A., Harvard

University
Anthony P. Hourihan, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.A., University College Dublin; M.B.A.,

University of Wisconsin; Ph.D. Candidate, Harvard University

Geoffrey G. Jackson, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.A., Amherst College; M.S., Columbia

University
Paul Janell, Assistant Professor of Business Administration: B.S., Northeastern University; MB. A.,

Babson College; Ph.D., Michigan State University
John W. Jordan, Assistant Dean and Director, Graduate School of Business Administration: B.S., M.S.,

State College at Boston
Lyman A. Keith, Professor of Management: B.S., Northeastern University; M.A., M.B.A., Boston University
Robert C. Lieb, Associate Professor of Management: B.S., Duquesne University; MB. A., DBA.,

University of Maryland
Richard Lindhe, Associate Professor of Accounting: B.S., M.Ed., Kent State University; Ph.D., University

of Chicago
John Macy, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S.,

Northeastern University; D.B.A. Candidate, Harvard University
Law/rence H. Malchman, Professor of Accounting: B.S., Ed.M., Boston University; C.P.A.
Maureen Malin, Lecturer In Business Administration: A.B., Radcliffe College; MB. A., Ed.D. Candidate,

Harvard University; Ph.D. Candidate, Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Wesley W. Marple, Jr., Coordinator. Finance Group, and Professor of Finance: A.B., Princeton

University; M.B.A., D.B.A. , Harvard University
Edward S. Marshall, Associate Professor of Management: M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., State

University of Iowa
Daniel J. McCarthy, Professor of Management: A.B., MB. A., Dartmouth College; D.B.A., Harvard

University
Philip R. McDonald, Professor of Marl<eting and Management: B.A., University of British Columbia;

MB. A., D.B.A., Harvard University
Robert J. Minichiello, Professor of Marketing: A.B., Harvard University, MB. A., Boston University; DBA.,

Harvard University
Mark M. Moriarty,>Ass/sfanf Professor of Marketing and Management: B.S.I.M., Purdue University; M.A.,

University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D. Candidate, Purdue University
A. Howard Myers, Professor of Industrial Relations: A.B., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia

University
Russell W. Olive, Coordinator. Management Sciences Group, and Professor of Management: B.S., M.S.,

Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.B.A., Boston University; D.B.A., Harvard University; P.E.
Robert A. Parsons, Assistant Professor of Management: B.S., MB. A., Northeastern University; M.A.,

Ph.D. Candidate, Boston College
Andre P. Priem, Associate Professor of Management: B.B.A., M.A., University of Cincinnati
Paul C. Richards, Lecturer in Business Administration: B.S., MB. A., Northeastern University; C.P.A.
Herman Rochwarg, Associate Professor of Management: B.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University
Raymond Roy, Assistant Professor of Accounting: B. Comm., St. Mary's University; M.B.A., University

of Massachusetts; D.B.A., University of Maryland
Anghel N. Rugina, Professor of Economics and Finance: B.S., College of Business, Golatz, Rumania;

M.A., Ph.D., Academy of High Studies in Economics, Bucharest, Rumania; Ph.D., University of

Freiburg, Germany
Richard J. Santos, Associate Dean and Director, Center for Management Development, and Associate

Professor: B.S., Salem State College; M.A., Emerson College
Daniel C. Scioletti, /4ssoc/afe Professor of Sus/ness Law; B.B.A., Colby College; LL.B., Suffolk University;

Ed.M., Boston University
Henry H. Seward, Lecturer In Business Administration: B.A., Yale University; M.B.A., Michigan State

University; D.B.A. Candidate, Harvard University

FACULTY / 39

Charles Shelley, Assistant Professor of Business Administration; B.B.A., University of Massachusetts;
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts

Barry Shore, Associate Professor of (Management: B.S., Tufts University; M.B.A., University of Massa-
chusetts; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin

Albert Slavin, Lillian L. and Harry A. Cowan Professor of Accounting: Ed.B., Ed.M., Boston University;
C.P.A.

Jeffrey A. Timmons, Assistant Professor of Management: A.B., Colgate University; M.B.A., D.B.A.,
Harvard University

Dharmendra T. Verma, Associate Professor of f^arketing: B.S., University of Bombay; M.B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Utah

Arthur H. Walker, Professor of IManagement: A.B., Bowdoln College; M.B.A., D.B.A., Harvard University

Edward R. Wlllett, Professor of finance: B.S., Northeastern University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University

Frederick Wiseman, Associate Professor of Marketing: B.S., Tufts University; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell
University

master of business
administration curriculum

students entering the program must finish 72 quarter hours of graduate
: credit to complete the Master of Business Administration Program. This
' requirement applies to both full- and part-time students. The course content
I for internship, assistantship, and part-time programs is the same.

' Required Courses

Number Courses Credit Hours

41 .81 1 Financial and Managerial Accounting 3

41.812 Control 1 3

41.813 Control II 3

43.81 1 Marketing Management I 3

43.812 Marketing Management II 3

44.81 1 Financial Management 1 3

44.812 Financial Management II 3

45.805 Operations Management I 3

45.806 Operations Management II 3

45.81 5 Behavioral Concepts 3

45.816 Organizational Behavior I 3

45.81 7 Organizational Behavior II 3

45.836 Policy: the Social, Political,
Economic, and Legal Environment 3

45.837 Policy: the Formulation and Implementation of
Strategy 3

49.901 Managerial Economic Analysis 3

49.902 Quantitative Analysis I 3

49.903 Quantitative Analysis II 3

Total Required Credit Hours 51

Elective Credit Hours 21

Total Credit Hours for Degree 72

42 / MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM

Elective Courses

In addition to the required courses, students must complete course work
in electives to bring their total program to the 72 quarter hours of credit
required for the Master of Business Administration degree. All elective
courses carry three quarter hours of credit unless otherwise specified.

Courses may also be selected from other graduate programs at North-
eastern University with the permission of the director of the appropriate
program and the Director of the Graduate School of Business Administra-
tion.

Administration and Its Environments

39.805 Business Cycles and

Forecasting
39.823 Government Finance
39.825 Fiscal Policy
39.831 Money and Banking
39.835 Labor Economics
41.862 Tax Factors in Business

Decisions
43.814 Consumer Behavior

45.961 Business Participation in
Metropolitan Problems

45.962 Institutional Environment
of Business I

45.964 Institutional Environment

of Business II
45.969 Government and Business
45.973 New Sectors of Collective

Bargaining
45.989 Science and Technology:

The Challenge to Management

45.991 Business Law— Law of
Contracts, Agency and Sales

45.992 Law of Business

Organizations and Negotiable

39.9H1

Instruments

41.816

45.808
45.833

Financial Management

44.814

International Financial
Management

45.838

44.901

Advanced Financial
Management

45.976

44.921

Investment Analysis

45.977

44.923

Seminar in Strategies for

Growth Funding

49.918

44.924

Mergers and Acquisitions

44.926 Policy Issues in Corporate
Money Management

44.935 Management of Financial
Institutions

44.952 Seminar in Capital Budgeting

General Management

45.828 Seminar in Growth Strategies

for Corporate Management
45.830 Formal Planning Systems
45.997-9 Special Topics in Business
Administration (1 to 3 Q.H.)

49.932 The Computer and Its
Applications I

49.933 The Computer and Its
Application II

49.935 Computer Applications in
Management Science

Health Care Administration

Health Manpower
Management Control of Health
Service Systems
Comparative Management
Operations Management in
the Health Care System
Policy Formation in
Health Care
Workers in the Health
Care System
Information Systems for
Health Care Administration
Information Theory and
Systems

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM / 43

International Business Management

39.827 Economic Development
39.829 Comparative Economic

Systems
39.833 International Economics
41.801 International Accounting
43.910 International Marketing
44.814 International Financial

Management

Management of Human Resources

45.808 Comparative Management

45.819 Interpersonal Behavior

45.820 Psychological Dynamics of
Leadership

45.821 Policy Formation in Non-
business Institutions

45.835 Seminar in Organizational

Development
45.951 Executive Development

45.971 Personnel Management

45.972 Industrial Relations
45.976 Workers in the Health Care

System
45.985 Management of Research and
Development

Marketing Management

43.814 Consumer Behavior
43.910 International Marketing
43.925 Sales Management
43.931 Marketing Research
43.934 New Product Development
43.936 Strategy Problems of Mass

Distributors
43.941 Industrial Marketing
49.922 Marketing Information

Systems

Operations Management

45.809 Advanced Operations Manage-
ment

45.833 Operations Management in the
Health Care System

45.902 Planning and Control of
Manufacturing Operations

45.965 Management of Small Business
Enterprises

49.904 Contemporary Problems in

Managing Complex Operating
Systems

49.907 Operations Management Game

Management of Transportation and
Logistics

48.801 Seminar in Transportation

Systems
48.805 Urban Transportation
48.901 Physical Distribution

Management

Small Business Management

45.829 New Ventures:

A Career Choice
45.965 Management of Small

Business Enterprises
45.968 Management of New Enterprises

Managerial Control

41.801 International Accounting

Management Control Systems

Management Control of Health

Service Systems

Management Performance

Appraisal

Tax Factors in Business

Decisions

41.815
41.816

41 .825

41.862

44 / MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM

Recommended Part-Time Program

While the part-time student has some flexibility in the order in which
he takes his required work, the schedule below is recommended as a guide:

Course

Basics of Financial and Managerial Analysis

Behavioral Concepts I

Control I I

Organizational Behavior I I

Control II

Organizational Behavior II

Managerial Economic Analysis

Quantitative Analysis I

Quantitative Analysis II

Elective

Marketing Management I

Financial Management I

Marketing Management II

Financial Management II

Operations Management I

Elective !

Operations Management II

Elective

Policy: the Social, Political, Economic, (

and Legal Environment '

Elective
11th 45.837 Policy: the Formulation and Implementation of

Strategy

Elective
12th Elective

Elective

OTHER GRADUATE-LEVEL PROGRAMS IN BUSINESS

Master of Science in Accounting

The program of the Graduate School of Professional Accounting at
Northeastern University in Boston is designed specifically for liberal arts
and other nonaccounting majors. The School was established to help satisfy
the accounting profession's need for persons with a broad liberal education
and a high-quality professional education. The distinctive feature of the
15-month program, a three-month internship with a public accounting
firm, is in keeping with the basic cooperative philosophy of Northeastern
University.

Quarter

Number

1st

41.811

45.815

2nd

41.812

45.816

3rd

41.813

45.817

4th

49.901

49.902

5th

49.903

6th

43.811

44.811

7th

43.812

44.812

8th

45.805

9th

45.806

0th

45.836

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM / 45

Management Development Program

The Management Development Program is a graduate-level course in
business, designed for experienced managers who have had responsibility
for a major task, function, department, division, or independent enterprise.
Its general aim is to improve the manager's overall performance.

There is a choice of two six-week sessions spaced over five months,
October through February or January through May. Participants attend
two consecutive weeks of classes at the outset and thereafter one week
in each of the remaining four months. This approach offers a tested
alternative to organizations which recognize the need for manager training
but find it difficult to release a key man for lengthy periods of study. A
certificate is awarded to all who successfully complete the course work.

description of courses

39.805 Business Cycles and Forecasting

Presentation of short-run dynamic models of economic fluctuations, measurements
of economic activities, use of cyclical indicators, anticipation survey data, simple
aggregate models for forecasting business activity, and a survey and evaluation of
governmental discretionary stabilization policies in the recent past. This material is
discussed with reference to the current business situation. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad.
Credit.

39.823 Government Finance

A survey of governmental expenditure, revenue, and debt systems, with emphasis
upon their economic effects and their relationship to principles of economic welfare.
Discussions of taxation, tax incidence, tax theory, debt management, and employment
levels. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

39.825 Fiscal Policy

Deliberate adjustments in revenues and expenditures for the purpose of obtaining
greater economic stability and economic growth. Discussion of neutral fiscal policy,
built-in stabilizers, budget management, attainment of full employment, inflation, and
deflation. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

39.827 Economic Development

The study of the process of structural change in the course of economic development,
with emphasis on the causes and consequences of growth. Models depicting the
mobilization and allocation of resources are presented, along with an examination
of the cultural and political obstacles to production and distribution in underdeveloped
countries today. The theoretical analysis is supplemented with case studies. Prep.
15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

39.829 Comparative Economic Systems

A comparative study of central economic theories and institutions of Capitalism,
Socialism, Communism, and the Welfare State. Particular attention to criteria for
evaluating success in meeting diverse goals, techniques and problems of planning,
and real growth rates. Some attention paid to primitive economics. Prep. 15 Q.H.
of Grad. Credit

39.831 Money and Banking

A study of the nature and function of the monetary and banking systems of the United
States and of alternative theoretical models of the relationships between money and
economic activity. Current issues in monetary theory and policy and international
finance are considered. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

48 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

39.833 International Economics

The historical background of the Balance of International Payments of the United
States. To understand the nature of the problems in this field, central attention is
given to the theory of international trade and capital movements. Further attention
is paid to the interpretation and evaluation of the various possible foreign economic
policies. Trade agreements and restrictions are also included as a part of the greater
issues of international economic development and cooperation. Prep. 15 Q.H. of
Grad. Credit.

39.835 Labor Economics

The economics of wage determination, impact of unions on wages and inflation,
the economics of full employment and unemployment, and private and public remedial
policies; the labor force, governmental labor legislation, security, unionism, and
democracy. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

39.9H1 Economics of Medical Care and Health Manpower

The organization of medical care; the problems associated with various alternative
delivery systems; the utilization and availability of physicians and other categories
of paramedical personnel; the growth and pressures exerted by third-party payers;
and consideration of Federal, state, and municipal participation in the delivery of
quality medical care under various alternatives for national health insurance. Prep.
15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit

41.801 International Accounting

New accounting tasks have been created by the significant expansion of international
business. Accounting concepts and practices vary from country to country, and they
affect international business events and transactions. The course attempts to produce
an understanding of national and regional patterns of accounting and their interna-
tional implications. Prep. 41.813, Planning Decisions and Control Systems.

41.811 Financial and Managerial Accounting

An introduction to accounting systems, including the development of financial state-
ments. Includes a critical appraisal of analytical techniques of evaluating the firm's
potential through historical data. Prep. none.

41.812 Control I

After examining the role which profit maximization plays as an entity objective,
alternative courses of action for goal achievement are integrated into a programmed
budgeting process. Emphasis is given to the budget as a planning, motivating,
coordinating, evaluating, and re-planning device. Prep. 41.811, Financial and Mana-
gerial Accounting.

41.813 Control II

A study of the integration and coordination of short-range programs with long-range
plans and the control mechanisms which enhance appropriate conformance to the
strategic budget. Primary emphasis is on organizations decentralized into divisional
units. Prep. 41.812.

41.815 Management Control Systems

Management control is the process by which management translates the organiza-
tional objectives and strategy into specified goals for attainment in a specified period

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 49

of time, and secures the effective accomplishment of these goals in an efficient
manner. This course deals with systems that facilitate this process, with particular
attention to those designed for use at divisional and top management levels. Prep.
41.813.

41.816 Management Control of Health Service Systems

The objective of this course is to develop a competence in conceptualizing and
managing the planning and control requirements of organizations operating in the
health services domain. Major topics include: planning, budgeting, responsibility
accounting, cost analysis, and cost control. The role of the controller in these activities
is also examined. The course embodies the idea of a system's integrating these
requirements. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

41.825 Management Performance Appraisal

Management is held accountable to its several constituencies, including higher level
management, investors, creditors, and customers, so that effective methods of
evaluating management performance are necessary. This course critically examines
the traditional means of management appraisal, as well as several newer techniques
which have been proposed. Among the topics discussed are: management's social
responsibilities, criteria for management effectiveness, financial and nonfinancial
measures of effectiveness, management audits, and social audits. Prep. 41.813,
Planning, Decisions, and Control Systems.

41.862 Tax Factors in Business Decisions

A survey of the Internal Revenue Code and its implications for choice of organizational
form, corporate reorganizations, compensation policies, and foreign business opera-
tions. Mergers and acquisitions and the management of depreciable property are
examined in the light of decisions made by the Internal Revenue Service and the
tax courts. The emphasis is on discussion and research into corporate income tax
problems that affect business decisions. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

43.811 Marketing Management I

The objectives of Marketing Management I and II are twofold: 1 . to provide the student
with a comprehensive understanding of basic marketing functions, institutions, and
concepts; and 2. to develop the student's ability to analyze and make recommen-
dations about business problems that involve the creation, distribution, and sale of
goods and services. Marketing Management I emphasizes the definition of marketing
problems, demand analysis, consumer analysis, and market research. Prep. none.

43.812 Marketing Management II

A continuation of Marketing Management I, with emphasis on the formulation and
implementation of marketing strategy. Emphasis is placed on product policy, channels
of distribution, pricing, advertising, personal selling, and the development of inte-
grated marketing programs of action. Prep. 43.811, Marketing Management I.

43.814 Consumer Behavior

Development of an understanding of consumer attitudes and behavior processes.
Various economic and behavioral models of consumer behavior are examined and
evaluated as bases for the planning and evaluation of marketing strategies. Text,
readings, project. Prep. 43.811, Marketing Management I.

50 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

43.910 International Marketing !

Objective is to develop an understanding of: 1. the opportunities and challenges i
facing the international marketing executive; 2. the decision-making process in
marketing goods abroad; and 3. the environmental forces— economic, cultural and I
political— affecting the marketing process and acting as constraints on the develop- 1
ment of marketing strategies abroad. Lectures, discussions, reports, and '
cases. Prep. 43.811, Marketing Management I.

43.925 Sales Management

Designed to help the student develop both the understanding and decision-making
skills necessary to build and maintain an effective sales organization. Cases and i
readings are used which examine the strategic and operating problems of the sales ,
manager. Four major topic areas are: 1. the selling function, 2. sales management
at the field level, 3. the sales executive, and 4. sales and marketing manage-
ment. Prep. 43.812, Marketing Management II, or permission of the instructor.

43.934 New Product Development

The importance of new/ products to the survival and prosperity of firms continues
to grow with increasing shortening of product life cycles; with changes in technology,
competition, and consumer tastes; and with increasing operating costs. For most
firms, coping with the problems of environmental change through modification of i
the product line is both vital and difficult. This seminar will have as a primary concern j
the examination and analysis of some of the problems firms face in directing and 1
managing their new product development activities. Prep. 43.812, Marketing Man-
agement II.

43.936 Strategy Problems of Mass Distributors

An examination of selected major strategy problems facing large-scale food and
general merchandise distributors; selecting store locations determining merchandis-
ing and promotional policies; and formulating long-range plans. Cases and issues
are explored from the viewpoint of the management of prominent supermarket,
department store, and discount retailers, with the role of mass distributors in the
marketing of consumer goods. Prep. 43.812, Marketing Management II.

43.941 Industrial Marketing

The problems of industrial concerns in marketing their products and services to
industrial, business, and organizational customers. Emphasis is placed on determining
these customers' needs and on developing programs to satisfy these needs. Topics
include the roles and responsibilities of the marketing executive engaged in industrial
distribution, advertising, and research, as well as roles and responsibilities of industrial
salesmen, sales supervisors, and selling agents. Prep. 43.812. Marketing Manage-
ment II.

44.811 Financial Management I

This course and its required sequel, 44.812, acquaint students with concepts,
practices, and procedures of financial management and offer training in analytical
approaches which help them make wise decisions affecting the flow of funds within
an organization. Financial Management I concentrates on the sources and uses of
short-term and immediate-term funds, and Financial Management II on long-term
funds. Instruction is primarily through readings and cases. Prep. 41.813. Control II.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 51

44.812 Financial IVIanagement II

Concentrates on long-term sources and uses of funds, with an introduction to capital
budgeting techniques and the concept of cost of capital. Risk and return trade-offs
are included. Broad topics of overall financial strategy and timing are examined.
Frequently, evening students are required to prepare a term report based upon data
gathered on their jobs and/or from financial literature. Prep. 44.811, Financial
Management I.

44.814 International Financial IVIanagement

Comprehensive coverage of the field of international financial management, including
the fundamental problems of financial forecasting, multinational capital budgeting,
affiliate financial structures, international fund movements and instruments of interna-
tional finance, import-export financing, and the characteristics of foreign environ-
ments. Background information is sought in the interpretation of U.S. foreign
investment controls and the reaction of foreign governments to U.S. interfer-
ence. Prep. 44.812, Financial Management II.

44.901 Finance III— Advanced Financial Management

An opportunity to study several important areas of financial management in greater
depth than is possible in the basic finance courses. Some of the topics are: corporate
capital structure, dividend policy, capital budgeting, and the management of current
assets. Instruction is primarily through assigned readings and classroom case discus-
sions. Prep. 44.812, Financial Management II.

44.921 Investment Analysis

Investment principles and risks. The objective is the development of a sound invest-
ment program, with attention to identification of investment objectives and risks.
Emphasis is placed on the techniques of analysis and evaluation of various types
of securities and the associated risks, the operation of the securities markets, and
the various methods of portfolio management. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

44.923 Seminar in Strategies for Growth Funding

The planning and implementation of funding actions are becoming as complex and
necessary to corporate success as the conception, engineering, and production of
quality products. A course with a narrowed scope dealing in depth with concepts
and practices of designing capital structures to accommodate corporate growth.
Published and unpublished research material will be utilized, along with classroom
discussions of published cases and of "live cases", presentations by visiting practi-
tioners. The purpose of the course is to increase the understanding of management's
opportunities to influence the supply of available financial resources. Prep. 44.812,
Financial Management II.

44.924 Mergers and Acquisitions

This seminar explores the economic environment which has recently given rise to
a large number of corporate mergers and the business factors underlying these
corporate combinations. The financial, managerial, accounting, and legal factors
affecting mergers are studied. Students learn how to appraise a potential merger
and structure a merger on advantageous terms. Instruction is through directed
readings, case discussions, and independent research. Prep. 44.812, Financial
Management II.

52 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

44.926 Policy Issues in Corporate Money IVIanagement

The seminar has a twofold objective: 1. to develop the financial manager's under-
standing of the basic concepts, instruments, and structure of the money market,
and 2. to analyze and discuss policy issues in corporate money management as j
they are affected by subtle but important changes in the environment of federal |
monetary and fiscal policy. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

44.935 Management of Financial Institutions

The intent is to acquaint students with the broad range of decision-making problems
faced by major financial institutions such as commercial banks, savings and invest- 1
ment institutions, and finance companies when viewed as competitive, profit-seeking j
business entities. Major areas of concern in the course are: sources and uses of '
funds by financial institutions, competition, regulation, and strategic policy planning
by financial institutions. Instruction is primarily through readings and cases. Prep.
44.812, Financial Management II.

44.952 Seminar in Capital Budgeting

A course with narrow scope, dealing in depth with the managerial and financial
problems of allocating corporate resources to long-term uses within the firm. The
problems to be considered include the encouragement of new investment opportu-
nities, as well as systems and techniques for their evaluation and selection. The
goal of the course is to enhance the individual's ability to affect the selection of
investment opportunities to assure a maximum contribution to the firm's develop-
ment. Prep. 44.812, Financial Management II.

45.805 Operations Management I

The study of operations as an integrated system responding to the firm's goals and
objectives, explores from a manager's viewpoint: 1. the nature of the short- and
long-range problems generated within operations; 2. the factors in plant layout and
the firm's physical facilities; and 3. the cost data required for decisions about the
productive process, including capital costs and investment criteria. Topics include:
management's function in operations-system design, process planning, automation,
work methods, job structure, job enlargement, and participation. Text and cases
are used. Prep. 49.903, Introduction to Operations Research.

45.806 Operations Management II

Continuation of the study of management of operations, exploring: 1. the utility of
standards and work measurement; 2. usefulness of operations control of various
analytical techniques, such as waiting line theory, simulation, and linear programming;
and 3. the operation and control of the productive system. Topics include: manage-
ment of inventory control, production-inventory systems, maintenance, quality, and
improvement of operations cost. Text and cases are used. Prep. 45.805, Operations
Management I.

45.808 Comparative Management

An analysis of the management process in different types of organizations with
emphasis on similarities and differences. Among the types of organizations examined
are: business firms, school systems, colleges and universities, unions, political parties,
prisons, hospitals, churches, and military organizations. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad.
Credit.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 53

45.809 Advanced Operations Management

This course is designed for those whose career goals are positions of responsibility
in the management of the manufacturing or operations functions of an enterprise.
Although the primary focus is upon manufacturing enterprises, complex operating
problems in service-oriented institutions are included. Drawing primarily upon case
studies, the course focuses on the development and implementation of detailed
responses to the management requirements of operating systems. Emphasis is given
to emerging technological developments, such as computer-based mechanization
and automation, and to new developments in several areas of production and
operations management. Prep. 45.805 and 45.706.

45.815 Behavioral Concepts

A brief examination of major concepts and findings of the behavioral sciences which
have particular pertinence to business and administration. Systematic ways of under-
standing behavior are developed, taking account of technical, economic, political,
and human factors. Individual development is studied from the standpoint of character,
perception, learning, and motivation. Behavior of people in small groups is also
examined in terms of the structure and dynamics of the individuals in the group. Prep.
none.

45.816 Organizational Behavior I

Basic findings and concepts of the behavioral sciences are related to the specific
aspects of behavior in formally constituted organizations. Supervisory behavior is
examined in the behavioral context, as well as relations between groups, in order
to develop ways of achieving collaboration. Prep. 45.815, Behavioral Concepts.

45.817 Organizational Behavior II

The study of behavior in organizations is expanded to larger organizations in order
to understand and deal systematically with the complex relationships found at this
level. This course also provides an opportunity to apply knowledge about people
in organizations to the improvement of organizational systems and to the process
of achieving changes in organizations. Prep. 45.816. Organizational Behavior I.

45.819 Interpersonal Behavior

An intensive inquiry into communications from one person to another, the longest
distance of all. Makes use of unconventional media for learning (selected films, drama,
and the short story) in which universal qualities of the interactions between people
are described, analyzed, and reinterpreted to different settings in today's
.world. Prep. none.

»5.820 Psychological Dynamics of Leadership

Reviews the existing approaches and hypotheses about the nature of leadership,
-ocuses on psychoanalytic theory as a foundation from which to understand leader-
ship behavior. An extensive case history provides material for class discussion and
llustration of the theories of leadership. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

15.821 Policy Formulation in Nonbusiness Institutions

This seminar focuses primarily on the decision-making process in government
nstitutions, primarily at the Federal level. Readings portray nonrational perspectives
)n behavior, such as the cybernetic and political models of decisions. Their larger
lim is to develop awareness of cognitive limitations of public policy decision-makers

54 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

and the inherent dysfunctions of bureaucracies in which they operate. Class sessions i
explore the evolution of public policy, the role of analysis in policy formulation and I
implementation, and the methodology of policy analysis. The seminar is concerned i
with strategic decisions rather than with day-to-day operating problems. Prep. 15 i
Q.H. of Grad. Credit. |

45.828 Seminar in Growth Strategies for Corporate IVlanagement

An opportunity for in-depth research and analysis of growth strategies available to
business firms. In a seminar setting, students examine firm and industry approaches
to growth through expansion and diversification. Special emphasis is placed on the
use of research and acquisition as means for achieving growth objectives. Prep.
45.825, Business Policy 1; also permission of the instructor.

45.829 New Ventures: A Career Choice

This course enables students to examine the nature of entrepreneurship and the '
appropriateness of self-employment for an individual. The focus is on the decision
to own and operate one's own business. Students examine the nature of the values, .
motivations, goals, and life style required by the entrepreneurial role. Guest speakers, |
cases, selected readings, and self-assessment exercises help students identify the !
connection between their own interests and goals and an entrepreneurial
career. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.830 Formal Planning Systems

Although plans that extend five or more years into the future are no longer a novelty,
the formal planning concept itself is still in its infancy. This course focuses on the
present-day "state-of-the-art" in planning for both profit and nonprofit organizations.
Special emphasis is given to case studies of successful planning in real-life organiza-
tions of various sizes. Students are expected to develop hypothetical plans based
upon their own assessment of economic and other environmental factors. Prep.
15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit

45.833 Operations Management in the Health Care System

This course serves those whose career goals are positions of responsibility in the
management of the health care system. The objectives of the course are: 1 . to provide
a basic understanding of operations management problems existing in the health
care system, and 2. to develop decision-making ability to deal effectively with these
problems. Topics covered in the course are: the fundamentals of management in
the health care system, organizational planning, operations planning and control,
utilization of resources, and policy considerations in effective and efficient operation
of the health care system. Prep. 45.805, Operations Management I.

45.835 Seminar in Organizational Development

Organizational development is the process of deliberate organizational change that
is planned, organization-wide, and managed from the top so as to increase organiza-
tional effectiveness through planned intervention by change agents. This course
examines organizational development as an emerging professional discipline, focus-
ing on identifying variables affected by a change program and developing an
understanding of methods and techniques. Prep. Organizational Behavior II.

45.836 Policy: The Social, Political, Economic, and Legal Environment

Both business and nonbusiness organizations exist in a multifaceted environment
of social, political, economic, and legal entities whose influences generated by these

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 55

environmental factors must be identified and dealt with in the decision-making
processes of organizations. The objective of this course is to develop an appreciation
of these environmental forces, a skill in identifying and projecting their significance,
and the ability to formulate the decision-making processes responsive to them. The
concept of corporate strategy is developed as a medium in which to achieve these
objectives. Prep, all other required courses.

45.837 Policy: The Formulation and Implementation of Strategy

A continuation of course #45.836, with emphasis on the formulation and implementa-
tion of organizational strategy. Approaches to strategy formulation in both profit and
nonprofit organizations are compared and contrasted. Prep. 45.836.

45.838 Policy Formation in Health Care

A focus on the problem of defining and implementing policy in the health care sector.
The various internal and external components of the health care system are analyzed
as they relate to policy making and implementation. The course also includes a
discussion of nontraditional methods of health care delivery such as neighborhood
health centers and national health insurance. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.902 Planning and Control of Manufacturing Operations

A study of the problems of managing the flow of materials, operations, and information
within an organization in response to, or anticipation of, market demands. The
concepts and techniques discussed are applicable in a variety of institutional settings.
Topics include: inventory management, demand forecasting, manpower and opera-
tions scheduling, project management, and integrated operations control systems.
The tone of the course is pragmatic; particular emphasis is on practical evaluation
and problems of implementing the analytic methods discussed. Prep. 45.806, Opera-
tions Mariagement II.

45.951 Executive Development

^n examination of the executive position in an organization and the personal
characteristics and skills which it requires. The course examines the effects of cultural
change and shifting mores on motivation and management control, with their implica-
:ion for developing appropriate organizational relationships. Report writing, oral
'eports, and leading of group discussions are dominant techniques. Student evalua-
:ion is encouraged. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

15.961 Business Participation in Metropolitan Problems

Activities of business as a participant in urban and area resource develop-
Tient— human, physical, cultural. Business leadership and policy in sustaining a viable
social, political, and economic order, with consideration of complications, perplexi-
ies, programs, and alternatives. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

15.962 Institutional Environment of Business I

The relationship of the business corporation to various elements in its environment:
)olitical, social, economic, scientific, and educational. Developing interactions and
nutual responsibilities, with emphasis on initiating and planning, to influence these
external institutional relations rather than only to respond to them. Responsibilities
)f business and of businessmen for community, national, international, and ecological
velfare. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

56 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

45.964 Institutional Environment of Business II

Further examination of the relation of business to its environment and the responsi-
bility of the businessman and the firm to external and internal interests in a dynamic
and pluralistic system. Emphasis on situations involving conflicting values and
personal, organizational, moral, and public interest, with role playing to allow student
participation in corporate conflict determination. Prep. 45.962, Institutional Environ- j

ment of Business I. I

I
!

45.968 Management of New Enterprises

Oriented toward the entrepreneur. Consideration given to locating and evaluating j
business opportunities introduced by new ideas, product development, licensing,
inventions, patents, etc. The organization, start, and growth of a new business or j
the acquisition of a going concern, including fund raising and related state regula- i
tions. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit. j

45.969 Government and Business

Analysis of the role of government as a regulating force, as well as the nature and
impact of government fiscal, economic, and socioeconomic policies on the conduct
of business. The political and economic philosophies behind greater government
participation in the economic structure of the nation as indicated by public-utility, j
antitrust, labor, and socioeconomic legislation. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.971 Personnel Management j

Significant developments of labor relations and employment theory; the principles j
of personnel management and of management-union relations; policy considerations
for the managing of manpower resources; policy impact of current developments^
in work theory; and resource management. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.972 Labor Relations

Traditional labor policy in relation to management, unions, and the public; manage-
ment-union relations as joint control over human resources of private and public
organizations; history of the labor movement and collective bargaining; work rules
and productivity; labor disputes and supplements to negotiations; political and |
economic power; legal responsibilities of labor and management; management
authority and employee discipline; and types of management-union relations.
Theories and cases. Prep. 45.971, Personnel Management. I

45.973 New Sectors of Collective Bargaining j

A focus on new sectors of bargaining: 1. by public employees, including municipal,!
state, and Federal; 2. by professional associations, including those of teachers,
doctors, nurses, and engineers; and in the mainly unorganized sectors; i.e., agricul-
ture, health care industry, and so-called white-collar-service areas. The purpose is
to study the variety of patterns emerging in these sectors as a result of the interplay i
of the following forces: 1. presence or absence of a national labor law or policy;

2. relationship to existing trade union structure and industrial relations system;

3. occupational characteristics and industry or service technology, and 4. produc-
tivity and growth. Varying issues in collective bargaining are discussed through cases,
readings, and a group term project, and by invited practitioners. Prep. 15 Q.H. of
Grad. Credit.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 57

45.976 Workers in the Health Care System

The present health care system in the United States is in the process of major change
generated by both the internal and external social, legal, and professional environ-
ments. The purpose of this course is to describe and analyze some of the dynamics
and complexities of these changes and to consider how these changes affect the
workers in the system. In turn, the worker's influence on these changes is studied.
The foci are the past, present, and future of major occupation levels and groupings
servicing the system, their relationship to each other and to the total system. A major
feature of the course is a group research project. Case studies, readings, lectures,
and guest speakers are also used. The course is limited to 24. Prep. 45.815. 45.816.

45.977 Information Systems for Health Care Facilities

Introduction to the complexities of the quantity and variety of information requirements
in the field and the state of the technology capability, as well as an understanding
of the system's components through use of this information. Course covers systems
information flow and new computer techniques. Cases, reading, and on-site
visits. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.985 Management of Research and Development

Some corporations grow more rapidly than their competitors because of better
management of their technical programs. This course focuses on the unique problems
of R & D management through readings and case studies of the important consider-
ations involved in dealing with scientists and engineers as individuals; planning,
organizing, and controling research; and establishing a climate for research. Prep.
41.811, Basics of Financial and l\/lanagerial Analysis, and 45.817, Organizational
Behavior II.

45.989 Science and Technology: The Challenge to Management

Greater understanding of the growing importance of the results of science and
technology on business activity and of the special problems and opportunities
encountered by management in using this knowledge. The course examines the
complex interaction of social, economic, political, and technical variables affecting
the climate for technological change. The critical role of the manager in the innovative
process is studied, examining the great array of techniques which help him keep
abreast of new R&D results. The contribution of various organizational structures
to the creative application of technology is also examined. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad.
Credit

45.991 Business Law— Law of Contracts, Agency, and Sales

Designed to give the student a basic knowledge of the legal aspects of contracts
and the results of contractual obligations. Attention is paid to the employment contract
in general, with emphasis on the principal and agent and the master and servant
relationships. The law governing the sale of personal property as reflected in the
Uniform Commercial Code is emphasized. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.992 The Law of Business Organizations and Negotiable Instruments

The Law of Negotiable Instruments as reflected in the Uniform Commerical Code,
with special consideration given to commercial paper used in business transactions.
The law governing formation and operation of partnerships, corporations, and other
business organizations, with emphasis on the legal results and operations of those
concerned and the liability of members thereof. A study of the legal framework within
which the formal business organization must operate. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

58 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

45.997 Special Studies in Business Administration (1 to 3 OH. Credit)
A special tutorial arrangement between a student and a faculty member for a guided
reading, research, laboratory, fieldwork, report, or teaching experience. It is for
graduate students who desire to do advanced work or carry out some special
investigation of a problem in business administration not specifically covered else-
where in the curriculum. Students must petition the Committee on Graduate Study
in Business Administration for permission to register in this course. This petition
should include an outline, a brief description of the work planned, and an indication
of the professor to whom the student will be responsible. The professor will submit
to the Graduate Office a letter outlining in some detail the nature of the work that
the student will be doing in the course. The petition will be submitted after the student
has received permission to take the course from a member of the College of Business
Administration faculty. The course carries variable credit, ranging from one to three
quarter hours. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

45.998 Special Studies in Business Administration (2 Q.H. Credit)
See 45.997 for course description.

45.999 Special Studies in Business Administration (3 Q.H. Credit)
See 45.997 for course description.

48.801 Seminar in Transportation j

The objectives are twofold: 1. to provide a basic understanding of the functions and i
importance of the domestic transportation system, and 2. to develop the student's
ability to analyze government policies related to transportation. The cost, service, j
and pricing characteristics of the several modes of transportation are examined. )
Emphasis is given to the special problems which confront both carriers engaged j
in the various forms of transportation and shippers who rely upon their ser- i
vices. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit. !

48.805 Urban Transportation

This course examines urban transportation from the Federal, state, and local levels.
Emphasis is given to the role of transportation in community development. Federal
programs concerning transit, and current urban transportation problems in the Boston
metropolitan area. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

48.901 Physical Distribution Management

Study of the design and management of physical distribution systems to facilitate
the flow of goods through distribution channels. It covers aspects of plant and
warehouse locations, inventory controls, and selection of transportation carrier. The
course includes the use of case problems in logistics. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

49.901 Managerial Economic Analysis

Managerial economic analysis establishes the economic foundations and framework
for managerial decisions. The course provides an introduction to the principles of
economic analysis, economic institutions, and issues of public policy. It stresses
the interdependency of the economic decisions of the firm with industry structures
and national economic policies. Topics covered include: sources, market decisions
and market structure, employment and growth, and the economic role of governmental
resource allocations. Prep. none.

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES / 59

49.902 Quantitative Analysis I

The basic objective of the Quantitative Analysis course sequence is to acquaint
students with a variety of methodological techniques which enable them to improve:
1. analysis and interpretation of data, 2. communication with staff specialists, and
3. understanding of the problem areas in which quantitative and operations research
methods can aid in the decision-making process. Topics covered are: descriptive
statistics, probability, decision trees, sampling and estimation, and hypothesis
testing. Prep. none.

49.903 Quantitative Analysis II

Concentration on the modern techniques of management science. The emphasis
is on applications, and several cases will be covered which expose the student to
the issues of problem definition, model building, model solution, and implementation
of results. Topics include: regression analysis, linear programming, transportation
algorithm, and simulation. Prep. 49.902.

49.904 Contemporary Problems in IVIanaging Complex Operating Systems

A focus on those planning and control problems which are common to a broad
spectrum of operating systems. Such problems include: demand forecasting, systems
planning, aggregate planning, inventory control, and scheduling. The vehicle used
for studying these problems is the case method. Cases from the following settings
have been scheduled: hospital, factory, banking, police, government, and public utility.
Most cases are quantitative, and the student is required to use the computer. Prep.
45.806, Operations Management II.

49.907 Operations Management Game

The Operations Management Game is a computer game of considerable complexity
focusing on operations problems. Teams are formed to make several decisions
affecting the operation of the firm for the next day: i.e., on hiring-firing, overtime,
machine sequencing, maintenance, and capital expenditures. These decisions are
then submitted to the computer and their consequences are provided as output to
each team. The team reacts by preparing another set of entries to guide the firm's
operation for the next day. During the game models covered in operations research
and the operations management courses are explored to determine their usefulness
as decision aids. Prep. 49.903, 45.806.

49.918 Information Theory and Systems

The objective of this course is to develop a framework for the analysis of com-
munication and information systems in organizations. Aspects of communications
theory are studied as background for building this framework. Through the analysis
of case studies, the adequacy of the analytic framework and its underlying theory
is tested. Topics include development of an analytical framework for viewing informa-
tion systems and communication in organizations. Various aspects of communications
theory are discussed and analyzed. A major objective of the communications and
informations flow in organizations is to tie these events back to the underlying
theory. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

49.992 Marketing Information Systems

This seminar examines the theoretical concepts, empirical research, and practical
applications of information systems in marketing. A few lectures are given on basic
concepts, individual studies are prepared by the members of the seminar on subsys-

60 / DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

terns, such as forecasting, sales control, input-output analysis, consumer models,
and the concept of total systems. These studies are followed by oral reports and
group discussions. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

49.932 Introduction to Computer Applications

Several objectives are: introduction to the technology, terminology, and economics
of computer hardware and software; examination of management issues in the
selection, evaluation, and use of computer services; simple programming exercises
using the BASIC language on the time-sharing computer; and a small research topic
report. Students visit a batch-processing computer center, and use remote time-shar-
ing consoles to solve business-oriented exercises. Prep. 15 Q.H. of Grad. Credit.

49.933 Computer Applications in Date Processing

Examines management issues in EDP and MIS applications of computers. Topics |
include: information system design, computer service evaluation, selection and j
contracting, organizing and staffing for computer service, and future trends of]
technology, economics, and applications. Case studies and current management '
publications are used. As a project students design an actual information system
and describe the methods and costs for its computer implementation. Prep. 49.932,
41.813, or equivalents.

49.935 Computer Applications in IVIanagement Science I

Discussion of the technical and economic role of computers in applying quantitative!
techniques of management science to planning and operations problems. Reviews
selected techniques, including multiple regression analysis, linear programming,
simulation, and statistical analysis. Discusses practical problems of preparing or
selecting computer programs, gathering data, and implementing results. Students
do programming in BASIC or FORTRAN and use canned programs to solve realistic
problems. Ample time-sharing and batch-computer service is available for the course.
Students design, complete, and report to the class a significant computer application
term project. Prep. 49.902, 49.903, and 49.932, or equivalents.

undergraduate
universities attended
by students

Air Force Academy

Amherst College

Arizona, University of

Assumption College

Bates College

Bentley College

Boston College

Boston University

Bowdoin College

Brandeis University

Bridgeport, University of

Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute

Brown University

Bucknell University

Calcutta, University of (India)

California, University of

Canisius College

Case Institute of Technology

Catholic University of America

Catholic University (Venezuela)

Cincinnati, University of

City College of New York

Colby College

Colgate University

Columbia University

Connecticut, University of

Cornell University

Dartmouth College

Delaware. University of

Denison University

Drake University

Drexel University

Duke University

Fairfield University

Florida. University of

Fordham University

Franklin and Marshall College

Gettysburg College

Hartford University

Harvard University

Hawaii. University of

Hiram College

Hofstra University

Holy Cross College

Houston. University of

illinois. University of

Institute of Science (India)

Ithaca College

Johns Hopkins University

Lafayette College

Lake Forest College

Lehigh University

Lowell Technical Institute

Loyola University

Maine. University of

Maryland, University of

Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Massachusetts Maritime Academy

Massachusetts, University of

McGill University (Canada)

McMaster University (Canada)

Merrimack College

Nebraska, University of

New Hampshire, University of

Northeastern University

Notre Dame, University of

Ohio Wesleyan University

Pennsylvania State University

Pennsylvania, University of

Plymouth State College

Providence College

Radcliffe College

Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute

Rhode Island, University of

Rochester Institute of Technology

Rochester, University of

Rutgers, The State University (New Jersey)

St. Anselm's College

St. John University

St. Lawrence University

Simmons College

Smith College

Stanford University

State College at Boston

State University of New York, at Buffalo

State University of New York, at Genesco

State University of New York, at Oneonta

Stonehill College

Suffolk University

Sydenham College (India)

Syracuse University

Tennessee, University of

Texas, University of

Tufts University

United States Merchant Marine Academy

United States Military Academy

United States Naval Academy

Vermont, University of

Villanova University

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

West London College of Commerce (England)

Worcester Polytechnic Institute

Yale University

faculty directory

Name

Room

Ammer, Dean S.

213 HA

Anderson, Harley H.

202 HA

Anderson, Thomas C.

305 HA

Briggs, Warren G.

302 HA

Caplan, Robert H.

302 HA

Carter, Clairmont P.

205 HA

Cerullo, Saverio

209 HA

Collazzo, Charles J.

322 HA

Croke, Paul V.

305 HA

Crotty, Philip T.

202 HA

Curran, Joseph R.

213 HA

Dufton, Charles H.

211 HA

Farrar, Robert H.

205 HA

Fiumara, Angelo

204 HA

Fletcher, Harold

209 HA

Godin, Victor B.

204 HA

Golemme, Joseph M.

206 HA

Grossman, Steven

205 HA

Gubellini, Carlo E.

206 HA

Hehre, Robert J.

222 HA

Heklmian, James S.

202 HA

Higgins, Richard B.

304 HA

Hobart, Christine L.

213 HA

Jordan, Johin W.

224 HA

Kaen, Frederick

209 HA

Keith, Lyman A.

204 HA

Lieb, Robert

204 HA

Lindhe, Richard

205 HA

Malchman, Lawrence

205 HA

Marple, Wesley W.

209 HA

Marshall, Edward

213 HA

McCarthy, Daniel J.

302 HA

McDonald, Philip R.

322 HA

Minichiello, Robert J.

322 HA

Moriarty, Mark M.

322 HA

Myers, A. Howard

305 HA

Olive, Russell W.

302 HA

Parsons, Robert A.

302 HA

Priem, Andre P.

305 HA

Richards, Paul C.

205 HA

Rochwarg, Herman

305 HA

Roy, Raymond

205 HA

Rugina, Anghel N.

209 HA

Santos, Richard J.

212 HA

Scioletti, Daniel C.

204 HA

Shore, Barry

304 HA

Slavin, Albert

205 HA

Timmons, Jeffry

213 HA

Verma, Dharmendra T.

322 HA

Walker, Arthur H.

305 HA

Willett, Edward

209 HA

Wiseman, Frederick

322 HA

Extension
437-3252
3230
3257
3255
3255
3240
3248
3260
3257
3230
3252
3260
3240
3236
3248
3236
3244
3240
3244
3248
3230
3255
3252
2714
3248
3236
3236
3240
3240
3248
3252
3255
3260
3260
3260
3257
3255
3255
3257
3240
3257
3240
3248
3272
3236
3255
3240
3252
3260
3257
3248
3260

index

Academic Council, 13
Academic Requirements, 28
Address of University, 1
Administration

University, 10

Graduate Division, 14, 15
Application Procedure and

Admission Requirements, 27, 29
Assistantship, 26

B
Board of Trustees, 9
Buildings and Facilities, 21
Brockton Campus, 23
Burlington Campus, 22

Henderson House, 23

Higher Education Loan Plan, 34

Holidays, 5

Internship, 25

Libraries, 21

Living Accommodations, 22

Loans, 34, 35

Map of Campus, 64
Marine Science Institute, 23

Calendar, 64

Campus Description and Location, 21

Map, 64
Changes in Requirements, 29
Class Hours, 30
Classifications, Academic, 29
Colleges, Undergraduate, 19
Committee on Graduate Study in

Business Administration, 17
Committees, General University, 12
Continuing Education, Center for, 20
Continuity of Program, 29
Cooperative Plan of Education, 19
Corporation, 7
Courses, Description of, 47
Credits, 30

Transfer, 31
Curriculum, 41
Contents, 3

Degree, Application for, 29
Degree Requirements, 28
Dormitory Proctorships, 34

National Defense Loans, 35
Nashua Campus, 23

Part-time Recommended Program, 27
Programs, types of, 25

Part-Time, 27

Fuli-Time, 25, 27

Refunds, 34
Registration, 31
Regulations, 28
Research Activities, 20
Residence, Academic, 31

Facilities, 22
Required Courses, 41

Schools, Graduate and Professional, 19
Student Center, 21
Suburban Facilities, 22

Elective Courses, 42, 43
Executive Council, 12

Time Limits, 31
Transfer Credit, 31
Trustees, 9
Tuition, 33

Faculty, 37
Faculty Directory, 62
Faculty Senate, 13
Fellowships, 34
Financial Information, 33
Full-Time Program, 25
Framingham Campus, 23

Grading System, 30

Graduate and Professional Schools, 19

Undergraduate Universities Attended

by Students, 61
University Council, 12
University, Description of, 19
University Graduate Council, 14

Waiver Procedure, 31
Warren Center, 23
Withdrawals, 32

Oct;

S -c Q- ■;= 5P^ Jr, -o 5

. ^ m ^ M J5 «a: ^ 5r fe ^= c s S _2 ^ ™ ^ ™
:Srooo= 55 2f^3£S°^U= = ro.y

I o o o o uj iZ Li. o 3: x: ^ ^ :^ ^ c£ S Q. q:

U.Lj.LiJO<t3:Ll.LUC3Ll.t3C3Ll-Li.eJCQUJLLji-<^Li-U-Ujn=(

O Q

lortheastern
jniversity

iraduate

iichool >^

Education *%%S"/%_

973-74

For Reference

Not to be taken from this room

northeastern
university

Graduate

School

Education

1973-74

Northeastern University

102 The Fenway

Boston, Massachusetts 021 1 5

Telephone (617) 437-2708

CNi

'•:^i

contents

Campus Map

Academic Calendar

University Holidays

The Governing Boards and Officers of the University

The Northeastern University Corporation

Board of Trustees

Administrative Organization

General University Committees

Organization of the Graduate Schools

The University

Buildings and Facilities

The Graduate School of Education

General Regulations

Financial Information

Financial Obligations

Financial Aid

Faculty

Programs of the Graduate School of Education

Master of Education Degree

Teacher Certification Program

Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study

Fields of Study

Professional Specializations

Teacher Certification Program

Advanced Graduate Study

Description of Courses

Foundations of Education

Curriculum and Instruction

Educational Administration

Counselor Education

Rehabilitation Administration and Special Education

110

Departmental Directory

111

Index

z 1— 00 a: = <£ it: o o _i a: «« oc •a: t
CO CQ o o tJ o o o Lu Lu u. Li_ o ^ i: :

T3 " 3 </l 3: JS

i2 -C Q- •

-2J o o

CO CO O O O I

C -D

<CB op E

= cj T3 _2; ^ ai c

~~l-5 c g a> ra ,

= CO j5 cj 2o '^ .

^ <= -o^ ^ g E -' 7 -S o "-

■g 2,-5 a^S^g-Sf 1=1 I |^"§ |^|.e|

00^; 000'— ™^<iJc:c»-HH— ^TO.

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1973-1974

Fall Quarter 1973

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Examination period

Wednesday-Thursday Sept. 5-Sept. 6

Monday-Thursday Sept. 10-Sept. 13

Monday Sept. 24

Monday-Saturday Dec. 10-Dec. 15

Winter Quarter 1973-1974

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Examination period

Tuesday

Monday-Thursday
Wednesday
Monday-Saturday

Nov. 27
Dec. 3-Dec. 6
Jan. 2
Mar. 18-Mar. 23

Spring Quarter 1974

Registration period

Burlington

Tuesday

Mar. 5

Boston

Monday-Thursday

Mar. 11-Mar. 14

Classes begin

Monday

April 1

Last day to file commencement

card for spring commencement

Monday

April 1

Last day to pay fee for

spring commencement

Tuesday

April 30

Final grades due in Registrar's

Office for June graduates taking

third quarter course

Friday

May 31

Examination period

Tuesday-Monday

June 11-June 17

Spring Commencement

Sunday

June 16

Summer Quarter 1974

Registration period

Burlington

Boston
Classes begin
Last day to file commencement

card for fall commencement
Last day to pay fee for

fall commencement
Examination period

Monday-Tuesday

Wednesday-Friday

Monday

June 17-June 18
June 19-June 21
June 24

July 1

Thursday August 1

Wednesday-Saturday July 31-Aug. 3

UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS 1973-1974

Columbus Day
Veterans' Day
Thanksgiving Recess
Christmas Vacation
Washington's Birthday
Patriot's Day
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day

Monday

Thursday-Saturday

Monday-Tuesday

Monday

Thursday

Monday

October 8
October 22
Nov. 22-Nov. 24
Dec. 17-Jan. 1
February 18
April 15
May 27
July 4
September 2

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing
equal opportunity for all. In all matters involving admission,
registration, and all official relationships with students, in-
cluding evaluation of academic performance, the University
insists on a policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern Univer-
sity is also an equal opportunity employer; it is institutional
policy that there shall not be any discrimination against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
religion, sex, age or national origin.

the governing boards

and officers

of the university

THE CORPORATION

Julius Abrams
Charles F. Adams
Vernon R. Alden
William T. Alexander
0. Kelley Anderson
'Diana J. Auger

Allen G. Barry
'Lincoln C. Bateson

Thomas P. Beal
•Roy H. Beaton
*F. Gregg Bemis

Beverly Ann Bendekgey

Edward L. Bigelow

Robert D. Black

Gerald W. Blakeley, Jr.

Raymond H. Blanchard

S. Whitney Bradley

Rexford A. Bristol

Edward W. Brooke
'George R. Brown

Martin Brown

William L. Brown

John L. Burns

Hyman H. Burstein

Victor C. Bynoe

* Louis W. Cabot
'Norman L. Cahners
Charles W. Call, Jr.

Henry F. Callahan
Erwin D. Canham

'Richard P. Chapman
Theodore Chase
Robert F. Chick
Vessarios G. Chigas
Carl W. Christiansen

'David H. Cogan
Abram T. Collier
William A. Coolidge
Edward Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.
Robert Cutler

Marshall B. Dalton

Roger C. Damon
'Edward Dana

William O. DiPietro

Alfred di Scipio

Estelle Dockser (Mrs.)
'William R. Driver, Jr.

*Carl S. Ell
•Byron K. Elliott
'William P. Ellison

Joseph A. Erickson

Robert Erickson

* Frank L. Farwell
James V. Fetchero
Joseph F. Ford

'Member of the Board of Trustees

Thomas J. Galligan, Jr.
William W. Garth, Jr.
James M. Gavin
Lloyd S. Glidden, Jr.
Elliott M. Gordon
John L. Grandin, Jr.
Don S. Greer
'Donald B. Guy

H. Frederick Hagemann, Jr.

Allan M. Hale

William Hellman
•Ernest Henderson III

Walter F. Henneberry

Richard D. Hill

Charles E. Hodges
*Harold D. Hodgkinson

Robert W. Holmes

Harvey P. Hood

Hartwell G. Howe

John S. Howe

Howard M. Hubbard

Carl R. Hurtig

Eli Jacobson
'Robert L. Johnson
'Henry C. Jones

George S. Kariotis
*Mrs. John B. Kenerson
(Frances Comins)

E. Douglas Kenna

Edward M. Kennedy

Fenton G. Keyes

Calvin A. King
'Asa S. Knowles

Joseph C. Lawler

Maurice Lazarus
'Kenneth A. Loftman

Edward A. Loring
'John Lowell

Ralph Lowell

Diane H. Lupean

'Lawrence H. Martin
'J. Edwin Matz
Peter H. McCormick

Percy M. Mcintosh

Andrew J. McNeill

Dominic Meo, Jr.

William C. Mercer

Don G. Mitchell

Edward R. Mitton
'Harold A. Mock

Frank E. Morris

James A. Morris
'James A. Morton

William B. Moses, Jr.
'Stephen P. Mugar

William H. Nichols, Jr.
John T. Noonan

Bernard J. O'Keefe
Adrian O'Keeffe
Harry Olins
George Olmsted, Jr.
James H. Orr
Ara Oztemel

'Augustin H. Parker
Edward S. Parsons

'Amelia Peabody
Theodore R. Peary
Nicholas V. Petrou

'Thomas L. Phillips
Edward D. Phinney
Jerome M. Powell
Albert Pratt
William J. Pruyn
George Putnam

Blanche M. Quaid
'Francis J. Quirico

William M. Rand

William H. Raye, Jr.
'Frank L. Richardson
'Joseph G. Riesman

R. Earl Roberson
'Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.

Ralph B. Rogers

Leverett Saltonstall
David T. Scott

'Member of the Board of Trustees
'Honorary Trustee

Almore I. Thompson
Milton A. Thompson

*D. Thomas Trigg

'Chaplin Tyler

Samuel Wakeman
Eustis Walcott
Martin F. Walsh
An Wang
Lloyd B. Waring
Edward A. Weeks
William C. White
'Robert H. Willis
Alfred K. Wright

Richard W. Young

Lawrence I. Templeman
Charles H. Tenney II

Vincent C. Ziegier
'Alvin C. Zises

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Robert H. Willis, Chairman

Norman L. Cahners, Wee Chairman

William R. Driver, Jr., Vice Chairman

Frank L. Farwell, Vice Chairman

Farnham W. Smith, Wee Chairman

Lawrence H. Martin, Treasurer

Lincoln C. Bateson, Secretary

Philip C. Boyd, Assistant Secretary

Byron K. Elliott, Honorary Chairman

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Vice Chairman

Dwight P. Robinson, Jr., Honorary Vice Chairman

Russell B. Stearns, Honorary Vice Chairman

Class of 1973

Lincoln C. Bateson
Norman L. Cahners
Richard P. Chapman
Edward Dana
William P. Ellison
Ernest Henderson ill
Stephen P. Mugar
Joseph G. Riesman
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Alvin C. Zises

Class of 1974

David H. Cogan
"Carl S. Ell
Frank L. Farwell
Henry C. Jones
J. Edwin Matz
Harold A. Mock
Farnham W. Smith
George A. Snell
Russell B. Stearns
D. Thomas Trigg
Chaplin Tyler

•Member of the Board of Trustees
"President Emeritus of the University

Class of 1975

Roy H. Beaton
F. Gregg Bemis
Louis W. Cabot
Byron K. Elliott
Donald B. Guy
Kenneth A. Loftman
John Lowell
Lawrence H. Martin
Augustin H. Parker
Francis J. Quirico
Earl P. Stevenson

Class of 1976

Diana J. Auger
George R. Brown
William R. Driver, Jr.
Harold D. Hodgl<inson
Robert L. Johnson
Mrs. John B. Kenerson

(Frances Comins)
James A. Morton
Amelia Peabody
Thomas L. Phillips
Robert G. Stone
Robert H. Willis
*Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

Frank L. Richardson, Honorary Trustee

Executive Committee

Richard P. Chapman, Chairman
Alvin C. Zises, Wee Chairman

George R. Brown
Norman L. Cahners
William R. Driver, Jr.
=Carl S. Ell
Byron K. Elliott
Frank L. Farwell
Donald B. Guy
Lawrence H. Martin

Harold A. Mock
Dwight P. Robinson, Jr.
Donald W. Smith
Farnham W. Smith
Russell B. Stearns
Earl P. Stevenson
Robert G. Stone
Chaplin Tyler

Robert H. Willis, Asa S. Knowles, ex officio

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION

Officers of the University

Asa S. Knowles, A.B., A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Sc.D., D.B.A., Sc.D. in Bus. Ed., President

Carl S. Ell, A.B., S.B., Ed.M., M.S., Sc.D., L.H.D., LL.D., D.S.Ed., President Emeritus

Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A., L.H.D., Executive Vice President

Roy L. Wooldridge, B.S., Ed.M., Executive Vice President for Cooperative
Education

Lincoln C. Bateson, B.B.A., M.B.A., Vice President for Business

'President of the University
"President Emeritus of the University

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, E.E., S.M., Sc.D., Wee President for Academic Affairs and

Dean of Faculty

Gilbert G. MacDonald, B.I.E., Ed.M., Vice President for Student Affairs
Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S., M.Ed., Vice President for Development

and Director of Development
Daniel J. Roberts, Jr., B.S., M.B.A., Ed.M., Vice President for Finance
Loring M. Thompson, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President and Dean of Planning
Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Alumni Affairs and Associate
Director of Development

Academic Deans and Principal Administrative Officers

Catherine L. Allen, B.S., M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D., Dean of Boston-Bouv6 College and

Director of Boston-Bouv^ Graduate Scfiool

Sidney F. Austin, B.S., M.Ed., Associate Dean and Director of Administrative

Services of the Division of Cooperative Education

Kenneth W. Ballou, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Adult Education Programs and
Dean of University College

Richard W. Bishop, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of University Relations and
Assistant to the President

Alvah K. Borman, B.S., M.Ed., Dean of Graduate Placement Services

Lydia Bosanko, B.A., B.S., M.A., Assistant Dean of Nursing

Geoffrey Crofts, B.Comm., Dean and Director of the Graduate School of

Actuarial Science
Philip T. Crotty, Jr., A.B., A.M., M.B.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Business

Administration

John A. Curry, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Academic Services and Assistant to the
Executive Vice President

Michael S. Dvorchak, B.A., M.A., Director of the Suburban Campus and
Assistant Dean of Adult Education

Martin W. Essigmann, S.B., M.S., Dean of Research

Gilbert C.-Gartand, B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Dean of Admissions

Joseph M. Golemme, S.B., M.A., C.P.A., Director of the Graduate School of

Professional Accounting

George W. Hankinson, A.B., B.S., M.S., Assistant Dean of Engineering and Director

of the Graduate School of Engineering

James S. Hekimian, A.B., M.B.A., D.B.A., Dean of Business Administration

Sidney Herman, A.B., M.A., Associate Dean of Faculty

Israel Katz, B.S.M.E., M.M.E., Dean of the Center for Continuing Education

LeRoy C. Keagle, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions
and Director of the Graduate School of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions

Christopher F. Kennedy, A.B., Ed.M., Dean of Students

Robert H. Ketchum, B.S., B.D., M.B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Dean of Liberal Arts and

Director of the Graduate School of
Arts and Sciences
John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Business Administration and
Director of the Graduate School of Business
Administration
William F. King, B.S., M.S., Associate Dean of Engineering and

Director of Lincoln College
Juanita A. Long, B.S.N., M.S.N., Dean of Nursing

Helene A. Loux, B.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions
Alan A. Mackey, B.S., A.M., Associate Dean of University Administration and

University Registrar
Melvin Marl<, B.S., M.S., Sc.D., Dean of Engineering
Frank E. Marsh, Jr., A.B., M.Ed., D.Ed., Dean of Education

Philip R. McCabe, A.B., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions and

Director of Admissions for the Basic Colleges
Thomas E. McMahon, B.S., M.Ed., Executive Officer and Associate Dean of the

Division of Cooperative Education

Roland H. Moody, A.B., B.L.S., Director of the University Library
Rudolph M. Morris, B.S., Ed.M., Dean of University Administration
John C. O'Byrne, A.B., M.S., LL.B., Dean of the School of Law

Paul M. Pratt, B.S., M.Ed., Acting Dean of the Department of
Cooperative Education

Gregory T. Ricks, B.A., M.C.P., Director of Afro-American Institute and
Assistant Dean of Students

Norman Rosenblatt, A.B., Ph.D., Dean of CriminalJustice

Philip J. Rusche, B.A., B.S.Ed., l^.A., Ed.D., Associate Dean of Education

and Director of the Graduate
School of Education

Robert A. Shepard, B.S., Ph.D., Dean of Liberal Arts

Donald K. Tucker, B.S., M.Ed., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

Mary A. Zammitti, A.B., Ed.M., Assistant Dean of Admissions for the Basic Colleges

GENERAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES

The Executive Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Kenneth G. Ryder, Vice Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Lincoln C. Bateson Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr.

Arthur E. Fitzgerald Daniel J. Roberts, Jr.

Gilbert G. MacDonald Royal K. Toebes

Roy L. Wooldridge

The Academic Council

Asa S. Knowles, Chairman

Arthur E. Fitzgerald, Wee Chairman

Loring M. Thompson, Secretary

Catherine L. Allen
Kenneth W. Ballou
Geoffrey Crofts
Philip T. Crotty, Jr.
John A. Curry
Martin W. Essigmann
Gilbert C. Garland
Joseph M. Golemme
George W. Hankinson
James S. Hekimian
Sidney Herman
Israel Katz
LeRoy C. Keagle
Christopher F. Kennedy
Robert H. Ketchum
William F. King

'Catherine L. Allen

Israel Aluf

Joseph E. Barbeau

Conrad P. Caligaris

Robert L. Cord

Alan Cromer

Flora Descenza

F. Andre Favat

Robert G. Finkenaur, Jr.

Austin W. Fisher, Jr.

Walter Fogg
*James S. Hekimian

Morris Horowitz

Donald M. Jacobs

Conrad Jankowski
*Juanita Long
'Gilbert G. MacDonald
'Melvin Mark

Edward Marshall

The Faculty Senate

Robert Martin
Philip McDonald
Robert W. Miller
Irene Nichols

*John C. O'Byrne
Benjamin M. Rabinovici
John F. Reinhard
J. Spencer Rochefort

'Kenneth G. Ryder
Eugene J. Saletan

'Robert A. Shepard
Joseph J. Senna
Kathryn J. Shaffer
Ruth E. Sullivan
Arthur Walker
Roy Weinstein
Paul C. Wermuth
Delaine Williamson

'Roy L. Wooldridge

Presiding Officer

Asa S. Knowles

Arthur E. Fitzgerald

•Appointed by the President

ORGANIZATION OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOLS .

Administration

Catherine L. Allen, Ed.D., Ph.D., Director of Boston-Bouv6 College Graduate School